All Protocols List

Name Type Lock Description Entry Action Exit Action
Name Type Lock Description Entry Action Exit Action
VALM EDITOR action D EDITOR^VALMW2
VALM NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
VALM PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
VALM REFRESH action This actions allows the user to re-display the current screen. D RE^VALM4
VALM LAST SCREEN action The action will display the last items. D LAST^VALM4
VALM FIRST SCREEN action This action will display the first screen. D FIRST^VALM4
VALM UP ONE LINE action Move up a line D UP^VALM40
VALM DOWN A LINE action Move down a line. D DOWN^VALM40
VALM DISPLAY menu This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility.
VALM QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
VALM PRINT SCREEN action This action allows the user to print the current List Manager display screen. The header and the current portion of the list are printed. D PRT^VALM1
VALM PRINT LIST action This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. D PRTL^VALM1
VALM EXPAND action I $D(^TMP("VALM DATA",$J,VALMEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R"
VALM TURN ON/OFF MENUS action D MENU^VALM2
VALM BLANK 1 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
VALM SEARCH LIST action Finds text in list of entries. D FIND^VALM40
VALM BLANK 2 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
VALM BLANK 3 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
VALM BLANK 4 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
VALM BLANK 5 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
VALM BLANK 6 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
VALM DISPLAY W/EXPAND menu This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility.
VALM RIGHT action D RIGHT^VALM40(XQORNOD(0))
VALM LEFT action D LEFT^VALM40(XQORNOD(0))
VALM HIDDEN ACTIONS menu
VALM GOTO PAGE action D GOTO^VALM40
VALM WORKBENCH menu
VALM DEMOGRAPHICS action D EDIT^VALMW2("DEMOGRAPHICS EDIT"),HDR^VALMWB
VALM CAPTION EDIT action D EDIT^VALMW2("CAPTION EDIT")
VALM MUMPS CODE EDIT action D EDIT^VALMW2("MUMPS CODE EDIT")
VALM OTHER FIELDS action D EDIT^VALMW2("OTHER FIELDS")
VALM PROTOCOL INFORMATION action D EDIT^VALMW2("PROTOCOL INFORMATION")
VALM LIST REGION EDIT action D EDIT^VALMW2("LIST REGION EDIT")
VALM CHANGE LIST action D INIT^VALMWB S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"",1:"R")
VALM EDIT ALL extended action S VALMALL="" K VALMALL S VALMBCK="R" D BLD^VALMWB
VALM PROTOCOL EDIT action D FULL^VALM1,4^VALMW S VALMBCK="R"
VALM RUN LIST action D RUN^VALMW2(VALMIFN)
VALM INPUT TEMPLATE EDIT action D FULL^VALM1,^DIB S VALMBCK="R"
VALM LIST ENTRY menu
VALM DEMO MENU menu Allows user to list a package's options and take some actions against those options.
VALM DEMO PROTOCOL EDIT action D EDIT^VALMD
VALM DEMO DESC action D DESC^VALMD
VALM DEMO CHANGE PACKAGE action Allows users to change package. D CHG^VALMD
VALM DEMO PRINT action W !!,*7,"This is a test print protocol!" R X:DTIME S VALMBCK=""
XB DISPLAY menu
XB QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
XB NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
XB PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
HL CS/RQ - SELECT MESSAGES action Protocol used by the HL7 Message Requeuer to flag messages for requeueing. D SELECT^HLCSRE1(1)
HL CS/RQ MENU - SCREEN 2 menu Protocol menu for screen number 2 (Message Select) of the HL7 Message Requeuer.
HL CS/RQ - DESELECT MESSAGES action Protocol used by the HL7 Message Requeuer to deselect messages that have been flag for requeueing. D SELECT^HLCSRE1(0)
HL CS/RQ - VIEW MESSAGE action Protocol used by the HL7 Message Requeuer to view an HL7 message. D EXPND^HLCSRES
BCH UPDATE ACTIVITY RECORD MENU menu
BCH ADD RECORD action D ADDR^BCHUADD
BCH EDIT RECORD action D ^BCHUEDT
BCH DISPLAY RECORD action D EN^BCHUDISP
BCH DELETE RECORD action D DEL^BCHUDEL
BCH DISPLAY HEALTH SUMMARY action D EN^BCHHS
BCH CHR RECORD EVENT extended action
BCH QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BCH DOWN A LINE action Move down a line. D DOWN^VALM40
BCH UP A LINE action Move up a line D UP^VALM40
BCH NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BCH PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BCH SEARCH LIST action Finds text in list of entries. D FIND^VALM40
BCH PRINT LIST action This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. D PRTL^VALM1
BCH HL7 ORU subscriber
BCH HL7 SERVER event driver
BCH ANCILLARY VISIT EVENT action D ^BCHALD
BCH PCC VISIT ADDED action D UPDPCC^BCHUTIL
BCH COMPLETE VISIT ADDED extended action
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC01 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC02 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC03 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC04 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC05 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC06 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC07 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC08 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC09 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC10 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC11 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC12 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC13 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC14 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC15 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC16 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC17 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC18 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC19 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC20 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC21 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC22 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC23 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC24 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC25 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC26 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC27 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC28 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC29 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC30 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC31 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC32 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC33 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC34 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC35 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC36 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC37 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC38 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC39 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC40 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC41 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC42 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC43 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC44 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC45 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC46 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC47 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC48 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC49 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC50 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC51 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC52 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC53 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC54 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC55 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC56 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC57 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC58 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC59 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC60 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC61 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC62 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC63 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC64 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC65 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC66 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC67 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC68 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC69 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC70 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC71 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC72 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC73 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC74 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC75 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC76 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC77 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC78 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC79 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC80 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC81 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC82 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC83 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC84 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC85 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC86 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC87 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC88 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC89 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC90 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC91 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC92 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC93 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC94 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC95 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC96 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC97 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC98 event driver
BCH HL7 SERVER CHRPC99 event driver
APCL VGEN SELECTION ITEMS menu
APCL VGEN QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^APCLVL4
APCL VGEN NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
APCL VGEN PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
APCL VGEN ADD ITEM action D ADD^APCLVL4
APCL VGEN DESELECT ITEM action D REM^APCLVL4
APCL VGEN EXIT REPORT action D EXITR^APCLVL4
BMC RECORD DISPLAY menu
BMC QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BMC NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BMC PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BMC GENRET QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^BMCRL4
BMC GENRET EXIT action D EXITR^BMCRL4
BMC GENRET NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BMC GENRET PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BMC GENRET SELECT ITEMS action D ADD^BMCRL4
BMC GENRET REMOVE ITEMS action D REM^BMCRL4
BMC GENRET SELECTION MENU menu
BMC ROUTINE REFERRAL SELECTION menu
BMC ROUTINE REFERRAL QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BMC ROUTINE SELECT REFERRAL action D SELECT^BMCADD2
AMH UPDATE ACTIVITY RECORD MENU menu
AMH ADD RECORD action D ADDR^AMHLEA
AMH EDIT RECORD action D EDITR^AMHLEE
AMH DISPLAY RECORD action D DISPLAY^AMHLEE
AMH DELETE RECORD action D DELETE^AMHLEE
AMH DISPLAY HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^AMHLEE
AMH QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
AMH DOWN A LINE action Move down a line. D DOWN^VALM40
AMH UP A LINE action Move up a line D UP^VALM40
AMH NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
AMH PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
AMH SEARCH LIST action Finds text in list of entries. D FIND^VALM40
AMH PRINT LIST action This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. D PRTL^VALM1
AMH APPEND DATA TO A RECORD action D OI^AMHLEE
AMH LEFT action D LEFT^VALM40(XQORNOD(0))
AMH RIGHT action D RIGHT^VALM40(XQORNOD(0))
AMH ADD A TX PLAN action D ADD^AMHLETP1
AMH UPDATE PATIENT TREATMENT PLANS menu
AMH EDIT A TX PLAN action D EDITR^AMHLETP1
AMH DEL A TX PLAN action D DELETE^AMHLETP1
AMH DISP TP HS action D HS^AMHLETP1
AMH TP REVIEW action D REV^AMHLETP1
AMH DISPLAY TP action D DISP^AMHLETP1
AMH UPD TP METHOD action D METHOD^AMHLETP1
AMH DISP/PRINT TREATMENT PLAN menu
AMH PRINT RECORD extended action D PRINT^AMHLEE
AMH ADD PT VISIT action S AMHADPTV=1 D ADDR^AMHLEA K AMHADPTV K AMHADPTV
AMH RECORD DISPLAY menu
AMH GEN ADD ITEM action D ADD^AMHRL4
AMH GEN DESELECT ITEMS action D REM^AMHRL4
AMH GEN EXIT REPORT action D EXITR^AMHRL4
AMH GEN NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
AMH GEN PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
AMH GEN QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^AMHRL4
AMH GEN SELECTION ITEMS menu
AMH REC EDIT SOAP NOTE action D EDITSP^AMHLEE
AMH UPDATE CASE ADD action D OPEN^AMHLCD
AMH UPDATE CASE EDIT action D EDIT^AMHLCD
AMH UPDATE CASE DATA menu
AMHV MENU VIEW RECORD menu
AMHP TREATMENT PLAN UPDATE action D EP1^AMHLETP(DFN),RESET^AMHVRL
AMHV PCC VISIT action D VST^AMHVRL1
AMHV MEDS action D MP^AMHVRL1 S VALMBCK="R"
AMHV APPOINTMENTS action D APPT^AMHVRL2(DFN),RESET^AMHVRL S VALMBCK="R"
AMH ADD/EDIT VISIT DATA action D EP^AMHLE
AMH SWITCH DATES action D SW^AMHLEE
AMHP UPDATE CASE DATA action D EP1^AMHLCD(DFN),RESET^AMHVRL
AMHP MHSS PROBLEM LIST action D PL^AMHLEP2
AMHP UPDATE CLIENT CONTACTS action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN) S VALMBCK="R"
AMHP DISPLAY LAST MHSS VISIT action D EN2^AMHLELV(DFN),RESET2^AMHVRL
AMHP DISPLAY MEDS action D EN1^AMHLESM(DFN) K ^TMP("AMHDSPMEDS",$J),^TMP("AMHSMEDS",$J)
AMHV DEMOGRAPHICS action D ^AMHVAGL S DFN=AMHVSAV,VALMBCK="R"
AMH VISIT DISPLAY menu
AMH SEND MAIL MESSAGE action D FULL^VALM1,^XBCLS,ENT^XMD D PAUSE^AMHVRL,RESET2^AMHVRL
ACD GR QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^ACDRL4
ACD GR EXIT REPORT action D EXITR^ACDRL4
ACD GR NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
ACD GR PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
ACD GR MENU SELECTION menu
ACD GR SELECT ITEM action D ADD^ACDRL4
ACD GR REMOVE ITEMS action D REM^ACDRL4
GMRADGPM MARK CHART extended action This protocol will hang off of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol and for a new admission, a bulletin to mark that patients chart for all of the active allergies will be fired. D EN1^GMRADGMV
GMRAOR ALLERGY ENTER/EDIT action This protocol will allow the user to enter/edit patient allergy/adverse reaction data. N DFN S DFN=$S(ORVP[";DPT(":+ORVP,1:0) D:DFN>0 EN2^GMRAPEM0 K GMRAUSER,GMRAOUT
BAR GEN ADD ITEM action D ADD^BARRL4
BAR GEN DESELECT ITEMS action D REM^BARRL4
BAR GEN EXIT REPORT action D EXITR^BARRL4
BAR GEN NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BAR GEN PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BAR GEN QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^BARRL4
BAR GEN SELECTION ITEMS menu
APCD ANCILLARY VISIT EVENT action D ^APCDALD
APCD COMPLETE VISIT ADD extended action
APCD PL ADD PROB action D ADD^APCDPL1
APCD PL EDIT PROBLEM action D EDIT^APCDPL1
APCD PL DELETE PROBLEM action D DEL^APCDPL1
APCD PL PROBLEM LIST menu
APCD QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
APCD PL HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^APCDPL1
APCD PL FACE SHEET action D FS^APCDPL1
APCD PL DISPLAY DETAIL action D DD^APCDPL1
APCD PL ADD NOTE action D AN^APCDPL1
APCD PL ACTIVATE PROBLEM action D ACT^APCDPL1
APCD PL INACTIVATE PROBLEM action D INACT^APCDPL1
APCD PL DELETE NOTE action D RNO^APCDPL1
APCD PL MODIFY NOTE action D MN^APCDPL1
APCD VISIT DISPLAY menu
APCDEF VISIT EDIT MENU menu
APCDEL ADD VISIT ITEM action D ADD^APCDEL1
APCDEL MODIFY VISIT ITEM action D MODIFY^APCDEL1
APCDEL DELETE VISIT ITEM action D DELETE^APCDEL1
APCDEL DISPLAY VISIT action D DISP^APCDEL1
APCDEL PCC VISIT UPDATE menu
APCDEL HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^APCDEL1
APCDEL QUIT action D QUIT^APCDEL1
APCDEL NEXT SCREEN action D NEXT^VALM4
APCDEL PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
APCDEL OTHER MNEMONICS action D OTHER^APCDEL1
APCDEL PCC SECONDARY MENU menu S APCDSECM=1 K APCDSECM
APCDEL GO BACK action Q
APCDEL PROBLEM LIST UPDATE action D PROB^APCDEL1
APCDEF ADD PROVIDER action D ADD^APCDEFL("PRV",APCDVSIT)
APCDEF ADD DIAGNOSIS action D ADD^APCDEFL("PV",APCDVSIT)
APCDEF ADD PROCEDURE action D ADD^APCDEFL("OP",APCDVSIT)
APCDEF ADD MEASUREMENT action D ADD2^APCDEFL(9999999.07,APCDVSIT)
APCDEF ADD SKIN TEST action D ADD^APCDEFL("ST",APCDVSIT)
APCDEF ADD IMMUNIZATION action D ADD^APCDEFL("IM",APCDVSIT)
APCDEF EDIT/DELETE ITEM action D EDIT^APCDEFL
APCDEF SWITCH TO MNEMONICS action D MNE^APCDEFL D RESET^APCDEFL
APCDEF PL CALL action D EN1^APCDPL S VALMBCK="R" D INIT^APCDEFL
APCDEL HISTORICAL MENU menu S APCDSECM=2 K APCDSECM
APCDEL HISTORICAL MNEMONICS action D HIST^APCDEL1
APCD NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
APCD PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
APCDEH HISTORICAL ITEMS MENU menu
APCDEH ADD ITEM action D ADD^APCDEH1
APCDEH MODIFY ITEM action D MODIFY^APCDEH1
APCDEH DELETE ITEM action D DELETE^APCDEH1
APCDEH HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^APCDEH1
APCDEH PROBLEM LIST action D PROB^APCDEH1
APCD3MO SERVER event driver This protocol is executed when a PCC visit with uncoded V POV entries is ready to be passed to the 3M Coder for subsequent ICD9 coding.
APCD3MO CLIENT subscriber This client protocol entry generates the outbound HL7 message to be sent to the 3M Coder for ICD coding.
APCD3MI SERVER event driver This protocol is executed when a message is received from the 3M Coder to update the V POV entreis with the ICD9 code assigned by the 3M Coder.
APCD3MI CLIENT subscriber This client protocol entry installs the inbound HL7 message from the 3M Coder.
ORU PATIENT MOVMT action This is the option used to review orders when a patient is discharged or transferred. I '$D(ORACTION) D REV^ORCHART(DFN)
DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS extended action At the completion of a patient movement the following events take place through this option: 1. The PTF record is updated when a patient is admitted, discharged or transfered. 2. The appointment status for a patient is updated to 'inpatient' for admissions and 'outpatient' for discharges. Admissions to the domicilliary have an 'outpatient' appointment status. 3. When a patient is admitted, dietetics creates a dietetic patient file entry and creates an admission diet order. When a patient is discharged, all active diet orders are discontinued. If a patient is absent or on pass, the diet orders are suspended. 4. Inpatient Pharmacy cancels all active orders when a patient is admitted, discharged or on unauthorized absence. A patient can not be given Unit Dose meds unless s/he is admitted to a ward. The patient can receive IV meds; however. When a patient is transferred, an inpatient system parameter is used to determine whether or not the orders should be cancelled. When a patient goes on authorized absence, the inpatient system parameter is used to determine whether the orders should be cancelled, placed on hold or no action taken. When a patient returns from authorized absence any orders placed on hold will no longer be on hold. 5. With ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING v2.2, MAS OE/RR NOTIFICATIONS may be displayed to USERS defined in an OE/RR LIST for the patient. These notifications are displayed for admissions and death discharges. IHS/ANMC/LJF 7/12/2001: This protocol originally had the following items: OCX ORDER CHECK PATIENT MOVE. IB CATEGORY C BILLING DVB ADMISSION HINQ YS PATIENT MOVEMENT VSIT PATIENT STATUS PSD PAT ADT OR GUA EVENT PROCESSOR
SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS extended action This extended action contains all the actions that need to be performed when an action is taken upon an appointment, such as checking in. D EN^SCDXHLDR
ORU AUTOLIST action This protocol is used to automatically update OE/RR Team Lists. It is triggered by the protocol DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS and must be an item in that protocol. D EN^ORLP3AUT
PSJU OR PAT PR action This allows a user to print to any device a profile (list) of a patient's Unit Dose orders for the patient's current or last (if patient has been discharged) admission. If the user's terminal is selected as the printing device, this option will allow the user to select any of the printed orders to be shown in complete detail, including the activity logs, if any. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. D ENOR^PSGPR
PSJ OR PAT MENU protocol menu This contains Inpatient (Unit Dose and IV) Medications reports for use with the OE/RR package. These reports assume that the patient has been selected prior to the protocol being selected.
PSJI OR PAT PR action This will allow a patient's IV profile to be sent to a printer. With each profile printed, a view of each order within the profile can also be printed. This protocol assumes that a patient has been selected prior to this protocol being selected. D ENOR^PSIVPR
PSJU OR VBW action This allows the user to verify (or take other actions) on non-verified Unit Dose orders for patients. If the user is a pharmacist, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a pharmacist for a ward group, ward, or single patient, as the user chooses. If the user is a nurse, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a nurse. If the user is ward staff, this protocol will show patients with orders not verified by a nurse, but not allow any action to be taken. D ^PSGVBW
PSJ OR PAT OE protocol This protocol allows the entry of Unit Dose and non-fluid IV orders through the Order Entry/Results Reporting package. This protocol assumes that the patient has been selected prior to this protocol being selected. D ^PSJORA
PSJ OR MENU protocol menu This contains Inpatient (Unit Dose and IV) Medications reports that may be run by ward personnel through the OE/RR package.
PSJU OR AP-1 action This allows the user to print a profile of patients' active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. D ^PSGAP
PSJU OR AP-2 action This allows the user to print a profile of patients' active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. D ^PSGCAP
PSJU OR 7D MAR action This allows the user to print selected patients' Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a seven day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). D EN7^PSGMMAR
PSJU OR 14D MAR action This allows the user to print selected patients' Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a fourteen day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). D EN14^PSGMMAR
PSJU OR PAT AP-1 action This allows the user to print a profile of a patient's active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. D ENOR^PSGAP
PSJU OR PAT AP-2 action This allows the user to print a profile of a patient's active Unit Dose orders for review by the physician. It includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is also included for new orders. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. D ENOR^PSGCAP0
PSJU OR PAT VBW action This allows the user to verify (or take other actions) on non-verified Unit Dose orders for a patient. If the user is a pharmacist, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a pharmacist for a selected patient. If the user is a nurse, this protocol will show all orders not verified by a nurse. If the user is ward staff, this protocol will show the patient's orders not verified by a nurse, but not allow any action to be taken. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. D ENOR^PSGVBW
PSJU OR PAT DS action This gives the physician and/or Outpatient Pharmacy a report of the active Unit Dose medications for a patient about to be discharged or transferred to Authorized Absence, and allows the physician to mark the appropriate action deemed necessary for each medication. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. D ENOR^PSGDS
PSJ OR PAT PR action This allows the user to print Inpatient Medications orders for a selected patient. This protocol assumes that the patient has already been selected. S:'$G(PSGP)&(+$G(ORVP)) PSGP=+ORVP Q:'$D(PSGP) D ENOR^PSJPR(PSGP) K PSGP
PSJU OR DS action This gives the physician and/or Outpatient Pharmacy a report of the active Unit Dose medications for patients about to be discharged or transferred to Authorized Absence, and allows the physician to mark the appropriate action deemed necessary for each medication. D ^PSGDS
PSJU OR PR action This allows a user to print to any device a profile (list) of patients' Unit Dose orders for the patient's current or last (if patient has been discharged) admission. If the user's terminal is selected as the printing device, this protocol will allow the user to select any of the printed orders to be shown in complete detail, including the activity logs, if any. The user may print patients' profiles for a single patient, or for an entire ward group or an entire ward. D ^PSGPR
PSJU OR PAT 14D MAR action This allows the user to print a selected patient's Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a fourteen day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. S PSGMARDF=14 D ENOR^PSGMMAR
PSJU OR PAT 7D MAR action This allows the user to print a selected patient's Unit Dose orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a seven day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. S PSGMARDF=7 D ENOR^PSGMMAR
PSJ OR PAT PR MENU menu These are Inpatient Medications profiles for use with the OE/RR package. These protocols all assume that the patient has already been selected through the OE/RR package.
PSJ OR PR action This allows the user to print Inpatient Medications orders for selected patients. Profiles can be printed by patient, ward, or ward group. D ^PSJPR
PSJI OR PR action This will allow a patient's IV profile to be sent to a printer. With each profile printed, a view of each order within the profile can also be printed. D ^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) D ^PSIVPR,ENIVKV^PSGSETU K J,N2,ORIFN,P17
PSJ OR PAT ADT action This takes the appropriate action on a patient's Inpatient Medication orders whenever the patient is Admitted, Discharged, or Transferred (ADT). This is an action protocol to be used within the DG MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. D ^PSJADT
AQAL ADT EVENT extended action This option is called by the ADT v5 event driver to create QAI Occurrences upon certain ADT events as defined in the QI Parameter file. S X="AQALDG5" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") K X I $T D ^AQALDG5
AMCH/B/B/PRINT limited protocol
XU USER SIGN-ON extended action This is a protocol option to link other packages that want to know about a user sign-on event. The protocols must not read/write to the screen because we may be doing a GUI sign-on. They can set Text that will be displayed to the user by calling SET^XUS1A(string) The first character should be a "!" to cause the text to be placed on a new line. DUZ will be defined but other variables may not be. It is called from XUS1A.
XU USER TERMINATE extended action This is a protocol to link other packages that want to know about a USER TERMINATE event. Other pachages can attach to this protocol option and they will be called when a USER is Terminated. DUZ will be the person that is running the terminate option. XUIFN will point to the NEW PERSON file entry that is being terminated. It is called from XUSTERM2.
RA OERR EXAM protocol This option is used to link the Rad/Nuc Med Package with the Order Entry Package (OE/RR) being developed by the Salt Lake City ISC. D ^RAORR
ORB BLANK LINE action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORRP ALL action Display all orders for this patient S ORPRES="1;ALL ORDERS"
ORRP CURRENT action Display active orders for this patient S ORPRES="2;ACTIVE ORDERS"
ORRP DC action Display discontinued orders S ORPRES="3;DISCONTINUED ORDERS"
ORRP C/E action Display orders completed or expired S ORPRES="4;COMPLETED/EXPIRED ORDERS"
ORRP EXPIRING action Display orders about to expire S ORPRES="5;EXPIRING ORDERS"
ORRP PENDING action Display pending orders S ORPRES="7;PENDING ORDERS"
ORRP STATUS MENU menu This is the menu of order status groupings that may be selected for display.
ORB BLANK LINE1 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE2 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE3 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE4 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORRP UNSIGNED action Display unsigned orders. S ORPRES="11;UNSIGNED ORDERS"
ORS 24HR SUMMARY action This protocol allows users to generate a 24 hour summary of orders placed on a user-specified date. D DAY^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP
ORS RNG SUMMARY action This protocol allows the user to print a summary of orders placed during a user-specified date/time range. D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP
ORS CUSTOM SUMMARY action This protocol allows the user to generate summaries of orders placed during a user-specified date/time range by service and order status. D CUSTOM^ORPRS01 Q:$G(OREND) S ORSDG(+XQORNOD)=ORDG,ORPRES(+XQORNOD)=ORPRES D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP
ORS CHART SUMMARY action This protocol allows printing of chart copy summaries for patients selected from the user's preferred list of orders released during a user-specified date/time interval. D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=ORSSTOP
ORS HEALTH SUMMARY action This protocol allows printing of Health Summaries for patients selected from the user's preferred list. D SELTYP^ORPRS13
ORS GRAPH LABS action This action type protocol allows graphing of lab results by collection sample, and test for any time interval and # of data points. S LRCW=8,LRFLAG="",LRCTRL=0,(LRNSET,N)=80 D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP D L2^LRDIST4 S:$D(LRSPEC) ORLRSPEC(+XQORNOD)=LRSPEC S:'$D(LRTEST) OREND=1 I X="^" S DUOUT=1 S:X="^^" DIROUT=1
ORS LAB INTERIM action This protocol prints interim labs for a user-specified time interval D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP
ORS VITALS REPORT action This protocol prints the SF511 vitals report for a time range D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP
ORS VITALS CUM REPORT action This protocol prints the vitals cumulative report for a time interval. D RANGE^ORPRS01() Q:$G(OREND) S ORSSTRT(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTRT,ORSSTOP(+XQORNOD)=+ORSSTOP
ORS BLOOD BANK action This protocol prints blood bank reports for the patient W !!,"Gets Patient Blood Bank Report."
ORS ANATOMIC PATH REPORT action This protocol prints the anatomic pathology report for a patient W !!,"Gets ALL Anatomic Pathology Tests for Patient."
ORB BLANK LINE11 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE12 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE13 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE14 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE15 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE16 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE17 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE18 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE19 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE20 limited protocol
ORB BLANK LINE21 limited protocol
ORS AD HOC HEALTH SUMMARY action This protocol allows generation of Ad Hoc Health Summaries for multiple patients from the Results Reporting menu. S X="GMTS HS ADHOC",DIC=142,DIC(0)="ZF" D ^DIC K DIC Q:+Y'>0 S GMTSTYP=+Y,GMTSTITL="AD HOC" D BUILD^GMTSADOR
ORS RX ACTION PROFILE action This protocol allows the user to print action profiles for selected patients.
ORS REPORT MENU menu This is a menu of OE/RR reports that can be given to ward users to produce various patient reports. S ORANSI=0,XQORFLG("SH")=1 D EXIT^ORPRS07
ORB BLANK LINE5 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE6 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE7 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE8 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE9 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORB BLANK LINE10 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
OR GUA DC GENERIC ORDERS action This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is discharged. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a discharge and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The actual DC process is tasked, to reduce the wait for the person doing the discharge. Therefore, the order review screen may not immediately reflect the DC'd orders. Q:$G(DGPMT)'=3 D EN1^ORMEVNT
OR GUA DC GENERIC ORDERS NOTASK action This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is discharged. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a discharge and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The DC process is done interactively, which may sometimes result in a wait. If this protocol is placed before the ORU PATIENT MOVMT protocol in the item multiple of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol, the review screen will reflect active orders AFTER the generic orders are DC'd. Q:$G(DGPMT)'=3 D EN^ORMEVNT
OR GUA DC GEN ORD ON TRANS action This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is transferred. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a transfer and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The actual DC process is tasked, to reduce the wait for the person doing the transfer. Q:$G(DGPMT)'=2 D EN1^ORMEVNT
OR GUA DC GEN ORD ON TRANS NOTASK action This protocol will discontinue all generic orders for a patient when the patient is transferred. The protocol should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. It will check to see if the movement is a transfer and then discontinue all generic orders (orders created by the Order Entry/Results Reporting package itself). The DC process is done interactively, which may sometimes result in a wait. If this protocol is placed before the ORU PATIENT MOVMT protocol in the item multiple of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol, the review screen will reflect active orders AFTER the generic orders are DC'd. Q:$G(DGPMT)'=2 D EN^ORMEVNT
DGOERR ADMIT protocol This is the admission option associated with order entry/results reporting. S DGPMT=1 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL
DGOERR BED SWITCH protocol This is the bed switch option associated with oreder entry/results reporting. D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGSWITCH K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL
DGOERR DISCHARGE protocol This is the discharge option assocaited with order entry/result reporting. S DGPMT=3 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL
DGOERR PATIENT INQUIRY protocol This is the inquiry option associated with order entry/results reporting. D OREN^DGRPD
DGOERR SCHED ADMIT protocol This is the scheduled admission option associated with order entry/ results reporting. D OREN^DGSCHAD,READ^ORUTL
DGOERR TRANSFER protocol This is the transfer option associated with order entry/result reporting. S DGPMT=2 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL K DGPMASIH
DG OERR TREATING TRANSFER protocol This is the treating specialty transfer option associated with order entry/ results reporting. S DGPMT=6 D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL
DG IHS MOVEMENT EVENT extended action D ^ADGEVNT
DGPM TREATING SPECIALTY EVENT extended action VERSION 5.0 TREATING SPECIALTY EVENT D EV^DGPTTS
IBDF DELETE GROUP action Allows the user to select a group. The selected group, along with all of its selections, is deleted. D DELGRP^IBDF3
SD OERR CANCEL APPT protocol OERR option to cancel clinic appt. D OERR^SDCNP D SDCNP^SDKILL
SD OERR MAKE APPT protocol OERR option to make a clinic appt. D OERR^SDM D SDM^SDKILL
SD APPT STATUS extended action This option is called from the EVENT DRIVER when a patient is admitted or discharged or an admission or discharge is edited. The appointments for that patient are updated with inpatient or outpatient status based upon the admission and discharge dates. Q:'$D(^DPT(DFN,"S")) D ^SDSTAT
SD PARM PARAMETERS MENU menu This menu contains all the activities for the scheduling parameter option.
IBDF SAVE/DISCARD BLOCK CHANGES action Allows the user to save the changes to the block he is currently editing. D DECIDE^IBDF5B
SD IHS APPT MADE BY menu
SD IHS VIEW APPT action D VA^ASDAMB
SD IHS QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
LREPI event driver This event driver protocol defines the associated parameters needed to build the HL7 Message used to send the EPI data to Austin.
LREPI CLIENT subscriber This subscriber protocol defines the parameter needed by the HL7 package to determine were to send the HL7 formatted message containing the EPI information.
LR7O CH EVSEND OR extended action
LR7O ORDERABLE OR extended action
LR7O BB EVSEND OR extended action
LR7O AP EVSEND OR extended action
LR7O CH RECEIVE action D EN^LR7OF0(.XQORMSG)
LR7O AP RECEIVE action D EN^LR7OF0(.XQORMSG,"LRAP")
LR7O BB RECEIVE action D EN^LR7OF0(.XQORMSG)
LR7O TEST STATUS action D OERR^LROS($G(ORVP))
LR7O ALL EVSEND RESULTS extended action
BWGR GENRET SELECTION ITEMS menu
BWGR GENRET QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^BWGRVL4
BWGR GENRET NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BWGR GENRET PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BWGR GENRET ADD ITEM action D ADD^BWGRVL4
BWGR GENRET DESELECT ITEM action D REM^BWGRVL4
BWGR GENRET EXIT REPORT action D EXITR^BWGRVL4
APCL FLOW SHEET DELETE action D DELETE^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET ADD action D FSADD^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET SELECT action D SELECT^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET MENU menu D FSINIT^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET COMPONENT ADD action D ACOMP^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET COMPONENT DELETE action D FSCDEL^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET COMPONENT SELECT action D MEMBERS^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET COMPONENT MENU menu D FSCINIT^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET COMPONENT EDIT action D FSCEDIT^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET MEMBER ADD action D MEMADD^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET MEMBER DELETE action D MEMDEL^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET MEMBER MENU menu D MEMINIT^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET CLINIC ADD action D CSADD^APCLFS
APCL FLOW SHEET CLINIC DELETE action D CSDEL^APCLFS
APCL TAXONOMY MENU menu D TAXINIT^APCLTAX0
APCL TAXONOMY ADD action D TAXADD^APCLTAX0
APCL TAXONOMY SELECT action D TAXEDIT^APCLTAX0
APCL LAB TEST ADD action D LABADD^APCLTAX0
APCL LAB TEST EDIT action D LABEDIT^APCLTAX0
APCL LAB TAXONOMY MENU menu D LABINIT^APCLTAX4
APCL LAB TEST DELETE action D DLAB^APCLTAX0
APCL LAB TAXONOMY EDIT action D EDIT^APCLTAX0
APCL TAXONOMY ITEMS MENU menu D TIINIT^APCLTAX0
APCL TAXONOMY ITEMS ADD action D TIADD^APCLTAX0
APCL TAXONOMY ITEMS REMOVE action D TIREMOVE^APCLTAX0
APCL TAXONOMY EDIT action D EDIT^APCLTAX0
APCL LAB TAXONOMY LIST MENU menu D LABLINIT^APCLTAX4
APCL LAB TAXONOMY LIST SELECT action D SLAB^APCLTAX1
APCL LAB TAXONOMY ADD action D LABTADD^APCLTAX1
BAR ERA Review menu
BAR ERA STATUS EDIT action D BROWSE^BAREDP05 S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R")
BAR LINK ADD action D ADD^BARLNK D INIT^BARLN0 S VALMBCK="R"
BAR LINK QUIT action Q S VALMBCK="Q"
BAR LINK DELETE action D FULL^VALM1 D DELL^BARLNK,QDELL^BARLNK D INIT^BARLN0 S VALMBCK="R"
BAR LINK MENU menu
BDMV MENU VIEW RECORD menu
BDMV PROBLEM LIST action BDMZEDIT D PL^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV PCC VISIT action D GETVISIT^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV MEDS action D MP^BDMVRL1 D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV OE/RR action D OERR^BDMVRL1 D RDINI^BDMVRL
BDMV APPOINTMENTS action D APPTS^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV DEMOGRAPHICS action D ^BDMVAGL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV REGISTER DATA action BDMZEDIT D ERD^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV GENERATE HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV DISPLAY LAST VISIT action D LVD^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV DIABETES MEDS action D DMMEDS^BDMVRL3 D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV DISPLAY APPOINTMENTS action D APPTS^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV DIABETES AUDIT STATUS action D AS^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV CASE SUMMARY action D CS^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV LAB PROFILE action D LP^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV DIABETES LAB PROFILE action D DLP^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV VIEW PATIENT REGISTRATION action D PRD^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV VIEW FACE SHEET action D VFS^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV MAKE A REFERAL action D REF^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV SEND MAIL MESSAGE action D MM^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV COMPLICATIONS MENU menu
BDMV COMPLICATIONS EDTI action D CEDIT^BDMVRL3 D CINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV COMPLICATIONS ADD action D CADD^BDMVRL3 D CINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV COMPLICAITONS DELETE action D CDELETE^BDMVRL3 D CINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV COMMENTS action D COMMENTS^BDMVRL3 D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV COMPLICATIONS START action BDMZEDIT D CDISP^BDMVRL3 D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV COMMENTS START action D COMDISP^BDMVRL3 D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV COMMENTS EDIT action D COMEDIT^BDMVRL3 D COMINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV COMMENTS MENU menu
BDM LETTER ADD action D ADD^BDMLET D LINIT^BDMLET
BDM LETTER EDIT action D EDIT^BDMLET D LINIT^BDMLET
BDM LETTER DELETE action D DELETE^BDMLET D LINIT^BDMLET
BDM LETTER MENU menu D LINIT^BDMLET
BDMV PATIENT LETTER action D PATLET^BDMLET D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDM LETTER ITEMS action D INSERT^BDMLET D LINIT^BDMLET
BDMV COMPLICATIONS LIST MENU menu D CLINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV COMPLICATIONS LIST ADD action D CLADD^BDMVRL3 D CLINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV COMPLICATIONS LIST EDIT action D CLEDIT^BDMVRL3 D CLINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV COMPLICATIONS LIST DEL action D CLDELETE^BDMVRL3 D CLINIT^BDMVRL3
BDMV FLOW SHEET action D ^BDMFLOW D RDINIT^BDMVRL
APCL DM LOGIC DISPLAY menu
APCL QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
APCL NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
APCL PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
APCL DM SELECT ITEM action D ADD^APCLDMTX
APCL DM SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^APCLDMTX
APCDPE COHORT ENTRY SELECTION menu
APCDPE SELECT PCC ITEM action D ADD^APCDPE
APCDPE DESELECT PCC ITEM action D REM^APCDPE
APCH HMR DISPLAY menu
APCH QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
APCH NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
APCH PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
APCH SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^APCHHMR1
APCH SELECT ONE action D ADD^APCHHMR1
APCH MODIFY HMR menu
APCH MODIFY CRITERIA action D MOD^APCHHMRU
APSQDABORT action K DRUGPICK S PSONEW("QFLG")=1 Q
APSQDADD action D ADD^APSQDI1
APSQDDEL action D DEL^APSQDI1
APSQDQIT action Q
APSQDMEN menu
INH DISPLAY MENU menu Allows users to select entries from INTHU and INTHER for display.
INH TRANSACTION SELECT MENU menu This menu is identical to the INH DISPLAY MENU, but with one additional menu option that allows users to select entries for subsequent processing.
VALM INH SELECT action Allows user to select an entry from the list D SEL^INHUTC52
BHL REGISTER A PATIENT (NEW) extended action S BHLERR=$$A28^BHLEVENT(DFN)
BHL UPDATE A PATIENT (NO VISIT) extended action D ^INHF("HL IHS A08 (NO VISIT) OUT PARENT",.INDA)
BHL UPDATE A PATIENT (VISIT) extended action S BHLDFN=$S($G(DFN):DFN,1:$G(DA)),BHLERR=$$A31^BHLEVENT(BHLDFN)
BHL PASS IMMUNIZATIONS extended action S BHLERR=$$V04^BHLEVENT(BHLVST)
BHL PASS OBSERVATIONS extended action S BHLMSG=$$R01^BHLEVENT(APCDVSIT)
BHL PASS MEDICATIONS extended action S BHLMSG=$$O13^BHLEVENT(APCDVSIT)
BHL SEND IMMUNIZATION QUERY extended action S INDA=BHLQDA D ^INHF("HL IHS V01 OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL QUERY RESPONSE FAIL extended action D ^INHF("HL IHS V03 OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL QUERY RESPONSE SUCCESS extended action D ^INHF("HL IHS V03 OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL SEND IMMUNIZATION QUERY REGISTRY extended action S INDA=BHLQDA D ^INHF("HL IHS V01 (AZ) OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL QUERY RESPONSE MULT extended action D ^INHF("HL IHS V02 OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL PASS DRUG MASTER TABLE UPDATE extended action S BHLMSG=$$MFN^BHLEVENT(BHLFILE,BHLFIEN)
BHL ACK DRUG MASTER TABLE UPDATE extended action D ^INHF("HL IHS Z01 ACK OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL ADMIT A PATIENT (ADT) extended action S BHLMSG=$$A01^BHLEVENT(DFN,DGPMCA,.VAIN,1)
BHL TRANSFER A PATIENT (ADT) extended action S BHLMSG=$$A02^BHLEVENT(DFN,DGPMCA,.VAIN,1)
BHL DISCHARGE A PATIENT (ADT) extended action S BHLMSG=$$A03^BHLEVENT(DFN,DGPMCA,.VAIN,1)
BHL SEND TO 3M extended action S BHLMSG=$$THREEM^BHLEVENT(APCDVSIT,APCDIP)
BHL CHECK IN A PATIENT (VISIT) extended action S BHLMSG=$$A04^BHLEVENT(APCDVSIT)
BHL PASS MEDICATIONS 2.4 extended action S BHLMSG=$$O13^BHLEVENT(APCDVSIT)
BRN RECORD DISPLAY menu
BRN NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BRN PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
brn quit action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BRN QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP GPRA INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP GPRA QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP GPRA REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGPD0
BGP GPRA SELECT action D ADD^BGPD0
BGP GPRA SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGPD0
BGP GPRA LIST SELECTION menu
BGP GPRA LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGPDL
BGP GPRA LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGPDL
BGP GPRA LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGPDL
BHL SEND ORDER TO GE PACS extended action D ^INHF("HL IHS O01 GE OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL SEND RESULT TO GE PACS extended action D ^INHF("HL IHS R01 GE OUT PARENT",.INDA,.INA)
BHL SEND X12 270 MESSAGE action S BHLMSG=$$ELG^BHLEVENT(DFN,APCDVSIT,.INA)
BHL SEND X12 270 MESSAGE SUBSCRIBER action S BHLMSG=$$ELGS^BHLEVENT(DFN,APCDVSIT,.INA)
BHL JVN SCHEDULED APPT INFO extended action This protocol will trigger the transmission of an O01 HL7 Message via either a manual user input or a nightly job through the scheduling file. S BHLMSG=$$O01J^BHLEVENT(.INDA)
BHL ORDER A TEST action S BHLMSG=$$O01^BLRRLHL2(.BLRRL)
BLRA LAB RESULTS LIST ACTION MENU menu
BLRA REVIEW LAB RESULT action D REV^BLRALBR
BLRA OTHER PROVIDER RESULTS extended action D COTH^BLRALBR S BLRASCR="F",VALMBCK="R" D RBLD^BLRALBR
BLRA SUBORDINATE PROVIDER RESULTS extended action This protocol will build and display for a supervisor any of the physician who are subordinate to them. D CSUB^BLRALBR S BLRASCR="F",VALMBCK="R" D RBLD^BLRALBR
BLRASIGN action D SIGN^BLRALFN1 D UNSIG^BLRALFN1
BLRA LAB RESULT DISPLAY ACTION MENU menu
BLRASHOW action D PREV^BLRALBR D EXIT^BLRALBR
BLRAFORWARD action D FWD^BLRALFN
BLRAFULL action D FPS^BLRALFN
BLRAOTHER action Q D QUT^BLRALBR
BLRANEXT action D NEXT^BLRALBR D EXIT^BLRALBR
BLRAREAS action D REA^BLRALFN
BLRA PATIENT SORT extended action D PATS^BLRALBR S BLRASCR="F",VALMBCK="R" K BLRASRT D RBLD^BLRALBR
BAR EDI 277 QUIT action Q
BAR EDI 277 DELETE action D DEL^BAR277IQ(BARENT)
BAR EDI 277 RESPONSE menu
BAR EDI 277 QUIT LOOP action S BARVQ=1 Q
AG REGISTER A PATIENT extended action This protocol belongs to IHS Patient Registration (AG), and is called when a new patient is entered into this database. At call time, variable DFN is as defined. I.e., the IEN of the Patient in the PATIENT (9000001) file. File 9000001 is DINUM'd to file 2.
AG UPDATE A PATIENT extended action This protocol belongs to IHS Patient Registration (AG), and is called when a patient's demographic information is modified by the AG application. At call time, variable DFN is as defined. I.e., the IEN of the Patient in the PATIENT (9000001) file. File 9000001 is DINUM'd to file 2.
AGEV QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
AMH ADD TP P/G/M action D ADD^AMHLETP2(AMHTP,DFN)
AMH UPDATE APPT RDE/SDE action D APPT^AMHLEE
AMH INTERIM LAB RESULTS action D LAB^AMHLEE
AMHV LAB INTERIM RPTS action Q:$T(OR^LRRP2)="" S AMHPAT=DFN,ORVP=DFN_";DPT(" D OR^LRRP2 S DFN=AMHPAT S VALMBCK="R"
AMH BROWSE VISITS menu
AMH BROWSE VISITS ITEM action D EP^AMHVD(DFN),RESET^AMHVRL
AMH VIEW/UPDATE DES PROVIDER menu
AMH DP ADD DP action D ADDDP^AMHDPEE
AMH DP REMOVE DP action D RMDP^AMHDPEE
AMH DP HS DISPLAY
AMH DES PROV HS DISP action D HS^AMHDPEE
AMH VIEW DES BROWSE V action D BV^AMHDPEE
AMH UPDATE INTAKE menu
AMH INTAKE SELECT action D SELECT^AMHLEI
AMH INTAKE DOCUMENT DISPLAY menu
AMH INTAKE DISPLAY action D DISP^AMHLEI
AMH INTAKE UPDATE action D EP1^AMHLEI(DFN)
AMH UPDATE TP PROBLEMS menu
AMH UPD TP GOALS FROM MAIN action D UG^AMHLETP1
AMH EDIT TP P/G/M action D EDITP^AMHLETP2(AMHTP,DFN)
AMHV MENU VIEW RECORD NO HS menu
AMH VIEW NO HS HS DISP action D HSDISP^AMHVRL
AMH DE PV DISPLAY RECORD action D DISPLAY^AMHLEDV
AMH DE PV SELECT RECORD action D SELECT^AMHLEDV
AMH DE PV MENU menu
AMH ADD NO SHOW action D ADDNS^AMHLEA
AMH DISPLAY TP REVIEW action D DISP^AMHLETP1
AMH TP P/G/M DEL PROB action D DELP^AMHLETP3(AMHTP,DFN)
AMH UPDATE SAN menu
AMH SAN SELECT action D SELECT^AMHLESAN
AMH SAN DISPLAY action D DISP^AMHLESAN
AMH SAN DOCUMENT DISPLAY menu
AMH SHARE TX PLAN action D SHARE^AMHLETP1
AMHP ADD VISIT action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,1)
AMHP EDIT VISIT action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,2)
AMHP DISPLAY VISIT action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,3)
AMHP EDIT SOAP action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,4)
AMHP DELETE VISIT action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,5)
AMHP PRINT ENCOUNTER FORM action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,6)
AMHP OTHER INFORMATION action S (AMHPAT,AMHPATH)=DFN D 1^AMHLEA,3^AMHLEA S (DFN,AMHPAT)=AMHPATH K AMHPATH D RESET^AMHVRL
AMHP DUPLICATE A VISIT action D DUP^AMHLEP1
AMH INTAKE SEND action D SENDINT^AMHLEI2
AMH DP ADD VISIT action D AV^AMHDPEE
AMH DP EDIT DP action D EDDP^AMHDPEE
AMHV LAB SEND PATIENT action D SENDPAT^AMHVRL2
AMH PRINT INTAKE DOC action D PRINT^AMHLEI3
AMH INTAKE DESG PROV action D DP^AMHLEI
AMH INTAKE REFERRED BY action D RB^AMHLEI
AMH INTAKE DOC INFO action D ED^AMHLEI
AMH VIEW/UPDATE SUICIDE FORM menu
AMH ADD SUICIDE FORM action D ADDSF^AMHLESF(AMHPAT)
AMH SUICIDE EDIT FORM action D EDIT^AMHLESF
AMH SUICIDE BROWSE VISITS action D BV^AMHLESF
AMH SUICIDE DELETE FORM action D DEL^AMHLESF
AMH SUICIDE HS action D HS^AMHLESF
AMH SUICIDE DISPLAY FORM action D DISP^AMHLESF
AMH PCC PROBLEM LIST menu
AMH PCC PL ADD PROBLEM action D ADD^AMHPL1
AMH PCC PL EDIT action D EDIT^AMHPL1
AMH PCC PL ACTIVATE action D ACT^AMHPL1
AMH PCC PL INACTIVATE action D INACT^AMHPL1
AMH PCC PL DISPLAY action D DD^AMHPL1
AMH PCC PL DELETE action D DEL^AMHPL1
AMH LIST PTS VISIT DATES action D EP^AMHVDL(DFN),RESET^AMHVRL
AMH STAGING REPORT action D SR^AMHLEE
AMH PDE SR action D SR^AMHVRL
XUMF NAME menu
XUMF LLCL action D EN^VALM("XUMF LLCL")
XUMF DSTA action D EN^VALM("XUMF DSTA")
XUMF AUTO action D EN^XUMF4A
XUMF NATL action D EN^VALM("XUMF NATL")
XUMF RDSN action D RDSN^XUMF4
XUMF RDSN MENU menu
XUMF CHCK action D EN^VALM("XUMF CHCK")
XUMF MFN event driver This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the Institution file.
XUMF MFQ event driver This protocol is Master File Query event driver for the Institution file.
XUMF MFK subscriber This protocol handles Master File Notifications for the Institution file.
XUMF MFR subscriber This protocol handles Master File Query messages for the Institution file.
XWB RPC SUBSCRIBER subscriber This RPC Broker protocol is one of two protocols used to facilitate invocation of Remote Procedure Calls on a remote server. The RPC Broker uses Vista HL7 as the vehicle to pass RPC name and parameters from local server to remote server. On the return path, Vista HL7 is also used to send results from the remote server back to the local server. This particular protocol represents the receiving system and as such information is used to generate the response HL7 message header(MSH segment) from this perspective.
XWB RPC EVENT event driver This RPC Broker protocol is one of two protocols used to facilitate invocation of Remote Procedure Calls on a remote server. The RPC Broker uses Vista HL7 as the vehicle to pass RPC name and parameters from local server to remote server. On the return path, Vista HL7 is also used to send results from the remote server back to the local server. This particular protocol represents the sending system and as such information is used to generate the HL7 message header(MSH segment) from this perspective.
BAT REMINDER LETTER LIST menu
BAT SELECT ALL PATIENTS action D ADDALL^BATLRP1
BAT QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BAT SELECT PATIENT action D ADD^BATLRP1
BAT REMOVE PATIENT action D REM^BATLRP1
BLS QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BLS NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BLS PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BLS ADD LOINC action D ADD^BLSELL
BLS REMOVE LOINC action D REM^BLSELL
BLS UPDATE LOINC'S TO EXPORT menu
BW INCOME STATUS EDIT action D EDIT^BWUINC
BW INCOME UPD RACE action D UR^BWUINC
BW QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BW UPDATE INCOME ADD action D ADD^BWUINC
BW UPDATE INCOME DATA menu
BCH BROWSE VISITS menu
BCH BROWSE VISITS ITEM action D BV^BCHUADD
AMH BROWSE SOAP NOTES ITEM action D EP^AMHBS(DFN),RESET^AMHVRL
AMHV ENTER OUTSIDE MEDS action S AMHHOLD=DFN D ^AMHLEOD S DFN=AMHHOLD D RESET^AMHVRL
AMHV FACE SHEET action D FS^AMHVRL
AMH SF BY DATE EDIT action D EDIT^AMHSFR
AMH SF BY DATE MENU menu
AMH SF BY DATE DISP action D DISP^AMHSFR
AMH SF BY DATE DELETE action D DEL^AMHSFR
AMH SF BY DATE ADD action D ADD^AMHSFR
AMH CASE DELETE action D DEL^AMHLCD
AMH INTAKE DELETE action D DEL^AMHLEI
APCH CREATE/MODIFY TYPE menu
APCH MOD STRUCTURE action D MS^APCHMT1
APCH MOD MEAS action D MP^APCHMT1
APCH MOD LAB action D ML^APCHMT1
APCH MOD SURV action D MR^APCHMT2
APCH MOD FLOW action D MF^APCHMT1
APCH MOD HF action D MH^APCHMT1
APCH MOD PROV CLASS action D MPS^APCHMT1
APCH MOD CLINIC action D MCS^APCHMT1
APCH MOD SUPP action D MSUP^APCHMT1
APCH MOD GEN action D GEN^APCHMT1
APCH MOD HS action D HS^APCHMT1
APCH HMR EDIT ADD IND action D ADD^APCHMT2
APCH EDIT HMR menu
APCH HMR EDIT REM IND action D REM^APCHMT2
APCH HMR EDIT ADD GRP action D ADDG^APCHMT2
APCH HMR EDIT REM GRP action D REMG^APCHMT2
GMTS HS ADHOC action Generates an 'Ad Hoc' Health Summary for specified patients. Instead of selecting a pre-defined Health Summary Type, the user defines his own ad hoc Health Summary structure for temporary use while using this option. The user selects Health Summary components, time and occurrence limits when applicable, and selection items when applicable. W ! D MAIN^GMTSADOR
GMTS COMP DESC LIST action Lists all components which may be used to define Health Summary Types, along with the abbreviation and a brief description of each. W ! S DIC="^GMT(142.1,",L=0,FLDS="[GMTS COMP DESC LIST]",BY=.01,FR="A",TO="zzzz" D EN1^DIP S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR
GMTS HS BY PATIENT action Generates a Health Summary of a specified pre-defined Health Summary Type for a specified patient. W ! S DIC("B")=$P($G(^GMT(142,+$G(^DISV(+$G(DUZ),"^GMT(142,")),0)),U),GMTSTYP=0 S:'$D(DFN) DFN=$S($D(ORVP):$P(ORVP,";"),1:"") D SELPT^GMTS:+DFN'>0,SELTYP^GMTS Q:GMTSTYP'>0 D HSOUT^GMTS
GMTS HS BY LOC action Allows user to print health summaries interactively for all patients on a specified ward or for all patients with appointments at a specified outpatient clinic on a selected day. D MAIN^GMTSPD
GMTS USER menu This menu allows the user to print Health Summaries by Patient or Hospital Location with a pre-defined Health Summary Type, or print Health Summaries for patients, based on ad hoc Health Summary definitions. The user may also use the Information Menu to list and inquire about Health Summary Types and Health Summary Components. This menu does not contain the options which allow the user to create or delete his/her own Health Summary Types.
GMTS INFO ONLY MENU menu This menu contains options which provide information only about Health Summary Types and Health Summary Components.
GMTS COMP INQ action This allows the user to display the characteristics of a Health Summary Component. W ! D ^GMTSCI S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR
GMTS TYPE INQUIRE action W ! D ^GMTSRI W ! S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR
GMTS BLO action This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply.Data presented include: collection date/time, lab test name, specimen, urgency, and order status (e.g., ORDERED, COLLECTED, PROCESSING, COMPLETE). S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BLO",GMTSTITL="BRIEF LAB ORDERS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS ADR action This component contains information from MAS, Pharmacy, and Dietetics packages. It provides a list of all known food, drug and environmental allergies or adverse reactions (e.g., hay fever). S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ADR",GMTSTITL="ADVERSE REACTIONS/ALLERGIES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS CW action This component contains clinical warning notes entered using the Generic Progress Note package. No time or maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Clinical Warnings are a type of progress note which includes clinical information which clinicians need to be alerted to. If this component is printed out on a CRT, information will include title, text of note, electronic signature block, and date posted. If the printout is to another device type, information will include electronic signature block and date posted to ensure security of information. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CW",GMTSTITL="CLINICAL WARNINGS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS CN action This component contains crisis notes entered using the Generic Progress Note package. No time or maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Crisis Notes are a type of progress note which contains important information for anyone who deals with a patient. If this component is printed out on a CRT, information will include title, text of note, electronic signature block, and date posted. If the printout is to another device type, information will include electronic signature block and date posted to ensure security of information. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CN",GMTSTITL="CRISIS NOTES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS DIET action This component contains information from the Dietetics package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: diet orders, start/stop dates, type of service (tray, e.g.); nutritional status, date assessed; supplemental feedings, start/stop dates; tube feedings, start/stop dates, strength of product, quantity ordered, and daily dosages. Note: When a time limit is selected, the data presented reflects orders initiated within the time period. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DI",GMTSTITL="DIETETICS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS BT action This component contains information from the Blood Bank module of the Lab Package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: transfusion date and abbreviated blood products (with total number of units transfused for each, e.g., RBC (2)). S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BT",GMTSTITL="BLOOD TRANSFUSIONS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS CH action This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: collection date/time, specimen, test name, results (w/ref flag: High/Low/Critical), units, and Reference range. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CH",GMTSTITL="CHEMISTRY & HEMATOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS CY action This component contains information extracted from the Cytopathology module of the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date/time, accession number, specimen, gross description and microscopic exam (both word processing fields), ICD diagnoses, and SNOMED fields: topography, disease, morphology, etiology, and procedures. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CY",GMTSTITL="CYTOPATHOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS MIC action This component contains information extracted from the Microbiology module of the Lab Package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data include: collection date/time, site/specimen, Parasite Report, organism(s), Mycology Report, Bacteriology Report, Mycobacteriology Report, Gram Stain Result, and remarks. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MIC",GMTSTITL="MICROBIOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS BMIC action This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply to this component in addition to collection date/time, test name, specimen, report status, and test results. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BMIC",GMTSTITL="BRIEF MICROBIOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS LO action This component contains information extracted from the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date (either actual or expected), lab test, provider, accession, date/time ordered, specimen, and date/time results available. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="LO",GMTSTITL="LAB ORDERS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS SP action This component contains information extracted from the Surical Pathology module of the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date/time, accession number, specimen, gross description and microscopic exam (both word processing fields), ICD diagnoses, and SNOMED fields: topography, disease, morphology, etiology, and procedures. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="SP",GMTSTITL="SURGICAL PATHOLOGY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS ADC action This component contains information from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: date range of admission, ward, length of stay (LOS), last treating specialty, last provider, admitting diagnosis text, bedsection, principal diagnosis, diagnosis for longest length of stay (DXLS), and seconary ICD diagnoses. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ADC",GMTSTITL="ADMISSIONS/DISCHARGES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS ADT action This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. It can only be used with MAS Version 5 and up. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: movement date, movement type (ADM=Admission, TR=Transfer, TS= Treating Specialty, DC=Discharge), movement description, specialty, and provider. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ADT",GMTSTITL="ADT HISTORY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS CVF action This component provides a listing from the MAS scheduling module that contains future clinic visit dates, the clinic visited, and the appointment type. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CVF",GMTSTITL="CLINIC VISITS FUTURE" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS CVP action This component contains information from the MAS scheduling module. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: past clinic visits, dates, and a visit status (e.g., NO SHOW, INPATIENT VISIT). Note: Cancellations are not shown. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CVP",GMTSTITL="CLINIC VISITS PAST" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS DEM action This component contains the following patient demographic data (if available) from the MAS package: address, phone, county, marital status, religion, period of service, POW status (e.g., Y or N), branch of service, combat status (e.g., Y or N), eligibility code, current (verified) eligibility status, service connected %, eligible for care (e.g., Y or N), next of kin (NOK), NOK phone number and address. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DEM",GMTSTITL="DEMOGRAPHICS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS BDEM action This component contains information from the MAS package. It provides brief patient demographic information including: address, phone number, and eligibility code (e.g., service connected 50-100%). S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BDEM",GMTSTITL="BRIEF DEMOGRAPHICS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS DS action This component provides information from the MAS package about a patient's eligibility code and eligibility status (Verified), and rated disabilities, including the disability percentage and whether the disability is service connected or non-service connected. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DS",GMTSTITL="DISABILITIES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS DD action This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: Date range of admission through discharge, length of stay (LOS), Principal diagnosis, diagnosis for longest length of stay (DXLS), and secondary ICD discharge diagnoses. Note: This component provides discharge diagnoses coded in the MAS PTF file. The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DD",GMTSTITL="DISCHARGE DIAGNOSIS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS DC action This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: date of discharge, DXLS, bedsection, disposition type, disposition disposition place, and outpatient treatment flag. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DC",GMTSTITL="DISCHARGES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS PRC action This component contains MAS coded procedures, by admission, extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: procedure date, procedure name, and ICD-9CM procedure codes. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PRC",GMTSTITL="PROCEDURES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS OPC action This component contains MAS coded surgeries, by admission, extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: surgery date, procedure name, and ICD-9CM procedure codes. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="OPC",GMTSTITL="MAS SURGERY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS TR action This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: transfer date, type, destination, and provider (when available). Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="TR",GMTSTITL="TRANSFERS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS TS action This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. Time and occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: treating specialty change date/time, new treating specialty, (admission date), and provider. Note: The occurrence limits are determined by the occurrence of admissions. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="TS",GMTSTITL="TREATING SPECIALITY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS MED action This component contains information extracted from the Medicine package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: procedure date/time, medical procedure name, and result (e.g., normal, abnormal, borderline). Note: This component is a summary of procedure statuses. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDS",GMTSTITL="MEDICINE SUMMARY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS ORC action This component contains current orders from the OE/RR package. Since the OE/RR package integrates all orders for the ancillary services, the orders will be reported in most recent orders first sequence without concern for the ancillary package the order originated from/for. Current orders are defined as those orders with an OE/RR order status other than discontinued or expired. The component information includes item ordered, OE/RR order status, start date, and stop date. OE/RR order status abbreviations include "blank"=Active, "c"=Complete, "dc"=Discontinued, "e"= expired, "?"=Flagged, "h"=Hold, "i"=incomplete, "p"=pending, "s"=scheduled. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ORC",GMTSTITL="ORDERS CURRENT" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS RXIV action This component contains IV orders extracted from the Pharmacy package. Only time limits apply. Data presented include: start date, stop date, drug (additives), dose, status, solutions and infusion rates. Note: If no time limit is defined, only active IV orders are reported. If a time limit is defined, all IV orders which have an expiration or cancel date within the time limit range are reported. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RXIV",GMTSTITL="INTRAVENOUS PHARMACY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS RXOP action This component contains information from the Outpatient Pharmacy package. Only time limits apply. Data presented include: drug, prescription number, status expiration/cancellation date (when appropriate), quantity, issue date, last fill date, refills remaining, provider, and cost/fill (when available). Note: This component is formatted similar to the Short Medication Profile. If no time limit is defined, all orders are reported. When a time limit is defined, all outpatient pharmacy orders which have an expiration or cancel date within the time limit range are reported. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RXOP",GMTSTITL="OUTPATIENT PHARMACY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS RXUD action This component contains Unit Dose information extracted from the Pharmacy package. Only time limits apply. Data presented include: Drug, dose, pharmacy status, start date, stop date, and sig (which includes schedule instructions and route). NOTE: If no time limit is defined, all active orders are reported. If a time limit is defined, all unit dose orders which have an expiration or cancel date within the time limit range are reported. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RXUD",GMTSTITL="UNIT DOSE PHARMACY" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS PN action This component contains progress notes from the Generic Progress Notes Package AND progress notes from the Mental Health Package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply to this component. Data presented include: Progress note date/time, title, text of note, electronic signature block, and the note's correction text and correction date/time. Only those notes which have been signed with an electronic signature will be reported. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PN",GMTSTITL="PROGRESS NOTES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS BPN action This component contains information from the Mental Health and Generic Progress Notes packages. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: Progress note date/time, title, author and last correction date/time. Only those notes which have been signed with an electronic signature will be listed. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BPN",GMTSTITL="BRIEF PROGRESS NOTES" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS RI action This component contains impressions from the Radiology package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: study date, procedure(s), status, and radiologist's impression (narrative). Only radiology impressions which have been verified are reported. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RI",GMTSTITL="RADIOLOGY IMPRESSION" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS RP action This component contains information from the Radiology package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: study date, procedure(s) with status(es), report status, staff radiologist, resident radiologist, and the narrative fields modifier, history, report, and impression. Only radiology profiles which have been verified are reported. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RP",GMTSTITL="RADIOLOGY PROFILE" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS RS action This component contains procedure statuses from the Radiology package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: request date/ time, status, procedure, scheduled date/time, and provider name. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="RS",GMTSTITL="RADIOLOGY STATUS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS SR action This component contains information from the Surgery package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: surgery date, surgeon, surgery report status, pre-operative diagnosis, post-operative diagnosis, surgeon's dictation, current procedural terminology operation code and text. Only surgery reports which have been verified are reported. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="SR",GMTSTITL="SURGERY REPORTS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS BSR action This component contains surgery report statuses extracted from the Surgery package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: surgery date, surgical procedure, and report status (e.g., COMPLETE). S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BSR",GMTSTITL="BRIEF SURGERY REPORTS"
GMTS VS action This component contains vital measurements extracted from the Vital Signs module of the Nursing package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: measurement date/time, blood pressure (as SBP/DBP), pulse, temperature, height, weight, and respiratory rate. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="VS",GMTSTITL="VITAL SIGNS" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS COMP LIST action Lists all components which may be used to define Health Summary Types, along with several component characteristics. W ! S DIC="^GMT(142.1,",L=0,FLDS="[GMTS COMP LIST]",BY=.01,FR="A",TO="zzzz" D EN1^DIP S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR
GMTS TYPE LIST action W ! S DIC="^GMT(142,",L=0,FLDS="[GMTS TYPE LIST]",BY=.01,FR="A",TO="zzzz" D EN1^DIP W ! S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR
GMTS CP action This component prints all compensation and pension exams for a given patient by user-specified time and occurrence limits. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CP",GMTSTITL="Comp. & Pen. Exams" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS DCS action This component prints all discharge summaries (including report text) for user-specified time and occurrence limits. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="DCS",GMTSTITL="Discharge Summary" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS BDS action This component prints the admission, discharge and cosignature dates, as the dictating and approving provider names, and signature status of all discharge summaries for user-specified time and occurrence limits. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BDS",GMTSTITL="Brief Disch Summary" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS EADT action This component contains information extracted from the MAS package. It is a consolidated view of all the MAS components. It can only be used with MAS Version 5 and up. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include patient eligibility and rated disabilities. Movement data then follows with movement date, movement type (ADM=Admission, TR=Transfer, TS= Treating Specialty, DC=Discharge), movement description, specialty, and provider. Admissions include the admission diagnosis if the patient hasn't been discharged. Transfers included ward location and transfer facility. Treating specialties includes Specialty Tranfers Diagnosis. Dicharges include the data in the Discharge Diagnosis and Discharges components. Following the data for each admission ICD Procedures, and ICD Surgeries will be include if present. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EADT",GMTSTITL="ADT History Expanded" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS MEDA action This component contains information extracted from the Medicine package. Data presented include: procedure date/time, medical procedure name, and result (e.g., normal, abnormal, borderline). Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDA",GMTSTITL="Med Abnormal" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS MEDB action This is the brief procedure view defined by the Medicine View file. This output can be managed by the local IRM staff. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDB",GMTSTITL="Med Brief Report" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS MEDC action This prints the full set of results which are present in each procedure. No labels will be included which have no values associated with them. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDC",GMTSTITL="Med Full Captioned" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS MEDF action This component provides a full report of procedures as defined by the Medicine View file. This report includes labels which have no value associated with them. Time and maximum occurence limits apply. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MEDF",GMTSTITL="Med Full Report" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS PLL action This component lists all known problems, both active and inactive, for a patient. based upon ICD Text Display parameter, provider narrative unless Provider Narrative Display parameter set to NO, date of onset if problem is active, date problem resolved if inactive, date last modified, the responsible provider, and all active comments for the problem. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PLL",GMTSTITL="All Problems" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS PLA action This component lists all known active problems for a patient. display ICD data based up ICD Text Display parameter, provider narrative unless Provider Narrative Display parameter set to NO, date of onset if problem is active, date problem resolved if inactive, date last modified, the responsible provider, and all active comments for the problem. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PLA",GMTSTITL="Active Problems" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS PLI action This component lists all known inactive problems for a patient. display ICD data based upon ICD Text Display parameter, provider narrative unless Provider Narrative Display parameter set to NO, date of onset if problem is active, date problem resolved if inactive, date last modified, the responsible provider, and all active comments for the problem. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="PLI",GMTSTITL="Inactive Problems" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS MHPE action The Mental Health Physical Exam component contains the results of the physical examintation concerning patient's overall condition associated with the systems identified. This data is being extracted from the Medical Record (# 90) file. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="MHPE",GMTSTITL="MH Physical Exam" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS SW action This component provides information from the Social Work package about a patient's Social/Family Relationship, Current Substance Abuse Problems, and Psycho-Social Assessment. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="SW",GMTSTITL="Social Work" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS CD action This component contains advance directive notes entered using the Generic Progress Note package. Time and maximum occurrent limits apply to this component. Advance Directives are a type a progress note which includes clinical information that clinicians need to be alerted to. If this component is printed to either a CRT or another device type, information will include title, text of note, electronic signature block, and date/time posted. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="CD",GMTSTITL="Advance Directive" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS EM action This component contains information extracted from the Electron Microscopy module of the Lab package. Time and maximum occurrence limits apply. Data presented include: collection date/time, accession number, specimen, gross description, microscopic exam, supplementary report description, brief clinical history, and EM Diagnosis. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EM",GMTSTITL="Electron Microscopy" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS HF action This component lists all the health factors associated with a particular patient for user-specified time and occurrence limits. The list will display health factors by category and include a level of severity for each health factor including Minimal(M), Moderate(MO), and Heavy/Severe(H). Set the occurrence limit to 1 to list the latest unique health factors within each category. (E.g. If there were 12 "Non-Smoker" health factor entries, only the latest "Non-Smoker" entry would display.) S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="HF",GMTSTITL="Health Factors" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS OE action This component lists outpatient diagnosis (ICD-9) and procedure (CPT) for a particular patient. The user can specify item and occurrence limits, whether hospital location should be displayed or not, the format of ICD-9 data (e.g. code only, long text, short text or no ICD-9 data), and whether the provider narrative should be displayed or not. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="OE",GMTSTITL="Outpatient Encounter" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS NTM action This component lists measurements (e.g. blood pressure, height, weight, respirations, etc.) in a non-tabular format for a particular patient for a user-specified time and occurrence limits. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="NTM",GMTSTITL="Non-Tabular Measurem" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS IM action This component lists the immunizations (e.g., Rubella, Samllpox, etc.) and information about each immunization adminstered to a particular patient. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="IM",GMTSTITL="Immunizations" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS ST action This component lists the skin tests and the results (e.g. positive, negative, doubtful, or no take) for a particular patient. Some examples of skin tests are cocci, mon-vac, PPD, schick, tine, etc. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ST",GMTSTITL="Skin Tests" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS LH action This component lists directions to a particular patient's home. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="LH",GMTSTITL="Location of Home" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS EDL action This component lists the latest patient education for each topic and a brief assessment of the patient's understanding of the topic for a particular patient for a user-specified time limit. Some examples of topics are complications, diet, disease process, exercise, follow-up care, general information, lifestyle adaptations, medications, nutrition, smoking, etc. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EDL",GMTSTITL="Education Latest" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS OD action This component lists outpatient diagnosis (ICD-9) for a particular patient. The user can specify time and occurrence limits, whether hospital location should be displayed or not, the format of ICD-9 data (e.g. code only, long text, short text or no ICD-9 data), and whether the provider narrative should be displayed or not. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="OD",GMTSTITL="Outpatient Diagnosis" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS EXAM action This component lists the latest examination information and results for a particular patient for a user-specified time limit. Some examples of exam types are eye exams, ear exams, neurological exams, pelvis exams, etc. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="EXAM",GMTSTITL="Exams Latest" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS TP action This component lists treatments provided that are not covered in the IDC-9-CM procedures for a particular patient for user specified time and occurrence limits. Some example of treatment types include nursing activities such as ear irrigation, dental care instructions, or preventive health care counseling. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="TP",GMTSTITL="Treatments Provided" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS BADR action This component provides patient allergy/adverse reaction information from the Allergy Tracking System. It provides a list of all known food, drug and environmental allergies or adverse reactions (e.g., hay fever). S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="BADR",GMTSTITL="Brief Adv React/All" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS ED action This component lists the patient education topics and a brief assessment of the patient's understanding of the topic for a particular patient for user-specified time and occurrence limits. Some examples of topics are complications, diet, disease process, exercise, follow-up care, general information, etc. lifestyle adaptations, medications, nutrition, smoking, etc. S:'$D(DFN)&$D(ORVP) DFN=+ORVP S GMTSPRM="ED",GMTSTITL="Education" D ENCWA^GMTS
GMTS HS BY PATIENT & DATE action Generates Health Summaries of a specified pre-defined Health Summary Type for multiple patients. After patients are selected. The user can pick a date range. Data for summaries is based on the date range. This date range overrides time limits for componenets which allow this option S GMRANGE=1 D ^GMTS K GMRANGE
GMTS HS BY PATIENT & VISIT action Generates Health Summaries of a specified pre-defined Health Summary type for multiple patients. After a patient is selected, the user can pick an outpatient visit (based on the VISIT file) or an inpatient hospital admission (based on the patient movement file). If the Patient Care Encounter (PCE) package isn't installed then the user can only choose an inpatient visit. Data for summaries is based on a date range from the outpatient visit or inpatient admission. This Date Range overrides Time Limits for components which allow this option. S GMTSPXGO=1 D ^GMTS K GMTSPXGO
XUMF IMF MFN event driver This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the Institution file.
XUMF IMF MFK subscriber This protocol handles Master File Notifications for the Institution file.
XUHUI FIELD CHANGE EVENT extended action This is used to launch, in the backgound, the protocols that are listed in the ITEM multiple. Called from routine: DEQUE^XUHUI.
XUHUI SEND MESSAGE action This Action protocol is used to send a mail message to Members of Group: XUHUI CHANGE EVENT. D ^XUHUIMSG
XUHUI SEND HL7 MESSAGE action This Action protocol is used to send an HL7 MFN message to the HUI remote middleware. D ^XUHUIHL7
XUHUI MFN event driver This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate staff/practitioner master file (MFN) messages. This particular protocol represents the sending system.
XUHUI MFK subscriber This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate staff/practitioner master file (MFN) messages. This particular protocol represents the receiving system.
XUOAA PMU event driver This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate Update Personnel Record (PMU) messages. This particular protocol represents the sending system.
XUOAA ACK subscriber This HL7 event protocol is one of two protocols used to generate Update Personnel Record (PMU) messages. This particular protocol represents the receiving system.
ABSP PROTOCOL 1 menu ABSPZ USER
ABSP P1 UPDATE action D UPD^ABSPOS6A
ABSP P1 CONTINUOUS action D CONTUPD^ABSPOS6A
ABSP P1 NEW CLAIMS action DO NEW^ABSPOS6C
ABSP P1 HEADER action DO HEADER^ABSPOS6J
ABSP P1 DISMISS action DO DISMISS^ABSPOS6D
ABSP P1 PRINT ALL action DO PRINTALL^ABSPOS6D
ABSP P1 PRINT PATIENT action DO PRINT^ABSPOS6D
ABSP P1 CANCEL CLAIM action DO CANCEL^ABSPOS6D
ABSP P2 UPDATE action D UPD^ABSPOS2
ABSP P2 CONTINUOUS action D CONTUPD^ABSPOS2
ABSP PROTOCOL 2 menu ABSPZ MANAGER
ABSP P2 ZERO action DO ZERO^ABSPOS2A
ABSP P1 CLAIM LOG action DO CLAIMLOG^ABSPOS6D
ABSP P1 REVERSE CLAIM action DO REVERSE^ABSPOS6D
ABSP P2 TRANSMITTER action DO TMR^ABSPOS2A
ABSP P2 TMIT JOBS action DO JOBS^ABSPOS2A
ABSP P2 POKE action D POK^ABSPOS2A
ABSP P1 RESUBMIT action DO RESUBMIT^ABSPOS6D
ABSP P1 RECEIPT action DO RECEIPT^ABSPOS6D
BDG BED SWITCH action This is the bed switch option associated with oreder entry/results reporting. S ORACTION="" D VAR^BDGVAR,LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGSWITCH K VAINDT D READ^ORUTL K BDGDIV,ORACTION S VALMBCK="R"
BDG ADMIT action This is the admission option associated with order entry/results reporting. D VAR^BDGVAR S BDGOERR=1,DGPMT=1,DFN=+ORVP,DGPMN="" D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL K BDGDIV,BDGOERR S VALMBCK="R"
BDG WARD TRANSFER action This is the transfer option associated with order entry/result reporting. D VAR^BDGVAR S BDGOERR=1,DGPMT=2,DFN=+ORVP,DGPMN="" D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL K BDGDIV,BDGOERR K DGPMASIH S VALMBCK="R"
BDG SERV TRANSFER action This is the treating specialty transfer option associated with order entry/ results reporting. D VAR^BDGVAR S BDGOERR=1,DGPMT=6,DFN=+ORVP,DGPMN="" D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL K BDGDIV,BDGOERR S VALMBCK="R"
BDG DISCHARGE action This is the discharge option associated with order entry/result reporting. D VAR^BDGVAR S BDGOERR=1,DGPMT=3,DFN=+ORVP,DGPMN="" D LO^DGUTL,OREN^DGPMV K VAINDT D INP^VADPT,READ^ORUTL K BDGDIV,BDGOERR S VALMBCK="R"
DGJ INCOMPLETE EVENT extended action This option adds a record to the Incomplete Records file upon discharge of a patient. It will stuff in all the pertinant data that is needed for this file. D ^DGJTEVT
DGOERR NOTE extended action This option is used to send ADMISSION and DECEASED MAS NOTIFICATIONS in ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING. It must be an item in the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS option in order for the notifications to be sent. The notifications will be sent for admissions and death discharges. This will only work with OE/RR v2.09 or higher. D EN^DGOERNOT
DG MEANS TEST AUDIT extended action The event is invoked off of the Means Test event driver. Based upon the action taken the Means Test Change file will be updated. D EN^DGMTAUD
DG MEANS TEST EVENTS extended action This option is the means test event protocol.
DG MEANS TEST DOM action D EN^DGMTDOM
DGJ ENTER/EDIT RECORDS MENU menu This menu contains all the actions for the IRT Record Summary Tracking option. This is the protocol menu that controls the actions for entering a new IRT record and editing an already existing IRT record.
DGJ IRT SUMMARIES menu This menu contains all the activities for updating an IRT record if it is an op report, interim or discharge summary. This menu is called by the protocol action of editing a deficiency.
DGJ IRT PARM ENTER/EDIT MENU menu This menu contains all the actions for the IRT Record Summary Tracking option. This is the protocol menu that controls the actions for entering a new IRT record and editing an already existing IRT record. S DGJTHFLG="AD" K DGJTHFLG
DGJ ENTER/EDIT DEFICIENCY MENU menu This menu contains all the activities for the IRT DEFICIENCY TRACKING option S DGJTHFLG="EN" K DGJTHFLG
DG MEANS TEST REQUIRED action This event is evoked off the scheduling event driver. If a patient's means test has a required status and an appointment is made it will send a bulletin to the DG MEANS TEST REQUIRED group. D EN^DGMTREQB K DGREQF,DGMSGF,DGMTYPT
DGJ IRT EDIT DEFICIENCY action This protocol is the action to edit a record deficiency. This action is associated with the protocol menu for entering and editing all deficiencies for a patients record. D NEW^DGJTEE
DGJ IRT ENTER DEFICIENCY action This protocol is the action to enter a record deficiency. It is an action under the Enter/Edit Deficiencies protocol menu. D NEW1^DGJTEE
DGJ EDIT SUMMARY/REPORT action This protocol is the action to edit a specific IRT record. This is an action attached to the protocol menu that is called when a record deficiency is an op report, interim summary or discharge summary and the deficiency is being edited. This is the action that allows the IRT record to be updated as well as the deficiency. S (X,DGJTNUM)=1 D EDIT^DGJTVW1
DGJ IRT EXP action This protocol is the action to expand a selection. When a selection is chosen this action will display all the data in the file. If the selection is an OP report, interim summary, or discharge summary, the IRT record associated with that selection will be displayed also. D EXP^DGJTEE1
DGJ CHNG PAT action This protocol is the action to change a patient. D PAT1^DGJTEE1
DGJ IRT ENTER RECORD action This protocol is the action to enter a new IRT record. It is an action under the Enter/Edit a Record protocol menu. D NEW1^DGJTEE
DGJ IRT EDIT RECORD action This protocol is the action to edit an IRT record under the Enter/Edit an IRT Record protocol menu. D NEW^DGJTEE
DGPT A/P EDIT TMP menu This protocol is used to implement PTF Archive/Purge functions. It is used in conjuction with the List Manager utility.
DGPT REMOVE A/P action This function will remove the selcted PTF records from the entries selected for the Archive and Purge process. The entries removed will NOT be Archived or Purged. D DELEX^DGPTLMU1
DGPT SELECT A/P action This function will select a PTF record previously de-selected from the A/P process. Once the record(s) have been selected they will be Archived and Purged. D ADDEX^DGPTLMU1
DGPT A/P MAIN menu This protocol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility.
DGPT ADD A/P TEMPLATE action This protocol will be used to add a A/P template. D TMPADD^DGPTLMU2 D TMPEXIT^DGPTLMU2
DGPT DEL A/P TEMPLATE action This protocol is used to delete an entry from PTF A/P History File (#45.62) D TMPDEL^DGPTLMU2 D TMPEXIT^DGPTLMU2
DGPT EDIT A/P TEMPLATE action This function will allow the user to edit a PTF A/P Template. D TMPED^DGPTLMU2 D TMPEXIT^DGPTLMU2
DGPT DETAILED INQUIRY action This protocol will be used to display a detailed inquiry of the PTF record selected. D DIEN^DGPTLMU4
DGPT A/P ARCHIVE action This protocol will be used to Archive PTF records. D ARC^DGPTAPA D ARCEX^DGPTAPA
DGPT A/P PURGE action This protocol will be used to Purge PTF records. D PUR^DGPTAPP D PUREX^DGPTAPP
DGJ GROUP 2 EDIT action This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in group 2 of the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. S DGJTNUM=2 D EDIT^DGJTVW1
DGJ GROUP 3 EDIT action This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in group 3 of the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. S (X,DGJTNUM)=3 D EDIT^DGJTVW1
DGJ GROUP 4 EDIT action This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in group 4 of the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. S (X,DGJTNUM)=4 D EDIT^DGJTVW1
DGJ ALL GROUP EDIT action This protocol is an action that allows the editing of the data in all groups on the Incomplete Records screen when editing an IRT report. D ALLEDIT^DGJTVW1
DGJ TS UPDATE action This protocol is the action to update the Treating Specialty and Primary and Attending physicians for the IRT package and ADT without exiting the IRT enter/edit option. S DGJTSEDT=1 D TS^DGJTUTL K DGJTSEDT
DG CO-PAY TEST STATUS action This protocol is intended to update the co-pay status when changed in billing. D ^DGMTCOST
DGJ DELETE DEFICIENCY action S DGJTDELE=1 D OKD^DGJTDEL K DGJTDELE
DGJ DELETE MENU menu S DGJTHFLG="DL" K DGJTHFLG
DGJ COMPLETE EDIT MENU menu S DGJTCOM=1,DGJTHFLG="CE" K DGJTCOM,DGJTHFLG
DGJ EDIT COMP IRT SINGLE action D NEW^DGJTEE
DGJ EDIT COMP IRT SUPER action S DGJTCOM=1 D START4^DGJTEE K DGJTCOM D REP^DGJTEE
DGJ EDIT COMP SUPER2 action D NEW^DGJTEE K DGJTCOM
DGJ DELETE SUPER action S DGJTDLT=1 D START5^DGJTEE K DGJTDLT D REP^DGJTEE
DGJ DELETE SUPER2 action D OKD^DGJTDEL
DGJ JUMP CATEG action D JUMP^DGJTEE3
DGJ IRT COMPLETE DEF action D QUICMP^DGJTEE2
DGJ IRT EDIT PARMS action D EDIT^DGJPAR1
DGJ IRT ADD DEF. PARMS action D EN^DGJTADD
SDAM MENU menu This menu contains all the activities for the appointment management option.
SDAM APPT CHECK IN action D CI^SDAM2
SDAM APPT MAKE action D MAKE^SDAM2
SDAM LIST MENU menu S XQORM(0)="1A" S:'$D(VALMBCK) VALMBCK="" D EXIT^SDAM
SDAM LIST CHECKED IN action S X="CHECKED IN" D LIST^SDAM
SDAM LIST NO SHOWS action S X="NO SHOWED" D LIST^SDAM
SDAM LIST ALL action S X="ALL" D LIST^SDAM
SDAM LIST CHECKED OUT action S X="CHECKED OUT" D LIST^SDAM
SDAM LIST NO ACTION action S X="NO ACTION TAKEN" D LIST^SDAM
SDAM PATIENT CHANGE action D PAT^SDAM10 D EXIT^SDAM
SDAM CLINIC CHANGE action This action will allow the user to select a different clinic. D CLN^SDAM3 D EXIT^SDAM
SDAM DATE CHANGE action D DATE^SDAM2 D EXIT^SDAM
SDAM APPT UNSCHEDULED action This action allows the user to enter an unscheduled(walk-in) visit for a patient. S SDWLLIST=1 D WI^SDAM2 K SDWLLIST
SDUL NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^SDUL4
SDUL PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^SDUL4
SDUL REFRESH action This actions allows the user to re-display the current screen. D RE^SDUL4
SDUL LAST SCREEN action The action will display the last items. D LAST^SDUL4
SDUL FIRST SCREEN action This action will display the first screen. D FIRST^SDUL4
SDAM BLANK 1 action Use This option as a place holder.
SDUL UP ONE LINE action Move up a line D UP^SDUL4
SDUL DOWN A LINE action Move down a line. D DOWN^SDUL4
SDAM BLANK 2 action Use This option as a place holder.
SDAM BLANK 3 action Use This option as a place holder.
SDAM BLANK 4 action Use This option as a place holder.
SDAM BLANK 5 action Use This option as a place holder.
SDAM BLANK 6 action Use This option as a place holder.
SDAM BLANK 7 action Use This option as a place holder.
SDAM LIST CANCELLED action This list will display all the cancelled appointments for the date range specified. S X="CANCELLED" D LIST^SDAM
SDUL DISPLAY menu This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility.
SDUL QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
SDUL PRINT SCREEN action This action allows the user to print the current List Manager display screen. The header and the current portion of the list are printed. D PRT^SDUL1
SDUL PRINT LIST action This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. D PRTL^SDUL1
SDAM APPT CANCEL action This action allows the user to cancel appointments from the portion of the list currently displayed. D EN^SDAMC
SDAM LIST FUTURE action This action allows the user to list future appointments for a patient. D FUT^SDAM
SDAM LIST INPATIENT action This protocol will list only inpatient appointments. S X="INPATIENT" D LIST^SDAM
SDUL EXPAND action I $D(^TMP("SDUL DATA",$J,SDULEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") S:'SDULCC SDULBCK="R"
SDUL TURN ON/OFF MENUS action D MENU^SDUL2
SDUL BLANK 1 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
SDUL SEARCH LIST action Finds text in list of entries. D FIND^SDUL40
SD PARM EDIT PARAMETERS action D 1^SDPARM2
SD PARM EDIT DIVISION action D 2^SDPARM2
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY ADD/EDITS action This action will allow the user to display all add/edits or add/edits for a date range. It will also allow the user to select a specific clinic stop code to display. N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=1,DIC=40.7 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL K SDBEG,SDEND,SDLN,SDFLG,SDTYP,VALMHDREND
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY APPOINTMENTS action This action will allow the user to display all appointments or appointments for a date range. It will also allow the user to select a specific clinic to display. N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=2,DIC=44 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL K SDBEG,SDEND,SDLN,SDFLG,SDTYP,VALMHDREND,^TMP("SDAPT",$J)
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY ENROLLMENTS action This action will allow the user to display all enrollments or enrollments for a date range. It will also allow the user to select a specific clinic to display. N SDY,SDACT S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=4,DIC=44 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL K SDBEG,SDEND,SDFLG,SDLN,SDTYP,VALMHDREND,^TMP("SDENR",$J)
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY DISPOSITIONS action This action will allow the user to display all dispositions or dispositions for a date range. N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=3 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL K SDBEG,SDEND,SDLN,SDTYP,SDFLG,VALMHDREND
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY MEANS TEST action This actions allows the user to display all Means Test Information or specific Means Test Date. N SDY S (SDTYP,SDFLG)=5,DIC=408.31 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ASK^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL K SDBEG,SDEND,SDFLG,SDTYP,SDLN,VALMHDREND
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY ALL action This action allows the user to display all information concerning Add/Edits, Appointments, Enrollments, Dispositions, and Means Test Information, or will display the above for a date range. K SDY S SDALL=1,(SDTYP,SDFLG)=6 D ALL^SDPPSEL Q:SDERR D ^SDPPALL K SDBEG,SDEND,SDFLG,SDLN,SDTYP,SDALL,VALMHDREND
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY INFO MENU menu This menu allows the user to display all time sensitive information. It will include Add/Edits, Appointments, Enrollments, Dispositions, and Mean Test Information. S VALMBCK="R"
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE MENU menu This is the main menu for the Patient Profile.
SDUL BLANK 2 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
SDUL BLANK 3 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
SDUL BLANK 4 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
SDUL BLANK 5 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
SDUL BLANK 6 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
SDAM APPT NO-SHOW action D EN^SDAMN
SDUL DISPLAY W/EXPAND menu This protocaol is the default protocol for the List Manager utility.
SDAM LIST NON-COUNT action This protocol will list only inpatient appointments. S X="NON-COUNT" D LIST^SDAM
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE CHANGE PATIENT action This allows a user to change the patient within the Patient Profile. D CHPT^SDPP
SDUL BLANK 7 action
SDCO CLINIC APPT action This action permits the user to make an appointment for the patient from the check out menu. I $G(SDOE) D MC^SDCO5(SDOE,0,.SDCOMKF,.SDCOQUIT) K SDCOMKF,SDCOQUIT
SDCO CLASSIFICATION action This action permits the user to edit the classifications associated with appointments, add/edits and dispositions. D EN^SDCO2
SDCO APPT CHECK OUT action This action permits the user to check out an appointment. D EN^SDCO1
SDCO PROVIDER action This action permits the user to update the providers associated with appointments, add/edits and dispositions. D EN^SDCO3
SDCO DIAGNOSIS action This action permits the user to update the diagnosis associated with appointments, add/edits and dispositions. D EN^SDCO4
SDCO MENU menu This menu contains all the activities for the check out action. S:'$G(SDCOXQB) XQORM("B")="Interview"
SDCO DISCHARGE CLINIC action This action permits the user to discharge a patient from a clinic. D DC^SDCO7
SDAM ADD EDIT action This action permits the user to add or edit a standalone encounter from the appointment management menu. D EN^SDAMBAE6
SDCO PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS action This action permits the user to update patient demographics. D PD^SDCO7
SDCO INTERVIEW action This action permits the user to answer all questions related to a check out interview. D EN^SDCO6
SDCO ADD EDIT NEW action This action permits the user to add or edit a standalone encounter from the check out menu. D EN1^SDAMBAE6
SDAM RT MAS-RE-CHARGE action MAS application specific action for charging a chart to another borowwer. D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-RE-CHARGE")
SDCO CHECK OUT DATE action This action permits the user to change the check out date/time associated with an appointment. D CD^SDCO7
SDAM PROVIDER action This action permits the user to update the providers associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. D CO^SDCOAM("PR","provider")
SDAM DIAGNOSIS action This action permits the user to update the diagnoses associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. D CO^SDCOAM("DX","diagnosis")
SDAM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS action This action permits the user to update patient demographics. D PD^SDCOAM
SDAM CLASSIFICATION action This action permits the user to edit the classifications associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. D CO^SDCOAM("CL","classifications")
SDAM DISCHARGE CLINIC action This action permits the user to discharge a patient from a clinic. D DC^SDCOAM
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE CHANGE DATE action This allows a user to change the date range within the Patient Profile. D DATE^SDPPSEL,CHDT^SDPP
SDAM DELETE CHECK OUT action This action permits the user to delete a check out. S SDPFSFLG=1 D DEL^SDCOAM K SDPFSFLG
SDAM RT MAS-FILL-NEXT action Allows clinics to re-charge charts to next clinic. D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-FILL-NEXT")
SDAM RT MAS-CHART-REQUEST action MAS application specific Record request. D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-CHART-REQUEST")
SDAM RT MAS-CHART-PROFILE action MAS application specific inquiry for viewing records. D RT^SDAMU("RT MAS-CHART-PROFILE")
SDAM RT MENU menu This menu protocol contains the record tracking actions available on the Appointment Management and Check-Out screens. S XQORM(0)="1A" D FULL^VALM1 S VALMBCK="R" D HOME^%ZIS
DGJ IRT VIEW MENU menu S DGJTHFLG="VW" K DGJTHFLG
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT ADD action This protocol is for adding dependents to means test. D EN1^DGDEP2
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT MENU menu This is used for the Means Test Dependents utility.
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT CHILD action This protocol is used to edit the dependent demographic D EN3^DGDEP2 S VALMBCK="R"
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT ADDDEP action This will allow the user to add a new dependent. D ADDEP^DGDEP4
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT COPY action This will allow the user to copy income/dependents data. D COPY^DGDEP4
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT DEMO action This allows the user the edit the dependent demographics. D EDITDEP^DGDEP4
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT EDIT action This allows the user to choose a specific dependent to edit D SEL^DGDEPU,RETDEP^DGDEP0,^DGDEPE K ^TMP("DGMTEP",$J)
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT EFFECTIVE action This will allow the user to edit an effective date of a dependent D EN^DGDEP1
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT UTIL menu This is the utilities connected with mean test.
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT REMOVE action This will allow the user to remove a dependent from the means test D EN2^DGDEP2
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT SPOUSE DEMO action This protocol will allow the user to edit spouse's demographics D EN^DGDEP4 S VALMBCK="R"
DGMT MEANS TEST DEPENDENT DELETE action This allows a user to delete a dependent. D EN^DGDEP5
SDPP PATIENT PROFILE PRINT ALL action This prints the patient profile. D ^SDPPRT
SC PATIENT PROFILE DISPLAY TEAM INFO action This action allows the user to display team information during the specified date range. K SDY S SDALL=1,(SDTYP,SDFLG)=7,GBL="^TMP(""SDPPALL"","_$J_")" D ^SDPPALL
SC PCMM INPATIENT ACTIVITY extended action This is used to send MailMan messages to practitioners who are currently assigned to positions that: o Have been assigned to this patient and the position is defined to receive inpatient messages for the position's patient panel. o Are part of teams that have been assigned to this patient and the position is defined to receive messages for all patients in the team's patient panel. The Messages are labeled 'INPATIENT' xxx 'for' yyy. Here xxx is ADMISSION, TRANSFER, OR DISCHARGE (as appropriate) and yyy is the patient's name and PID. D MAIL^SCMCPM
SC CLINIC ENROLL/DISCHARGE EVENT DRIVER extended action Generic team event driver to handle the assignment of patients to teams D EXIT^SCMCEV3
SC TEAM AUTO-ADD action This is the action that adds a patient to a team via the SC TEAM EVENT DRIVER. D COMPARE^SCMCEV3(DFN)
SCMC PATIENT TEAM CHANGES extended action This is fired off whenever the Patient Team Assignment File (#404.42) is updated. Available Output Variables: =========================== SCPCTM = 1 if it this is a primary care team assignment, 0 otherwise SCPTTMB4 = 0 Node of Patient Team Assignment (#404.42) Before SCPTTMAF = 0 Node of Patient Team Assignment (#404.42) After SCTMNDB4 = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) Before SCTMNDAF = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) After SCPTTM = Pointer to Patient Team Assignment (#404.42) SCTMB4 = Pointer to Team (404.51) Before SCTMAF = Pointer to Team (404.51) After Notes: o The 7th piece of the Team File (i.e. $P(SCTMND,U,7)) is a pointer to the institution file. o The 8th piece of the Patient Team Assignment File is the Assignment Type Field (#.08). Its internal value is '1' if it is a primary care assignment. Its value could be either null or '99'. '99' is 'Other'. You can check the variable, SCPCTM (1 or 0) to see if this is a primary care team assignment. Note: Utility: $$INSTPCTM^SCAPMC(DFN,DATE,SCERR) Input: DFN - ien of PATIENT File (#2) DATE - date to check (default=DT) SCERR - error array (default=^TMP("SCERR",$J)) - contains info about bad data. It is only set if there is bad data. Returned: 0 if no Primary Care Team on Date or SC4^Institution Name^SCTM^Team Name SC4 = ien of Institution File SCTM = ien of Team File
SCMC PATIENT TEAM POSITION CHANGES extended action This should be fired off whenever the PATIENT TEAM POSITION ASSIGNMENT file (#404.43) is updated Protocol Name: SCMC Patient Team Position Changes, hang an entry off of this to use this protocol (I do not believe you will be using this one) Description: This should be fired off whenever the PATIENT TEAM POSITION ASSIGNMENT file (#404.43)is updated. Available Variables: ==================== SCPCTP = null or 0 if not a primary care assignment 1 if a primary care practitioner assignment 2 if a primary care attending assignment SCPTTPB4 = 0 Node of Patient Team Position Assignment (#404.43) Before SCPTTPAF = 0 Node of Patient Team Position Assignment (#404.43) After SCTMNDB4 = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) Before SCTMNDAF = 0 Node of Team (#404.51) After SCTPNDB4 = 0 Node of Team Position (#404.57) Before SCTPNDAF = 0 Node of Team Position (#404.57) After SCPTTP = Pointer to Patient Team Position Assignment (#404.43) SCTPB4 = Pointer to Team Position (404.57) Before SCTPAF = Pointer to Team Position (404.57) After
SC DISPLAY TEAM INFO action Display team information for a selected patient. D SEL^SCMCU1 S:$G(TDFN)'>0 VALMBCK="R" Q:$G(TDFN)'>0 D EN^VALM("SC TEAM INFORMATION") K ^TMP("SCTI",$J),TDFN
SCMC PT TEAM CHANGE MAIL MESSAGE action This fires off the MailMan Message for changes to File #404.42. D MAIL^SCMCTMM
SCMC PT POSITION CHANGE MAIL MESSAGE action This fires off the MailMan Message for changes to File #404.43. D MAIL^SCMCTPM
SC ASSIGN PC TEAM ON DISCHARGE action This is called from the patient movement event driver. If the movement is a discharge, and the patient does not have a current or future assignment to a primary care team - it will prompt the user to assign the patient to a primary care team. D:'$G(^DPT(DFN,.35)) PCMMDIS^SCMCPM1
SDAM PCE EVENT action This protocol is the event handler attached to the PXK VISIT DATA EVENT protocol. The protocol processes scheduled appointment check out data made available by this PCE event point. PCE currently obtains this check out data from MCCR data capture pilots and also a manual entry module within the PCE package. D EN^SDPCE
SDAM CPT action This action permits the user to update the procedures associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. D CO^SDCOAM("CPT","procedure")
SDCO CPT action This action permits the user to update the procedures associated with appointments that have a check out date/time. D EN^SDCO9
SCDX AMBCARE EVENT action This is the ambcare event handler that will hang off of the Scheduling event driver. It will monitor the events that are happening and populate the necessary Ambcare files in the case of new encounters, edits or deletes to existing encounters. D EN^SCDXHLDR
SCDX AMBCARE SEND SERVER FOR ADT-Z00 event driver HL7 server protocol for the sending of batch ADT-Z00 messages by the Ambulatory Care Reporting Project. These batch messages will contain ADT-A08 & ADT-A23 messages as required and used by the National Patient Care Databse.
SCDX AMBCARE SEND CLIENT FOR ADT-Z00 subscriber HL7 client protocol for the sending of batch ADT-Z00 messages by the Ambulatory Care Reporting Project. These batch messages will contain ADT-A08 & ADT-A23 messages as required and used by the National Patient Care Databse.
SCDX MENU FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB menu
SCDX SELECT PATIENT FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB action D MARKPT^SCDXRT02(0)
SCDX SELECT ALL FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB action D MARKALL^SCDXRT02(0)
SCDX DESELECT PATIENT FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB action D MARKPT^SCDXRT02(1)
SCDX DESELECT ALL FOR RETRAN REJECTS FROM NPCDB action D MARKALL^SCDXRT02(1)
SCDX DESELECT RETRANS BY NUMBER action D MARK^SCDXRT02(1)
SCDX SELECT RETRANS BY NUMBER action D MARK^SCDXRT02(0)
DGQE HL7 A08 VIC SERVER event driver This event is trigger from the stand-alone option when a user request an ID card
DGQE VIC A08 CLIENT subscriber This is the client used for the HL7 interface with DataCard
DGRPT MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for the 10-10T Registration.
DGRPT INTERVIEW action This protocol action permits the user to answer all questions related to a 10-10T Registration Interview. D EN^DGRPTI
DGPRE RG MENU menu Menu for Preregistration List Manager Call List
DGPRE RG CP action D EDIT^DGPREP1 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPRE RG EDIT action D EDIT^DGPREP0 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPRE RG XH action D STAT^DGPREP1 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPRE RG EH action D EH^DGPREP1
DGPRE HIST SC action Displays comments associated with the call attempt in the Call Log. D EXPND^DGPREP2 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPRE HIST MENU menu
DGPRE EXPAND PATIENT action Displays the patient inquiry screens for Load/Edit for selected patient D PTINQ^DGPREP2 S VALMBCK="R"
DGEN PATIENT ENROLLMENT MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for patient enrollment.
DGEN ENROLL PATIENT action This protocol action permits the user to enroll a patient who is a veteran that is eligible for care, who is not already enrolled. D EP^DGEN1
DGEN CEASE ENROLLMENT action This protocol action permits the user to cease the enrollment of a patient who is enrolled. Cease Enrollment functionality was disabled by DG*5.3*232. Code, options, and protocols will not be deleted until it is determined they will not be used in future releases. D CE^DGEN1
DGENPT PREFERRED FACILITY action This protocol action permits the user to enter/edit the patient's preferred facility. D PF^DGENPT
DGEN MT AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT UPDATE extended action This event is called each time a means test is added, edited, or deleted. If there has been change in the Means Test the patient's current enrollment will be updated. D MTUPD^DGENA2
DGENCD CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY MENU menu Contains the protocols for adding, editing, and deleting patient catastrophic disability data.
DGENCD ADD/EDIT CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY action This action will allow the catastrophic disability information for a patient to be added or edited, but not deleted. If catastrophic disability information is added, the Catastrophically Disabled eligibility code is added. D ADDCD^DGENCD1
DGENCD DELETE CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY action This action will allow the catastrophic disability information for a patient to be deleted. If catastrophic disability information is deleted, the Catastrophically Disabled eligibility code is also deleted. D DELETECD^DGENCD1
DGENCD CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY action Displays the DGEN CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY List Template. D EN^DGENCD1($G(DFN))
DGEN EXPAND HISTORY action This protocol action permits the user to expand an enrollment history record. D EH^DGEN1
DGEN SELECT PATIENT action This protocol action permits the user to select a different patient. D SP^DGEN1
VAFC ADT-A04 SERVER event driver This server protocol fires when a patient is registered. It generates a Health Level Seven (HL7) register a patient (event code A04) message.
VAFC ADT-A08 SERVER event driver This server protocol fires when a patient record is updated. It generates a Health Level Seven (HL7) update a patient (event code A08) message.
VAFH HL7 INPATIENT CAPTURE extended action This protocol hangs off of the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS Protocol. It generates HL7 ADT messages based on what action has fired the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS Protocol, such as: Admissions; Discharges, or Transfers. D ^VAFHADT1
VAFH HL7 OUTPATIENT CAPTURE action This protocol will send HL7 messages for check-in, check-out, and stand-alone stop codes "event" at the time they occur. It hangs off the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol. D CAP^VAFHCCAP
VAFH A01 event driver
VAFH CLIENT A01 subscriber
VAFH A02 event driver
VAFH A11 event driver
VAFH A12 event driver
VAFH A13 event driver
VAFH A03 event driver
VAFH A04 event driver
VAFH A08 event driver
VAFH A34 event driver
VAFH CLIENT A02 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A03 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A04 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A08 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A11 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A12 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A13 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A34 subscriber
VAFH CLIENT A19 subscriber
VAFH A19 event driver
VAFC ADT-A01 SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A02 SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A03 SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A11 SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A12 SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A13 SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A19 SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A01 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A02 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A03 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A04 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A08 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A11 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A12 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A13 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A19 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC HL7 INPATIENT CAPTURE extended action D ^VAFCADT1
VAFC HL7 OUTPATIENT CAPTURE action D CAP^VAFCCCAP
VAFC ADT-A08-TSP SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A08-TSP CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A08-SDAM SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A08-SDAM CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADT-A08-SCHED SERVER event driver
VAFC ADT-A08-SCHED CLIENT subscriber
SCENI CHANGE DIVISION action Changes the active division for the Incomplete Encounter Management module D CDIV^SCENI01 D EXIT^SCENI01
SCENI CHANGE CLINIC action Change the active clinic for the list D CCLN^SCENI01 D EXIT^SCENI01
SCENI CHANGE PATIENT action Changes the active patient for the list. D CPAT^SCENI01 D EXIT^SCENI01
SCENI CHANGE DATE RANGE action Changes the active date range for the list. D CDT^SCENI01 D EXIT^SCENI01
SCENI INCOMPLETE ENC MGMT MENU menu Menu for the Incomplete Encounter Managment List manager
SCENI DISPLAY ERRORS action Display all associated errors for the selected encounter D DSPLYER^SCENI01 D EXIT^SCENI01
SCENI VIEW EXPANDED action Display the corrective action description for the error selected. D VE^SCENIA1 D EXIT^SCENIA1
SCENI EXPAND ENCOUNTER action Displays pertinent fields for the selected encounter D EXP^SCENI01 D EXIT^SCENI01
SCENI CORRECT ERROR action This item provides a menas to correct the selected errors through the appropriate means. D CE^SCENIA1 D EXIT^SCENIA1
SCENI CHANGE ERROR CODE action This item changes the currently active error code being displayed in the IEMM List Manager display D CER^SCENI01
SCENI DISPLAY ERRORS MENU menu This displays the menu options for correcting/viewing displayed errors for the Incomplete Encounter Management.
SCENI CALL LOAD EDIT action This calls the DG Load Patient Data option. D LE^SCENIA1
SCENI PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS action This calls the SDAM Patient Demographics update D DEM^SCENIA1
SCENI ENCOUNTER INFORMATION action This calls the Edit Encounter Information option for IEMM error correction D EI^SCENIA2
SCENI CHECKOUT INTERVIEW action This calls the SDAM checkout, allowing editing Provider, Diagnosis, and procedure errors. D CO^SCENIA1
SCENI REFLAG ERROR action Reflags entry in Transmitted Outpatient Encounter File for transmission and clears the error. D FLG^SCENIA1
DGPM PROVIDER UPDATE EVENT action This protocol is placed on the OR EVSEND DGPM event. It will update the provider in the Patient Movement file (405). D EN^DGPMVPU
SCMC MU MASS TEAM UNASSIGNMENT menu
SCMC MU SELECT ALL action D ALL^SCMCMU1("SELECT")
SCMC MU DESELECT ALL action D ALL^SCMCMU1("DE-SELECT")
SCMC MU SELECT SOME action D SOME^SCMCMU1("SELECT")
SCMC MU DESELECT SOME action D SOME^SCMCMU1("DE-SELECT")
SCMC MU VIEW ALL action D VIEW^SCMCMU1("ALL")
SCMC MU VIEW SELECTED action D VIEW^SCMCMU1("SELECT")
SCMC MU VIEW DESELECTED action D VIEW^SCMCMU1("DE-SELECT")
SCMC MU UNASSIGN PATIENTS action D UNASSIGN^SCMCMU11
SCMC MU QUIT action DO QUIT^SCMCMU11
SC PC PATIENT ASSIGN/UNASSIGN action SC PCMM ROLL Used to assign/unassign patient to primary care team and/or primary care practitioner position. D FULL^VALM1 D:$G(DFN) PAT^SCMCQK D:'$G(DFN) EN^SCMCQK S VALMBCK="R" D HOME^%ZIS
DG PTF ADT-A04 CLIENT subscriber
DG PTF ADT-A01 CLIENT subscriber
DG PTF ADT-A02 CLIENT subscriber
DG PTF ADT-A03 CLIENT subscriber
DG PTF ADT-A08 CLIENT subscriber
DG PTF ADT-A11 CLIENT subscriber
DG PTF ADT-A12 CLIENT subscriber
DG PTF ADT-A13 CLIENT subscriber
VAFC ADMIT XMIT DATE RANGE action D DATE^VAFCMS01
VAFC ADMIT XMIT MENU menu
VAFC ADMIT XMIT TRANSMIT action D XMIT^VAFCMS01
VAFC ADMIT XMIT PATIENT action D NEWDFN^VAFCMS01
DG PTF ADT-A08-TSP CLIENT subscriber
SDCO GAF action This action permits the user to enter/edit GAF information. D GAF^SDCO7
DGEN SEND ENROLLMENT QUERY action This action allows the user to send an enrollment/eligibility query for a patient. It is not available if there is an outstanding query for the patient. D QUERY^DGEN1
DGEN CHECK QUERY STATUS action This action is used to check the status of the last enrollment/eligibility that was sent. D CHECK^DGEN1
DGENUP VIEW ELIGIBILTY UPLOAD AUDIT action Allows the user to view the audit trail for the eligibilty upload. D EN^DGENUPA2($G(DFN))
DGEN SD ENROLL PATIENT action Upon check-out, this will create an enrollment record with an UNVERIFIED enrollment status for veterans that have no enrollment unverified enrollment status for veterans that have no enrollment D ENROLL^DGENA2
VAFC MFU-TFL SERVER event driver This protocol is used to send and receive Master File update messages for a given patient. This is part of the CIRN project. Data is stored in PIMS.
VAFC MFU-TFL CLIENT subscriber This client is used to process the Treating Facility Master File update message. No acknowledgements will be generated from these actions.
VAFC TFL-UPDATE CLIENT subscriber This client protocol catches the local ADT message to update the Treating Facility file at this site and to send the message to the owner site.
VAFC EXCPT SUM ACTS MENU menu This protocol is the main menu for the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] summary screen.
VAFC EXCPT SUM SITE action This protocol sorts the exceptions by site in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. S VAFCSORT="SS" D SACT^VAFCEHLM
VAFC EXCPT SUM NEW action This protocol sorts the exceptions by newest event in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. S VAFCSORT="SN" D SACT^VAFCEHLM
VAFC EXCPT SUM PAT action This protocol sorts the exceptions by patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. S VAFCSORT="SP" D SACT^VAFCEHLM
VAFC EXCPT SUM OLD action This protocol sorts the exceptions by oldest event in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. S VAFCSORT="SO" D SACT^VAFCEHLM
VAFC EXCPT SUM REV FULL action This protocol allows the user to process a selected patient from the summary screen in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D FULL^VAFCEHLM
VAFC EXCPT MERGE MENU menu This protocol is the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option merge menu.
VAFC EXCPT MERGE ALL action This protocol allows the user to merge all differences for a selected patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D MRGALL^VAFCMGA
VAFC EXCPT MERGE SELECTED action This protocol allows the user to choose selected fields so that they will merge in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D MRGSLCT^VAFCMGA
VAFC EXCPT MERGE REJECT action This protocol allows the user to reject differences for a selected patient so that they will not merge. This is done using the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D REJECT^VAFCMGA
VAFC EXCPT MERGE COMPLETE action This protocol allows the user to verify that the merge is complete for a selected patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D COMPLETE^VAFCMGA
VAFC ADT-A28 SERVER event driver This server protocol fires when a patient is added to the Master Patient Index (MPI) as a new patient. It generates a Health Level Seven (HL7) "Add Person Information" (event code A28) message.
VAFC EXCPT HINQ INQUIRY action This protocol allows the user to do a HINQ inquiry for a selected patient in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D HI^VAFCMGA
VAFC EXCPT PATIENT AUDIT action This protocol allows the user to audit the differences made in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D RAUD^VAFCMGA1
VAFC EXCPT MERGE UNDO action This protocol allows the user to undo selected merges in the Clinical Information Resource Network (CIRN) Patient Data Review [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER] option. D UNDO^VAFCMGA1
DGMST A08 SERVER event driver HL7 A08 SERVER PROTOCOL
DGMST A08 SEND CLIENT subscriber HL7 Client protocol for the sending of MST HL7 A08 messages
DGMST PATIENT ENTER action Calls the entry point to enter one/many patient MST status entries. D PAT^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R"
DGMST ENTER BY STATUS action Call the enter single MST status for multiple patients. D STAT^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R"
DGMST EDIT ENTRY action Pick and edit a specific entry from the currently displayed MST list D EL^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R"
DGMST DELETE ENTRY action Select and delete a specific entry from the currently displayed MST status list. D DL^DGMSTL1 S VALMBCK="R"
DGMST DISPLAY PATIENT action Display the current MST history for a selected patient. This is a patient who is not in the currently displayed MST status list. A patient name will need to be entered. D DP^DGMSTL1
DGMST EXPAND ENTRY action Expands and prints the MST status history for a patient selected from the currently displayed MST status list. D EXPND^DGMSTL S VALMBCK="R"
DGMST MAIN MENU menu Main protocol menu for the DGMST List Manager Interface
DGMTH HARDSHIP MENU menu Contains the protocols for adding, editing, and deleting means test hardship determinations.
DGMTH ADD HARDSHIP action This protocol is for granting hardships. D ADD^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP)
DGMTH DELETE HARDSHIP action This protocol is for deleting a hardship. D DELETE^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP)
DGMTH EDIT HARDSHIP action Edits the existing hardship. D EDIT^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP)
DGMTH DATE STAMP action Updates the Dt/Tm Test Last Edited field of the means test. D DATETIME^DGMTU4($G(DGMTI))
DGMTH EDIT COMMENTS action This protocol allows the local site to edit the commments for the selected means test. D COMMENTS^DGMTHL1(.HARDSHIP)
SCCV CONV FUNCTION MENU menu The main menu to examine/create conversion log entries I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
SCCV CONV NEW TEMPLATE action This action is used to add a new conversion template entry (CST). D NEW^SCCVCST
SCCV CONV TEMPLATE DISPLAY action This action is used to display the template entry's details. D VIEW^SCCVCST
SCCV CONV REQ LOG action This action is used to list the log's request history. D PHIS^SCCVDSP1("R","CST")
SCCV CONV EXPAND menu Menu to allow history of request, event or error log to be displayed. I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
SCCV CONV EVENT LOG action This action is used to list the log's event history. D PHIS^SCCVDSP1("E","CST")
SCCV CONV ERROR LOG action This action is used to list the log's error history. D PHIS^SCCVDSP1("ERR","CST") I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
SCCV CONV EDIT action This action is used to display the template's details and edit if necessary. D EDIT^SCCVCST1($G(SCCVSCRN))
SCCV CONV REQUEST action This action is used to schedule the running or stopping of an CST event. D REQ^SCCVCST1(1,$G(SCCVSCRN),1)
SCCV CONV EXIT action Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. D FASTEX^SCCVDSP
SCCV CONV ESTIMATE BULLETIN action This action is used to generate a copy of the estimate bulletin for a particular log entry. Only valid for 'ESTIMATE' events. D BULL^SCCVCST1 I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
SCCV CONV PARAM MENU menu The main menu to display and edit Scheduling Conversion Parameters.
SCCV CONV EDIT PARAM action This action is used to edit the Scheduling parameters having to do with the Scheduling Conversion functionality. D EDIT^SCCVPAR
SCCV CONV CANCEL action This action is used to cancel a selected CST. D CANCEL^SCCVCST1
SCCV CONV DELETE FILE MENU menu The main menu to display and delete the old Scheduling files that the Scheduling conversion retired to non-use.
SCCV CONV DELETE FILES action This action is used to perform the actual data dictionary and template deletion for the old Scheduling files that are no longer used once the conversion is completed. This action does NOT delete the data global for the file. Use the xxx action to delete the data global. D DELDD^SCCVDEL
SCCV CONV DELETE FILE DISPLAY action This action is used to display the list of old/obsolete Scheduling files that can be deleted. D EN^SCCVDEL
SCCV CONV ONE ENTRY action This action is used to select a single entry (encounter, appointment, disposition, standalone add/edit) to convert without using a CST. D ONE^SCCVCST3
SCCV CONV PARAMETERS action This protocol displays the scheduling conversion related Site Parameters. It also allows the user to edit the appropriate conversion parameters. D PARAM^SCCVPAR I $G(SCFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
SCCV CONV REFRESH action D REFRESH^SCCVCDSP
SCCV CONV ESTIMATE SUMMARY action D EN^SCCVEGD2
SCCV CONV DELETE DATA GLOBAL action This action is used to perform the actual data global deletion for the old Scheduling files that are no longer used once the conversion is completed. D DELDATA^SCCVDEL1
BSDAM MENU menu This menu contains all the activities for the appointment management option. IHS/ANMC/LJF 6/1/2000: copy of SDAM MENU. Removed item protocols: SDAM DISCHARGE CLINIC: IHS does not deal with clinic enrollment On List Template SDAM APPT MGT, replaced protocol SDAM MENU with this one.
BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS extended action This extended action contains all the actions that need to be performed when an action is taken upon an appointment such as check-in or check-out. This is a copy of SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS with only IHS items attached. The protocol item BSDAM CREATE VISIT must have a lower sequence number than any other item where the visit ien is required. The protocol returns the variables BSDVSTN (visit ien) and BSDVCN (visit control number or null and error codes) IF CREATE VISIT is turned ON for clinic. They are killed in the exit action of this event driver. The other input variables you can expect to be set are: DFN := ifn of pat. SDT := appt d/t SDCL := ifn of clinic SDDA := ifn for ^SC(clinic,"S",date,1,ifn) SDATA := where 'before' and 'after' status data is stored SDATA("BEFORE","STATUS")= SDDA ^ DFN ^ SDT ^ SDCL SDATA("AFTER","STATUS") = SDDA ^ DFN ^ SDT ^ SDCL SDAMEVT := what event is taking place / ifn to ^SD(409.66) 1 = make appt 2 = cancel appt 3 = no-show 4 = check-in 5 = check-out SDMODE := parameter that tells function the conversation mode desired by caller 0 = full dialogue 1 = computer monologue 2 = quiet If there was a problem creating a VCN, the BSDVCN variable will be set to null then ^ then one of these error codes: 1:INVALID VISIT IEN 2:DELETED VISIT 3:INVALID PATIENT ON VISIT 4:INVALID SERVICE CATEGORY 5:LAST VCN INVALID 6:DIE CALL FAILED:vcn # sent to ^DIE Other applications that would like to add events, must contact the PIMS developer to arrange an integration agreement and be assigned a sequence number.
BSDAM CREATE VISIT - INTERACTIVE action IHS protocol called by the Scheduling Event Driver (BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS). This protocol will create PCC visit at check-in if the proper parameters are set for the clinic involved. It will aso create a VCN, add it to the visit and update the LAST VCN in the patient file (via trigger). I $G(SDMODE)'=2 D CHKIN^BSDV(SDAMEVT,SDCL,SDT,SDDA,DFN)
BSDAM ADD ENCOUNTER action IHS protocol to create outpatient encounter entry at check-in instead of at check-out as the VA does it. Must be run immediately after creating the visit. I $G(SDAMEVT)=4 D APPT^SDVSIT(DFN,SDT,SDCL,$G(BSDVSTN))
VAFC EXCPT PATIENT INQUIRY action This protocol allows the user to do a Patient Inquiry from the Patient Data Review option [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER]. D INQ^VAFCEHLM
BSDAM MONTH MENU menu This protocol menu is called by the BSDAM MONTH DISPLAY list template under the Month-at-a-Glance menu option. This protocol contains all actions that can be performed while viewing a monthly display.
BSDAM APPT LIST action This protocol calls code to display an appt list for a selected clinic. It asks for an appt date. Called by the Month-at-a-glance protocol menu. D LIST^BSDAL1(+$G(SC),1) S VALMBCK="R"
BSDAM APPT SHORT action This protocol calls code to display a short form of the appt list for a selected clinic. It asks for an appt date. Unlike the longer listing, it lists only appt times, length of appts and type of appts as noted in the Other Info comments field. Called by the Month-at-a-glance protocol menu. D LIST^BSDAL1(+$G(SC),2) S VALMBCK="R"
BSDAM LIST MENU menu IHS copy of SDAM LIST MENU protocol. Changed name and mnemonic used under BSDAM MENU protocol as well as menu prompt. Also added to Entry Action call to ^BSDAP to display menu choices. Changed Menu Default to "Ttoal Appt Profile" since that is profile used upon entry to Appt Mgt. S XQORM(0)="1A" D ^BSDAP S:'$D(VALMBCK) VALMBCK="" D EXIT^SDAM
BSDAM DISPLAY APPT MENU menu Protocol menu called by list template BSD DISPLAY APPTS. Contains actions for viewing individual appts listed.
BSDAM VIEW APPT action Used to give details on a particular appointment. D VA^BSDDPA
BSDAM VIEW VISIT action Used to give details on visit attached to a particular appointment. D VV^BSDDPA
BSDAM ANCILLARY TESTS action Used to add or delete stops for lab, x-ray or ekg before scheduled appointment. D TESTS^BSDAM
BSDAM HEALTH SUMMARY action Allows you to print a health summary to paper or browse one on the screen. D HS^BSDAM
SCMC LE PCMM TRANSMISSION ERRORS MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for PCMM HL7 Transmission Error Processing.
SCMC LE RETRANSMIT PATIENT action SCMC PCMM RETRANSMIT This protocol action permits a user to mark a patient on the list for retransmission. D RP^SCMCHLR4
SCMC LE SORT LIST action This protocol action permits the user to sort the error list by Patient Name, Date Acknowledgement Received, or Provider Name. D SL^SCMCHLR4
SCMC LE CHANGE STATUS action This protocol action permits the user to change the error processing status of the error list being viewed. It allows the user to select an error processing status of NEW, CHECKED, or BOTH. D CS^SCMCHLR4
SCMC LE CHANGE DATE RANGE action This protocol action permits the user to change the date range of the error list being viewed. D CD^SCMCHLR4
SCMC LE CHECK ERROR OFF LIST action This protocol action permits the user to check an error with an error processing status of 'NEW' off the list. D CE^SCMCHLR4
SCMC LE RETRANSMIT ALL action SCMC PCMM RETRANSMIT This protocol action permits a user to mark all patients on the list for retransmission. D RA^SCMCHLR4
SCMC LE DESELECT PATIENT action This protocol action permits a user to Deselect Patient(s) for retransmission. D DP^SCMCHLR5
SCMC LE DESELECT ALL action This protocol action permits the user to Deselect ALL patients from retransmission. D DA^SCMCHLR5
SCMC LE UNCHECK ERROR action This protocol action permits the user to mark an error with an error processing status of 'Checked' back to an error processing status of 'New'. D UE^SCMCHLR5
DGRU INPATIENT CAPTURE extended action This protocol handles the ADT messaging for the RAI/MDS COTS database system. This protocol is attached to the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol and is called when an inpatient ADT event occurs. D ^DGRUADT
DGRU-RAI-A01-SERVER event driver A01 message for the RAI/MDS commercial package
DGRU-RAI-A01-ROUTER subscriber ADT A01 event client for RAI/MDS commercial application
DGRU-RAI-A11-SERVER event driver
DGRU-RAI-A11-ROUTER subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A02-SERVER event driver Provides A02 transfer updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives message acjnowledgements back.
DGRU-RAI-A03-SERVER event driver Provides A03 discharge updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives message acknowledgements back from the vendor.
DGRU-RAI-A12-SERVER event driver Provides A12 cancel (delete) transfer updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and accept message acknowledgements from vendor.
DGRU-RAI-A13-SERVER event driver Provides A13 cancel (Delete) discharge updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgements back from the vendor.
DGRU-RAI-A21-SERVER event driver Provides A21 leave of absence updates from the corporate system to the vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgements back from the vendor system.
DGRU-RAI-A22-SERVER event driver Provides A22 return from leave of absence updates from corporate system to vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgements back ffrom the vendor system.
DGRU-RAI-A08-SERVER event driver Provides A08 patient ADT updates from the corporate system to the vendor RAI/MDS software and receives asknowledgements back from the vendor.
DGRU-RAI-A02-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving messages from DGRU RAI Events
DGRU-RAI-A03-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events
DGRU-RAI-A12-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events
DGRU-RAI-A13-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events
DGRU-RAI-A21-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events
DGRU-RAI-A08-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events
DGRU-RAI-A22-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving messages for DGRU RAI events
DGRU-PATIENT-A08-ROUTER subscriber Protocol for receiving DGRU RAI update events
DGRU-PATIENT-A08-SERVER event driver Provides A08 patient demographic updates from the corporate system to the vendor RAI/MDS software and receives acknowledgement messages from the vendor software.
DGRU-RAI-MFU-SERVER event driver MFU message for the RAI/MDS commercial package
DGRU-RAI-MFU-ROUTER subscriber
DGRU RB MENU menu Main protocol menu for room bed translation LM interface.
DGRU ENTER ROOM-BED action D ADD^DGRURB S VALMBCK="R"
DGRU DEL ROOM-BED action Delete an existing DGRU room-bed translation value D DEL^DGRURB S VALMBCK="R"
BDG SECURITY DISPLAY action IHS protocol that calls DGSEC2 code eventually to display who accessed a sensitive patient's record and when. D DISPLAY^BDGSECL
BDG SECURITY LIST MENU menu IHS menu for List Sensitive Patients option; called by BDG SECURITY LIST list template.
BDG SECURITY EDIT action IHS protocol that calls DGSEC1 code eventually to edit sensitivity level of patient. Called by list template that displays current patients in file. Cannot add new patient here; only on Enter/Edit menu option. D EDIT^BDGSECL
BSDAM PROVIDER DAY menu Protocol menu called by list template BSDAM PROVIDER DAY. Contains actions to view individual appts, and view month-at-a-glance for individual clinics.
VAFC EXCPT DISPLAY ONLY QUERY action This protocol permits the user to perform a Display Only Query to the MPI from the Patient Data Review option [VAFC EXCEPTION HANDLER]. D DISP^VAFCEHLM
BSDAM APPT SLIP action IHS protocol called by BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol menu. Used to either print routing slip for same day appointments or to ask user to print appointment letters for future appointments. I '$G(SDMODE) D APPT^BSDROUT(SDAMEVT,DFN,SDT)
BSDAM OTHER INFO action Used to add or edit the other info field for an appointment. D OIASK^BSDAM
BSDRM WAIT LIST MENU menu Protocol menu called by list template BSDRM WAIT LIST. Contains action to view full entry from Waiting LIst file.
BSDRM WAIT LIST VIEW action Used to display all data for a patinet within a clinic or ward entry in the Waiting List file. D VIEW^BSDWLL
BDGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS extended action At the completion of a patient movement, a series of events take place through this option. If your site adds a new software application that must be notified when an ADT movement occurs, add the appropriate protocol from that software to this list. The first item (sequence 1) called MUST be the BDGPM VISIT UPDATE as it will create a PCC visit for the admission and place the visit pointer in the Patient Movement file admission entry. This will take place ONLY if the PCC link is turned on. So if your protocol requires a visit pointer, make sure to quit if there isn't one. The protocols sent with the release of this version are in the following sequence: 10-99: Prints a form or report OR creates an entry in another PIMS module. 100-199: Informs various applications, if installed, that a patient movement has occurred. 200-299: Protocols that send mail messages and bulletins. 300-399: Reserved for local protocols. Required Variables: (variables sent by event driver, not to be killed) DFN = Patient's IFN DGPMT = Type of Movement (1=admission, 2=ward transfer, 3=discharge, 4=check-in lodger, 5=check-out lodger, 6=service transfer) DGPMDA = Movement's IFN DGPMCA = Admission IFN DGPMP = 0 Node of Primary Movement PRIOR to Add/Edit/Delete DGPMA = 0 Node of Primary Movement AFTER Add/Edit/Delete DGQUIET = If $G(DGQUIET) then the read/writes should not occur. Any code called by the event driver MUST check for DGQUIET!!!! If you need the internal entry number for the PCC visit associated with this admission, use this code: $$GET1^DIQ(405,+DGPMCA,.27,"I") IHS/ANMC/LJF 6/20/2001
BDGPM A SHEET action Protocol to print Clinical Record Brief for admission. If DGQUIET variable is set will only print if other required variables sent with call. See routine for details. I $$GET1^DIQ(9009020.1,$$DIV^BSDU,.16)="YES" D PAT^BDGCRB(+$G(DFN),+$G(DGPMCA),$G(BDGFIN),$G(DGPMT),$G(BDGHALF),$G(DGQUIET),$G(BDGCOP),$G(BDGDEV))
BDGPM LOCATOR action Protocol to print locator card upon admission and any ward transfer. Required variables: DFN = patient ien DGPMDA = movement ien, sent by Event driver BDGLOC = 1 for print, 0 for not print and "A" for ask BDGDEV = print device, required if using silent call will automatically queue to this device if set Protocol is fired ONLY if IHS ADT Parameter "USE LOCATOR CARDS?" is turned on for facility. I $$GET1^DIQ(9009020.1,1,.03)="YES" D PAT^BDGLOC($G(DFN),$G(DGPMDA),$G(BDGLOC),$G(BDGDEV))
BDGPM INCOMPLETE CHART UPDATE action Protocol to create entry in Incomplete Chart file, if parameter is turned on. If admission is changed after discahrge first entered, IC file will be updated unless admission or discharge were deleted. In that case a bulletin will be sent to appropriate people. D ADD^BDGICEVT
BDGPM VISIT UPDATE action Protocol to create visit at admission, change date if changed in ADT, create V Hospitalization at discharge or delete visit if admission deleted. D EVENT^BDGPCCL
BDGPM BULLETINS action Protocol to fire off admission, discharge and transfer bulletins if turned on and have recipients. Bulletin parameters found on Application Coordinator Menu. D EVENT^BDGBULL1
BDGPM REQUEST CHART action IHS protocol to requst a chart upon a patient's admission. If called in interactive mode, user will be asked if chart is to be requested. In non-interactive mode, a parameter sent will determine that. ALPHA: added ,'$D(DGSWITCH) to entry code I DGPMT=1,DGPMP="",'$D(DGSWITCH) D ADMIT^BSDAPP($G(DFN),$G(DGQUIET),$G(BDGCLN),$G(BDGDELV),$G(DGPMCA))
BDG MENU PATIENT INQUIRY menu IHS protocol menu that contains the action items to be used within the Patient Inquiry option.
BDG MENU PROVIDER INQUIRY menu IHS protocol menu that contains the action items to be used within the Patient Inquiry option.
BDG MENU INPATIENT LIST menu IHS protocol menu of actions that can be taken while viewing any of the current inpatient listings.
BDG VIEW ADT action IHS protocol to view the information stored in file 405 for an admission. NEW DFN,DGPMCA D EXPND^BDGIPL1 I $G(DFN) S DGPMCA=$G(^DPT(DFN,.105)) I DGPMCA D EN^BDGEPI S VALMBCK="R"
BDG VIEW PCC action IHS protocol to view all PCC information for an admission/observation record. While the patient is still occupying a bed, most of the information will be from ancillary services (labs, radiology exams, medications). NEW DFN,DGPMCA,BDGV D EXPND^BDGIPL1 I $G(DFN) S DGPMCA=$G(^DPT(DFN,.105)) I DGPMCA S BDGV=$P($G(^DGPM(DGPMCA,0)),U,27) I BDGV D ALL^BDGPCCEL
BDG VIEW DEMOGRAPHICS action General protocol called by various patient listing to vewi the expanded demographic display from Patient Inquiry. D EXPND^BDGIPL1 I $G(DFN) D ^BDGPI1 S VALMBCK="R"
BDG IC PCC ADD action Puts user into add mode under PCC data entry. Then user can select from a list for the correct mnemonic. D ADD^BDGPCCEL
BDG IC PCC ADMIT action PUts user into modify mode under PCC data entry. D ADMIT^BDGPCCEL
BDG IC PCC LIST I VISITS action Lists all I or potential I visits (In Hospital) for the hospitalization selected. The listing displays which V files data data associated with each I visit. D LIST^BDGPCCEL
BDG MENU PCC CODE menu IHS protocol menu of actions for the Code PCC Visits option.
BDG IC PCC DISPLAY ALL action Calls PCC list template that displays all data for a visit. D ALL^BDGPCCEL
BDG IC PCC PROBLEM action Calls PCC Problem List Update list template. D PROB^BDGPCCEL
BDG IC PCC FINAL A SHEET action Protocol to print final a sheet when patient AND visit are known. D FASH^BDGPCCEL
BDG IC PCC REBUILD action Calls RESET to rebuild list template display. D RESET^BDGPCCEL
BDG IC PCC CHECK action Allows user to run PCC inpatient edit check without leaving option. D CHECK^BDGPCCEL(0)
BDG MENU LIST I VISITS menu IHS protocol menu of actions under the Code PCC Visits option that lists are In Hospital (I) visits related to a hosptialization. Includes all visits within date range. Allows users to change A visits to I visits when needed.
BDG IC EDIT CATEGORY action Called to change Ambulatory visits to In Hospital visits when within inpatient stay date range. Ancillary visits (labs, meds, dtc.) may have been created before the admission was entered. D EDITCAT^BDGPCCE2
BDG IC VIEW I VISIT action Called from listing of I visits so user can review the dependent entries. D VIEWVST^BDGPCCE2
BDG IC EDIT I VISIT action Calls PCC list template data entry module. D EDITVST^BDGPCCE2
VAFC EXCPT TF INQUIRY action This protocol displays Clinical Information Resource Network - Patient Demographics and Master Patient Index (CIRN PD/MPI) information for the selected patient. D PDAT^VAFCEHLM
BDG SYS EDIT TREATING SPECIALTY action Calls code to edit treating specialty setup fields. D EDIT^BDGSYS2
BDG MENU SYS 2 menu Menu consisting on only edit option and quit.
BDG MENU SYS 1 menu Menu consisting of add new service, edit existing ones, print list and quit.
BDG SYS EDIT SERVICE/SECTION action Calls code to edit service/section setup fields. D EDIT^BDGSYS1
BDG SYS ADD SERVICE/SECTION action Calls code to add service/section entries and then edit the setup fields. D ADD^BDGSYS1
BDG MENU SYS 3 menu Menu consisting of add new ward, edit existing ones, print list and quit.
BDG SYS ADD WARD action Calls code to add ward entries and then edit the setup fields. D ADD^BDGSYS3
BDG SYS EDIT WARD action Calls code to edit ward setup fields. D EDIT^BDGSYS3
BDG MENU SYS 4 menu Menu consisting of add new room, edit existing ones, print list and quit.
BDG SYS ADD ROOM action Calls code to add room entries and then edit the setup fields. D ADD^BDGSYS4
BDG SYS EDIT ROOM action Calls code to edit room setup fields. D EDIT^BDGSYS4
BDG CWAD DISPLAY action Detailed display of the CWAD patient warnings; setup for "^^"-jumping to within XQOR*. Requires Health Summary. I $L($T(CWAD^TIULX)) D CWAD^TIULX D PAUSE^BDGF
BDG MENU SYS 6 menu Menu consisting on only edit option and quit.
BDG SYS EDIT BULLETINS action Calls code to edit treating specialty setup fields. D EDIT^BDGSYS6
BDG MENU SYS 7 menu Menu consisting of add new transfer facility, edit existing ones, print list and quit.
BDG SYS ADD FACILITY action Calls code to add transfer facility entries and then edit the setup fields. D ADD^BDGSYS7
BDG SYS EDIT FACILITY action Calls code to edit transfer facility fields. D EDIT^BDGSYS7
BSDAM REGISTRATION action IHS protocol to access Patient Registration functions from within Appointment Mangement option. D ^BSDREG D TERM^VALM0,BLD^SDAM S VALMBCK="R"
BSDAM CREATE VISIT - SILENT action IHS protocol called by the Scheduling Event Driver (BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS). This protocol will create PCC visit at check-in if the proper parameters are set for the clinic involved. It will aso create a VCN, add it to the visit and update the LAST VCN in the patient file (via trigger). This protocol is used for silent API calls. The variable SDMODE must be set to 2. Used by calls from ^BSDAPI routine. I $G(SDMODE)=2,SDAMEVT=4 D VISIT^BSDV(SDCL,SDT,SDDA,DFN,$G(BSDR("CC")),$G(BSDR("PRV")),$G(BSDR("OPT")),.BSDMSG)
BSDAM PCP action Called by Appt Mgt to update priamry care provider. D AMPCP^BSDPCP
BSDAM RX PROFILES action Called by Appt Mgt to print either a medication profile or action profile. D RXPROF^BSDAM D ^%ZISC S VALMBCK="R"
BSD PCP ALL action Allows user to change the primary care provider for everyone on current list. D UPD^BSDPCP D RESET^BSDPCP
BSD PCP BY COMM action Allows the user to change the primary care provider for everyone in the same community on the current list at once. D COMLOOP^BSDPCP
BSD PCP BY PAT action Allows the user to change the primary care provider for one patient at a time from the current list. D PATLOOP^BSDPCP
BSD MENU PCP LIST menu The menu protocol is called by the BSD PCP LIST list template and contains the actions available after a provider's list of patients is displayed.
BDG CWAD DISPLAY SELECT action Detailed display of the CWAD patient warnings; setup for "^^"-jumping to within XQOR*. Requires Health Summary. I $L($T(CWAD^TIULX)) D CWAD^BDGPV1 D PAUSE^BDGF
VAFC QRY-A19 SERVER event driver This protocol is used as a server to pass an HL7 patient query ADT A19.
VAFC ADR-A19 CLIENT subscriber This client HL7 protocol is used to process in a patient query and respond with a ADR-A19 patient response. The process will be used to help re-synchronize the MPI with the associated systems that know an ICN.
VAFC MFN-M05 SERVER event driver This protocol is used to send/receive a Treating Facility Master File updated HL7 message to/from the MPI.
VAFC MFN-M05 CLIENT subscriber This HL7 client protocol is used to send/receive a Treating Facility Master File updated HL7 message to/from the MPI.
DG FIELD MONITOR extended action This protocol is an event point which monitors the editing of fields in DG* application files. At the time of this event point, the following variables will be present in the environment: Variable Description -------- ----------------------------------------------- DGDA DA array as exists during Fileman editing DGFILE File or subfile number where changed field resides DGFIELD Number of changed field DGTYPE Type of cross reference action (ADD, DELETE or UPDATE) DGDTH Date/time of change in $Horolog format DGUSER DUZ of user that made the change DGOPT Current menu option in "option_name^menu_text" format DGX X array as documented for Fileman new style x-refs DGX1 X1 array as documented for Fileman new style x-refs DGX2 X2 array as documented for Fileman new style x-refs This protocol is triggered by "listener" cross references on selected fields. By employing logic such as "If DGFILE=2, DGFIELD=.361, DGTYPE="ADD", then...", subscribers to this protocol may take action based on edit activity which involves those fields. This event point is designed to occur only once per field editing activity. The DGTYPE variable can be interpreted as follows: o ADD transactions indicate that data has been added to a field that was previously null. The DGX, DGX1 and DGX2 arrays will contain the Fileman X, X1 and X2 arrays (respectively) as documented for the execution of 'SET' logic. o DELETE transactions indicate that previously existing data has been deleted without being replaced. The DGX, DGX1 and DGX2 arrays will contain the Fileman X, X1 and X2 arrays (respectively) as documented for the execution of 'KILL' logic. o UPDATE transactions indicate that existing data has been deleted and new data has been filed. The DGX, DGX1 and DGX2 arrays will contain the Fileman X, X1 and X2 arrays (respectively) as documented for the execution of 'SET' logic. The naming convention used for these 'new style' cross-references for this Patch are as follows: 1. All names will begin with the letter "A" to denote a non-lookup MUMPS cross-reference. 2. The next characters identify the name space (i.e. Registration ="DG"). 3. The next two characters identify the field monitor utility ("FM"). 4. The next character will be "D" if the field contains a decimal. If there is no decimal, there will not be a "D" character. 5. The next characters identify the field number. The establishment of this naming convention is intended to assist with the easy identification of the field monitoring utility as implemented across multiple field definitions. It should be followed as additional instances of this utility are distributed.
SD WAIT LIST ENTRY action SDWL MENU S SDWLLIST=1 D CLEAR^VALM1,EN^SDWLE K SDWLLIST S VALMBCK="R"
SD WAIT LIST DISPLAY action S SDWLLIST=1 D CLEAR^VALM1,EN^SDWLI K SDWLLIST S VALMBCK="R"
SD WAIT LIST DISPOSITION action SDWL MENU S SDWLLIST=1 D CLEAR^VALM1,EN^SDWLDISP K SDWLLIST S VALMBCK="R"
SCMC PCMM INACTIVATE ON DATE OF DEATH action Inactiviate Patient Team Assignments in PCMM when date of death is entered D DEATH^SCMCTSK
DG PATCH 244 event driver This server protocol will be used by patch DG*5.3*244 to generate an HL7 Update Patient (event code A08) message. All local subscribers to VAFC ADT-A08 SERVER will be added as subscribers to this protocol by the post init included with DG*5.3*244.
SCMC SEND SERVER WORKLOAD event driver HL7 server protocol for sending PCMM Workload messages, which will contain primary care data used by the NPCD.
SCMC SEND CLIENT WORKLOAD subscriber HL7 server protocol for sending PCMM workload messages Will contain primary care data used by the NPCD.
DGRU-RAI-A08 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A12 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A21 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A22 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A13 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A01 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A03 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-MFU subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A02 subscriber
DGRU-RAI-A11 subscriber
VAFC EXCPT MPI/PD DATA action This protocol displays Master Patient Index/Patient Demographics (MPI/PD) information for the selected patient. D PDAT^VAFCMGA1
VAFC EXCPT RPA SEND action This protocol allows the user to send a remote patient audit query to treating facility sites. D RSEND^VAFCLAU
VAFC EXCPT RPA CHECK action This protocol allows the user to check the status of a remote patient audit query. D RCHK^VAFCLAU
VAFC EXCPT RPA DISPLAY action This protocol allows the user to display a remote patient audit. D RDISP^VAFCLAU
VAFC EXCPT PATIENT AUDIT MENU menu This protocol serves as the action menu for the MPI/PD Patient Audit query actions.
VAFC EXCPT PUSH CMOR action This protocol allows the user's site to relinquish being the CMOR for a patient and give it to another site. D LM^MPIFCMRP(VAFCDFN)
DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for creating, editing, and displaying patient record flag assignments.
DGPF DISPLAY ASSIGNMENT DETAIL action This action protocol permits the user to view the details of a patient's flag assignment within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. D DF^DGPFLMA1
DGPF EDIT ASSIGNMENT action This action protocol permits the user to edit a patient's flag assignment within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. D EF^DGPFLMA3
DGPF ASSIGN FLAG action This action protocol permits the user to assign a flag to a patient within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. D AF^DGPFLMA2
DGPF SELECT PATIENT action This action protocol permits the user to select a patient within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. D SP^DGPFLMA1 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPF PRF ORU/R01 EVENT event driver This protocol is the event protocol for Patient Record Flags assignment transmissions (ORU~R01).
DGPF PRF ORU/R01 SUBSC subscriber This protocol is the subscriber protocol for Patient Record Flags assignment transmissions (ORU~R01).
DGPF PRF QRY/R02 EVENT event driver This protocol is the event protocol for the Patient Record Flags query message (QRY~R02).
DGPF PRF ORF/R04 SUBSC subscriber This protocol is the subscriber protocol for the Patient Record Flags query message (QRY~R02). The protocol will return an observation results message (ORF~R04).
DGPF CHANGE ASSIGNMENT OWNERSHIP action This action protocol permits the user to change the site ownership of a patient's flag assignment within the Record Flag Assignment [DGPF RECORD FLAG ASSIGNMENT] option. D CO^DGPFLMA4
DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for creating, editing, and displaying patient record flags.
DGPF DISPLAY FLAG DETAIL action This action protocol permits the user to view the details of a patient record flag within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. D DF^DGPFLF2
DGPF SORT FLAG LIST action This action protocol allows the user to select a sort criteria for the flag list within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. The list may be sorted by flag name or flag type. D SL^DGPFLF2 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPF ADD FLAG action This action protocol allows a user to add a new Category II (Local) flag within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. D AF^DGPFLF3
DGPF EDIT FLAG action This action protocol allows a user to edit a Category II (Local) flag within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. D EF^DGPFLF4
DGPF CHANGE CATEGORY action This action protocol allows the user to change the category of the flag list being viewed within the Record Flag Management [DGPF RECORD FLAG MANAGEMENT] option. The user may view either Category I (National) flags or Category II (Local) flags. D CC^DGPFLF2 S VALMBCK="R"
PCMM SEND SERVER FOR ADT-A08 event driver sending PCMM ADT-A08 messages primary care & TPA data
PCMM SEND CLIENT FOR ADT-A08 subscriber HL7 server protocol for sending PCMM ADT-A08 messages, which will contain primary care data used by the NPCD.
USR CLASS STATUS SELECT menu Select the resolution status for the filing errors which you would like to see displayed.
USR CLASS STATUS ALL action Show all filing errors, regardless of their resolution status.
USR CLASS STATUS ACTIVE action Show all filing errors, regardless of their resolution status.
USR CLASS STATUS INACTIVE action Show only those errors which have NOT yet been resolved.
USR CLASS ACTION MENU menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
USR CLASS ACTION CHANGE VIEW action Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. D MAKELIST^USRCLST S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
USR CLASS ACTION EDIT action Allows authorized users to edit selected reports online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D EDIT^USRCLASS
USR CLASS ACTION EXPAND SUBCLASSES action D EXPAND^USRCLASS S VALMBCK="R"
USR CLASS ACTION CREATE action D CREATE^USRCLASS S VALMBCK="R"
USR CLASS ACTION LIST MEMBERS action D MEMBERS^USRCLASS
USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP MENU menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)+1
USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP EDIT action Allows authorized users to edit selected reports online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D EDIT^USRMEMBR
USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP ADD action D ADD^USRMEMBR S VALMBCK="R"
USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP DELETE action D DELETE^USRMEMBR
USR CLASS MEMBER USER ADD action D ADD^USRUMMBR S VALMBCK="R"
USR CLASS MEMBER USER DELETE action D DELETE^USRUMMBR
USR CLASS MEMBER USER EDIT action Allows authorized users to edit selected reports online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D EDIT^USRUMMBR
USR CLASS MEMBER USER MENU menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP CHANGE VIEW action D FULL^VALM1,MAIN^USRMLST S VALMBCK="Q"
USR CLASS MEMBER USER CHANGE VIEW action D FULL^VALM1,BUILD^USRULST(+$$GETUSER^USRULST) D KILL^VALM10() S VALMBCK=$S($D(^TMP("USRUSER",$J)):"R",1:"Q")
USR CLASS MEMBERSHIP SCHEDULE action D SCHEDULE^USRMEMBR
USR CLASS ACTION QUIT action Allows user to quit current menu level. Q
USR BUSINESS RULE ADD action Allows creation of new Business Rules. D ADD^USRRULA S VALMBCK="R"
USR BUSINESS RULE EDIT action Allows modification of existing Business Rules. D EDIT^USRRULA
USR BUSINESS RULE DELETE action Allows Deletion of selected Business Rules. D DELETE^USRRULA
USR BUSINESS RULE CHANGE VIEW action Allows you to revise the search criteria and rebuild the list of Business Rules. D FULL^VALM1,EN^USRRUL S VALMBCK="Q"
USR BUSINESS RULE MENU menu Menu of actions useful in the management of Business Rules. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)+1
USR ACTION SELECT LIST ELEMENT action D PICK^USRRUL1($P($G(XQORNOD(0)),"=",2)) S VALMBCK=""
USR ACTION SEARCH LIST action Allows users to search list of USER CLASSES, MEMBERS, or BUSINESS RULES for a text string (word or partial word) from current position to the end of the list. Upon reaching the end of the last page of the list, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the list through the origin of the search. D FIND^VALM40
USR ACTION QUIT action Allows user to quit the current menu level. Q
USR ACTION NEXT SCREEN action If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the next screen. D NEXT^VALM4
USR ACTION PREVIOUS SCREEN action If multiple screens of information are available, and the user is not on the first screen, this will allow paging back to the previous screens, one at a time. D PREV^VALM4
USR ACTION TOP action If multiple screens are available, this will page to the first screen. D FIRST^VALM4
USR ACTION BOTTOM action If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the last screen. D LAST^VALM4
USR HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu.
USR SHOW USER MEMBERSHIP MENU menu Menu of action to show user class memberships. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
USR SHOW CLASS MEMBERSHIP MENU menu Menu for showing members of User Classes. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)+1
VSIT PATIENT STATUS extended action This option is called from the EVENT DRIVER (DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS) when a patient is admitted or discharged or an admission or discharge is edited. The visits for that patient are updated with inpatient or outpatient status based upon the admission and discharge dates. D EN^VSITSTAT
PXCA DATA EVENT extended action This is the event point invoked by PCE Device Interface Module when it has not found any errors in the data passed to it. This makes the data available to other users of the data including users of any Local data that may be included.
PXK VISIT DATA EVENT extended action This is a Protocol that PIMS can hook onto to find the data that was collected by PCE using List Manager,Scanning etc. PIMS has developed a protocol, SDAM PCE EVENT, which will use the visit related data to do an auto-checkout. S PXKSPX=1 K PXKSPX
PXK SDAM TO V-FILES action Populates the V-Provider file based on the Provider identified by MAS clerks in the PIMS Check-out process. The V-Provider entry will only be created if the PIMS Check-out process has the Visit entry that the V-Provider entry should be related to. This protocol should be attached to the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS Protocol. D EN1^PXKCO
PXCE ADD/EDIT action This action allows you to edit existing encounters or add one or more of the following: measurements, providers, problems treated at visit, CPT procedures, immunizations, skin tests, patient education, exams, health factors or treatments. You may also select an encounter to update by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt. D GETVIEN^PXCEAE,EN^PXCEAE D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE
PXCE ADD/EDIT DISPLAY BRIEF action This action allows you to display a summarized profile of the selected patient encounter. S VALMBG=1,PXCEAEVW="B" D BUILD^PXCEAE1(PXCEVIEN,PXCEAEVW,"^TMP(""PXCEAE"",$J)","^TMP(""PXCEAEIX"",$J)") D DONE^PXCE
PXCE ADD/EDIT DISPLAY DETAIL action This action allows you to expand the display to include all available information related to the encounter, including the encounter date and time, the patient name, the hospital location and the workload credit stop. S VALMBG=1,PXCEAEVW="D" D BUILD^PXCEAE1(PXCEVIEN,PXCEAEVW,"^TMP(""PXCEAE"",$J)","^TMP(""PXCEAEIX"",$J)") D DONE^PXCE
PXCE ADD/EDIT HIDDEN menu This is the menu of hidden actions of the Update Encounter screen.
PXCE ADD/EDIT KNOWN ENCOUNTER action THIS PROTOCOL IS CALLED BY ANOTHER PROTOCOL Use this action to add new items or edit items about a patient encounter. I $G(PXCEVIEN)>0,$D(^AUPNVSIT(PXCEVIEN,0))#2 D EN^PXCEAE D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE
PXCE ADD/EDIT MENU menu This is the protocol menu of actions on the Update Encounter screen.
PXCE ADD/EDIT PATIENT CHANGE action This action allows selection of a new patient without returning to the "Appointment List" or "Encounter List" screen. After you select a new patient, a current list of appointments or encounters will be displayed for the selected patient. Enter the name in one of the standard formats: LASTNAME,FIRSTNAME LASTNAME, FIRST INITIAL First letter of last name + last 4 digits of SSN D NEWPAT2^PXCEPAT Q
PXCE BLANK 1 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE BLANK 2 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE BLANK 3 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE CHANGE HOSPITAL LOCATION action This action allows you to change the list of encounters based on the hospital location. If the list includes encounters for all locations, and a list for a specific location is desired, you may select a new location. The list will be redisplayed with encounters that relate to the new location. D NEWHLOC^PXCENEW D DONE^PXCE
PXCE CPT ADD action The action allows you to add/edit CPT coded procedures for a patient encounter. Additional information related to the CPT code may also be entered. This information may include: provider information, provider narrative, quantity, and diagnosis. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("CPT") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE DATE CHANGE action This action allows you to change the date range used for displaying encounters or appointments. You may change the beginning and/or ending date. D NEWDATE^PXCEDATE D DONE^PXCE
PXCE DELETE V-FILE action This action allows you to delete any item associated with an encounter, including providers, CPT codes, diagnoses, exams, immunizations, etc. You may delete one item, several items separated by commas, or a range of items separated by a hyphen. D DEL^PXCEAE D DONE^PXCE
PXCE DISPLAY DETAIL action This action allows you to expand the display to include all available information related to the encounter, including the encounter date and time, the patient name, the hospital location and the workload credit stop. I $D(^TMP("VALM DATA",$J,VALMEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R"
PXCE EDIT V-FILE action This action allows you to edit an entry for a selected encounter. You may edit one item, several items separated by commas, or a range of items separated by a hyphen. You may also edit entries by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt. D EDIT^PXCEAE D DONE^PXCE
PXCE ENCOUNTER EDIT action This action displays encounter information related to the encounter, including the Encounter Date and Time, the Check Out Date and Time, the Evaluation and Management code, the Service Connected Status, Agent Orange Exposure, Ionizing Radiation Exposure, and Persian Gulf Exposure. If this is a main encounter, you may edit the Check Out Date and Time, the Evaluation and Management code and Service Connected. S PXCEFIEN=+^TMP("PXCEAEIX",$J,1) D EN^PXCEVFIL($S($P(^AUPNVSIT(+PXCEFIEN,0),"^",7)="E":"HIST",1:"VST")) D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE ENCOUNTER LIST action This action allows you to change the display from a list of appointments for this patient to a list of encounters for this patient. S $P(PXCEVIEW,"^",2)="V" S PXCECONT=1 Q
PXCE EXAM ADD action This action allows you to add an exam for the patient. You may enter additional information related to the exam such as the results of the exam, provider information and comments. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("XAM") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE HEALTH FACTORS ADD action This action allows you to add/edit a Health Factor for a patient encounter. You may also add additional information such as Level/Severity and Comments. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("HF") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE HOSPITAL LOCATION VIEW action This action allows you to change the display of appointments or encounters based on a clinic. For example, if your current list includes all appointments for a specified date range for the selected patient, and you want to display all appointments for a specific clinic, you may use this action to change the display to include appointments or encounters for the desired clinic. D NEWHOSL^PXCENEW D DONE^PXCE
PXCE IMMUNIZATION ADD action This action allows you to add an immunization for a patient encounter. You may also add additional information such as the encounter provider, the series (optional), reaction, date and time, and ordering provider. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("IMM") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE SDAM LIST MENU menu This action allows you to change which appointments will be displayed based on their status of the appointments. For example, you may change the display to list cancelled, checked in, checked out, future appointments, inpatient appointments, appointment where no action has been taken, non count appointments, no show appointments or all appointments. D FULL^VALM1 S XQORM(0)="1A" S:'$D(VALMBCK) VALMBCK="" D EXIT^PXCESDAM
PXCE MAIN HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This is the hidden actions for the PCE Encounter List display.
PXCE MAIN MENU menu This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Encounter List display.
PXCE NEW ENCOUNTER extended action This action allows you to add a new encounter for a patient. S PXCEVIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("SIT")
PXCE PATIENT CHANGE action This action allows you to change the display of encounters based on the patient. If you select a new patient, the display will include encounters or appointments for the selected patient. D NEWPAT^PXCEPAT D DONE^PXCE
PXCE PATIENT ED ADD action This action allows you to add an education topic to indicate that the patient received education. Additional information such as level of understanding, encounter provider, and ordering provider may also be added. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("PED") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE POV ADD action This action allows you to add/edit enter an ICD-9 coded diagnoses for an patient encounter. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("POV") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE PROVIDER ADD action This action allows you to enter or edit one or more providers for an encounter. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("PRV") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE QUIT action This action allows you to exit the PCE Update Encounter screen and return to the Appointment or Encounter List screen. D CHECK^PXCEVFI5 Q:PXCEEXIT D:'PXCEEXIT DONE^PXCE
PXCE QUIT COMPLETELY action This action allows you to exit PCE and return to your menu. K PXCEVIEW,PXCECONT Q
PXCE SDAM DISPLAY DETAIL action This action expands the display to include all available information related to one encounter for a selected appointment. I $D(^TMP("VALM DATA",$J,VALMEVL,"EXP")),^("EXP")]"" X ^("EXP") S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R"
PXCE SDAM EXPAND action This action allows you to display all the patient demographics and appointment event log items that have been entered for a selected patient appointment. This action displays information from the Scheduling package and not from PCE. D EN^SDAMEP S:'VALMCC VALMBCK="R"
PXCE SDAM LIST action This action allows you to change your view from a list of existing encounters to a list of appointments. S $P(PXCEVIEW,"^",2)="A",PXCECONT=1 K:PXCEVIEW["P" PXCEHLOC Q
PXCE SDAM MENU menu This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Appointment List screen.
PXCE SDAM UPDATE ENCOUNTER action This action allows you to edit an encounter that is associated with an appointment. You may also edit additional information such as provider, diagnosis, procedure, treatment, measurement, immunization, skin test, patient education, exams, and treatments. You may also edit an encounter that is associated with an appointment by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt. D SEL^PXCESDAM D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE
PXCE SKIN TEST ADD action This action allows you to enter a skin test or skin test code. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("SK") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE TREATMENT ADD action This action allows you to record one or more treatments for a patient encounter. A treatment is a procedure that can not be associated with a CPT code. S PXCEFIEN="" D EN^PXCEVFIL("TRT") D INIT^PXCEAE
PXK CPT-SCH TO V-CPT action This will only be connected to the protocol that is used by scheduling Redesign to transfer prodecures from the scheduling file to the V-CPT file along with associated diagnosis and provider. D EN1^PXSCH1
PXCE GMRP REVIEW SCREEN extended action This protocol can be added to the PCE menu protocols, PXCE MAIN MENU and PXCE SDAM MENU, to allow the user of PCE's user interface to go to Progress Notes without leaving the interface. D FULL^VALM1,JUSTDFN^PXCEPAT S:$G(DFN)'>0 XQORQUIT=1 D JUSTDFNK^PXCEPAT,DONE^PXCE
PXCE GMTS HS ADHOC extended action This protocol can be added to the PCE menu protocols, PXCE MAIN MENU and PXCE SDAM MENU, to allow the user of PCE's user interface to go to Health Summary without leaving the interface. D FULL^VALM1,JUSTDFN^PXCEPAT S:$G(DFN)'>0 XQORQUIT=1 D JUSTDFNK^PXCEPAT,DONE^PXCE
PXCE GMPL OE DATA ENTRY extended action This protocol can be added to the PCE menu protocols, PXCE MAIN MENU and PXCE SDAM MENU, to allow the user of PCE's user interface to go to Problem List without leaving the interface. D FULL^VALM1,JUSTDFN^PXCEPAT S:$G(DFN)'>0 XQORQUIT=1 D JUSTDFNK^PXCEPAT,DONE^PXCE
PXCE BLANK PL action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE BLANK PN action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE BLANK HS action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE BLANK 4 action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE ADD/EDIT INTERVIEW action This action allows you to go through the interview questions for this encounter. D UPDATENC^PXCEINTR D INIT^PXCEAE
PXCE SDAM INTERVIEW action This action allows you to go through the interview questions for an encounter that is associated with an appointment. You may also edit additional information such as provider, diagnosis, and procedure. You may also edit an encounter that is associated with an appointment by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt or using the Update Encounter. D SDINTRVW^PXCEINTR("INTV") D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE
PXCE INTERVIEW action This action allows you to go through the interview questions for an encounters. You may also edit additional information such as provider, diagnosis, and procedure. You may also select an encounter to update by entering the number associated with the item at the "Select Item(s)" prompt or by using the Update Encounter. D INTRVIEW^PXCEINTR D MAKELIST^PXCENEW,DONE^PXCE
PXCE HISTORICAL ENCOUNTER extended action Record an old encounter or an encounter at a different facility even on VA facilities. S PXCEVIEN="" D NEWENC^PXCEHELP D:Y EN^PXCEVFIL("HIST")
PXCE CHANGE CLINIC STOP action This action allows you to change the display of encounters based on the credit stop. You may select from the following credit stop views: (M) Main Encounter Only; (A) All Encounters; or (O) One Clinic Stop. If you select "M", ony the main encounters will be displayed. If you select "A", all encounters will be displayed. If you select "O", you will be prompted to specify a Clinic Stop. D NEWCLST^PXCENEW D DONE^PXCE
PXCE BLANK SELECT NEW PATIENT action This protocol is used to format spaces in menu lists.
PXCE SDAM STANDALONE extended action This action allows you to add a new encounter for a patient. D SDSALONE^PXCEPAT S PXCEVIEN=$$VISITLST^PXAPI($G(PXCEPAT),PXCEDBEG,PXCEDEND,$G(PXCEHLOC),"OP",-1,"A") D:PXCEVIEN="A" EN^PXCEVFIL("SIT") D SDKALONE^PXCEPAT
PXCE VIEW ONLY menu This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Encounter List display.
PXCE SDAM VIEW ONLY menu This is the list of protocols that are the actions on the PCE Appointment List screen.
PXCE GAF action Used to enter/edit GAF data. D GAF^PXCE
PXCE SC PC Assign/Unassign action SC PCMM ROLL D FULL^VALM1 D:$G(DFN) PAT^SCMCQK D:'$G(DFN) EN^SCMCQK K VALMHDR S VALMBCK="R" D HOME^%ZIS
PXCE SC DISPLAY TEAM INFO action S TDFN=+$G(DFN) D:'TDFN SEL^SCMCU1 D EN^VALM("SC TEAM INFORMATION") K ^TMP("SCTI",$J),TDFN
PXRM EXCH MENU menu This is the main menu for the Clinical Reminder Exchange Utility. D PEXIT^PXRMEXLM
PXRM LIST REMINDERS action This protocol builds a list of all the reminders defined at a site. D LRDEF^PXRMEXLM
PXRM EXCH QUIT action This protocol provides the actions for the quit option on the main Reminder Exchange screen. D EXIT^PXRMEXLM
PXRM PATIENT DATA CHANGE action This protocol is to be called by other protocol event points whenever patient data, that can effect clinical reminder evaluation, has changed. D DATACHG^PXRMPINF
PXRM DIALOG DETAILS action Basic lists of dialog items. D BUILD^PXRMDLG(1) S VALMBG=1
PXRM DIALOG MENU menu D PEXIT^PXRMDLG
PXRM DIALOG EXIT action D EXIT^PXRMDLG
PXRM DIALOG P/N TEXT action D BUILD^PXRMDLG(3)
PXRM DIALOG EDIT action D EDIT^PXRMDEDT("R",PXRMDIEN) D:$G(VALMBCK)'="Q" BUILD^PXRMDLG(PXRMMODE) S VALMBG=1
PXRM GENERAL EXIT action D EXIT^PXRMGEN
PXRM GENERAL INQUIRY action D INQUIRE^PXRMGEN
PXRM GENERAL EDIT action D EDIT^PXRMGEDT(PXRMGTYP,IEN,0)
PXRM GENERAL MENU menu D PEXIT^PXRMGEN
PXRM SELECTION ITEM action This protocol is used by the list PXRM SELECTION. The protocol is set-up by the ENTRY action in this list. D SEL^PXRMSEL
PXRM SELECTION PRINT ALL action D LIST^PXRMSEL
PXRM SELECTION MENU menu Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Allows selection or list all. Modified by INIT^PXRMSEL to include PXRM SELECTION ITEM also. D PEXIT^PXRMSEL
PXRM SELECTION EXIT action D EXIT^PXRMSEL
PXRM FINDING GENERAL MENU menu D PEXIT^PXRMFPAR
PXRM SELECT RESOLUTION action This is protocol used by list PXRM FINDING PARAMETER LIST. The protocol is set up by the INIT action in this list. D SEL^PXRMFPAR
PXRM REMINDER DETAILS action This protocol displays a reminder inquiry, which is a listing of a complete reminder definition. D BUILD^PXRMDLG(3) S VALMBG=1
PXRM SELECTION ADD action D ADD^PXRMSEL S VALMBG=1
PXRM DIALOG COPY COMPONENT action D COPY^PXRMSEL S VALMBG=1,VALMBCK="R"
PXRM FINDING SELECTION MENU menu Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION for finding type parameters. Allows selection or list all. Modified by INIT^PXRMSEL to include PXRM SELECTION ITEM also. D PEXIT^PXRMGEN
PXRM DIALOG SELECTION MENU (DLGE) menu Special menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Only used for dialog edit. D PEXIT^PXRMGEN
PXRM SELECTION VIEW (CV) action Used in dialog edit only. D CHNG^PXRMSEL S VALMBG=1
PXRM DIALOG EDIT INQUIRY action D INQ1^PXRMDLST S VALMBCK="R"
PXRM DIALOG SELECTION MENU (DLG) menu Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Allows selection, list all or change view. Modified by INIT^PXRMSEL to include PXRM SELECTION ITEM also. D PEXIT^PXRMSEL
PXRM DIALOG/REMINDER MENU menu Menu protocol for list PXRM SELECTION. Allows link reminder or quit. D PEXIT^PXRMSEL
PXRM SELECTION VIEW (AR) action Used in dialog link only. Reminders by name. D CHNGR^PXRMSEL("A")
PXRM SELECTION VIEW (LR) action Used in reminder link only. Linked reminders by name. D CHNGR^PXRMSEL("L")
PXRM SELECTION VIEW TOGGLE action Toggle between reminder name and print name. D CHNGV^PXRMSEL
PXRM DIALOG HISTORY menu D PEXIT^PXRMDLGH
PXRM DIALOG ADD action D ADD^PXRMDBLD(PXRMITEM) D INIT^PXRMDLGH
PXRM DIALOG LINK action D RLINK^PXRMDLGZ(PXRMITEM) D INIT^PXRMDLGH
PXRM DIALOG SELECTION ITEM action This protocol is used by the list PXRM DIALOG LISTS. The protocol is set-up by the ENTRY action in this list. D SEL^PXRMDLG,BUILD^PXRMDLG(PXRMMODE)
PXRM DIALOG COPY action Copy current reminder dialog. D COPYS^PXRMSEL S VALMBG=1
PXRM DIALOG TEXT action D BUILD^PXRMDLG(2)
PXRM DIALOG GROUP MENU menu D PEXIT^PXRMDLG
PXRM EXCH DEFINITION INQUIRY action This protocol displays a reminder inquiry, which is a listing of a complete reminder definition. D DEFINQ^PXRMEXLM S VALMBCK="R"
PXRM EXCH CREATE FILE ENTRY action This protocol is used to create an exchange file entry (packed reminder) and store it. D CRE^PXRMEXLM
PXRM EXCH INSTALL FILE ENTRY action D INSTALL^PXRMEXLR
PXRM EXCH DELETE FILE ENTRY action D DELETE^PXRMEXLR
PXRM EXCH LOAD HOST FILE action D LDHF^PXRMEXLM
PXRM EXCH LOAD MAILMAN action D LDMM^PXRMEXLM
PXRM EXCH CREATE HOST FILE action D CHF^PXRMEXLR
PXRM EXCH CREATE MAILMAN action D CMM^PXRMEXLR
PXRM EXCH INSTALL SELECTED COMPONENTS action D INSSEL^PXRMEXLI
PXRM EXCH INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS action D INSALL^PXRMEXLI
PXRM EXCH INSTALL MENU menu D PEXIT^PXRMEXLI
PXRM EXCH DIALOG MENU menu D PEXIT^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH DIALOG TEXT action D TEXT^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH DIALOG FINDINGS action D FIND^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH INSTALLATION HISTORY action D IHIST^PXRMEXIH
PXRM EXCH DIALOG DETAILS action D DETAIL^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH DIALOG EXIT action D EXIT^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH INSTALL DIALOG (ALL) action D INSALL^PXRMEXID
PXRM EXCH INSTALL DIALOG (SELECTED) action D INSSEL^PXRMEXID
PXRM EXCH DELETE INSTALLATION HISTORY action D DELHIST^PXRMEXIH D PEXIT^PXRMEXIH
PXRM EXCH INSTALLATION DETAILS action D DETAILS^PXRMEXIH
PXRM EXCH INSTALLATION HISTORY MENU menu D PEXIT^PXRMEXLR
PXRM EXCH SELECT DIALOG action This protocol is used by the list PXRM EX LIST DIALOG. The protocol is set-up by the ENTRY action in this list. D XSEL^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH DIALOG SUMMARY action D SUM^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH SELECT COMPONENT action This protocol is used by PXRM EX LIST COMPONENTS. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list. D XSEL^PXRMEXLI
PXRM EXCH DIALOG USAGE action D USE^PXRMEXLD
PXRM EXCH SELECT ENTRY action This protocol is used by PXRM EX REMINDER EXCHANGE. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list. D XSEL^PXRMEXLM
PXRM EXCH SELECT HISTORY action This protocol is used by PXRM EX INSTALLATION HISTORY. The protocol is set-up by the entry action in this list. D XSEL^PXRMEXIH D PEXIT^PXRMEXIH
TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu.
TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS BROWSE menu This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., up one line, down one line, go to page #, etc.) and which may be used in the browse screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu.
TIU ACTION MENU MGR menu Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Managers. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIU ACTION MENU READ-ONLY menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
TIU BROWSE MENU MGR menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU BROWSE MENU READ ONLY menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU REVIEW SCREEN MENU menu This menu type option is used for selecting the Review Screen for documents.
TIU REVIEW BY AUTHOR action This action type option is used for specifying review by author
TIU REVIEW BY PATIENT action This action type option is used for specifying Review by patient.
TIU REVIEW BY RESP PROVIDER action This action type option is used for specifying review by Attending Physician.
TIU REVIEW BY TRANSCRIPTIONIST action Select transcriptionist as a second-level search criterion for building the clinician's review screen list.
TIU REVIEW BY ALL CATEGORIES action Allows user to show all categories of documents, without concern for the second level search criterion (i.e., Author, Attending Physician, Treating Specialty, or Transcriptionist).
TIU REVIEW BY TREATING SPECIALTY action Select treating specialty as a second-level search criterion for building the clinician's review screen list.
TIU ACTION MENU CLINICIAN menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. IHS/ITSC/LJF 5/21/2003 - removed VA protocol TIU ACTION EDIT ENCOUNTER from this protocol menu as it calls PCE instead of PCC. Users can edit PCC visits via menu option if they hold the appropriate key. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIU ACTION EDIT action Allows authorized users to edit selected documents online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D EDIT^TIURA
TIU ACTION PRINT action Allows authorized users to print copies of selected documents to a specified device. D PRINT^TIURA
TIU ACTION SIGN/COSIGN action Allows clinicians to electronically sign selected documents or addenda. NOTE: Electronic signature carries the same legal ramifications that wet signature of a hard-copy document carries. You are advised to carefully review each document for content and accuracy before exercising this option. D ELSIG^TIURS1
TIU ACTION DETAILED DISPLAY action Displays the all of the details concerning the selected document's history, including audit trail and reassignment history, in addition to the narrative body of the document. D DISPLAY^TIURA2
TIU ACTION NEXT SCREEN action If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the next screen. D NEXT^VALM4
TIU ACTION PREVIOUS SCREEN action If multiple screens of information are available, and the user is not on the first screen, this will allow paging back to the previous screens, one at a time. D PREV^VALM4
TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN action Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN")
TIU ACTION QUIT action Allows user to quit the current menu level. Q
TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW CLINICIAN action Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. K TIUQUIK,VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIUR($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38),1) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION TOP action If multiple screens are available, this will page to the first screen. D FIRST^VALM4
TIU ACTION BOTTOM action If multiple screens of information are available, this will page to the last screen. D LAST^VALM4
TIU BROWSE MENU CLINICIAN menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ACTION AMEND action Allows authorized users to AMEND documents at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. D AMEND^TIURB
TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW ERROR SCREEN action Allows modification of the current list of filing errors to include either UNRESOLVED, RESOLVED, or ALL errors for a specified time range. D FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIUELST S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW OTHER action Allows MIS users to modify the list of documents by STATUS, DOCUMENT TYPE, SEARCH CATEGORY (e.g., AUTHOR, EXPECTED COSIGNER, SERVICE, HOSPITAL LOCATION, etc.) and REFERENCE DATE range without exiting the review screen. K VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIUR($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION DELETE action Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to delete a document at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. D DELETE^TIURB2
TIU ACTION MENU UPLOAD EVENTS menu Menu of actions which may be executed to resolve error generated by the upload filer/router. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
TIU ACTION MENU MRT menu Menu of actions which may be executed by Medical Records Technicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIU ACTION PRINT UPLOAD EVENT action Allows users to print a detailed view of the filing event. D PRINT^TIURE
TIU ACTION REASSIGN action Allows authorized users to reassign Documents which have been inappropriately assigned to a given patient or the wrong admission/visit. Authorized users can also reassign a signed Original or Addendum, promote an Addendum as an Original, or "swap" the Addendum and the Original. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before they can be reassigned. D REASSIGN^TIURD S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ACTION SEND BACK action Allows Medical Record Technicians or MIS Managers to send a Document back to transcription for editing, provided that it has not yet been signed. The status of the Document is changed to "unreleased" and clinicians and MAS personnel are prevented from viewing it until the modifications have been made, and the Document has been re-released. Interdiciplinary entries must be detached before they can be sent back. D SENDBACK^TIURB
TIU ACTION SIGN ON CHART action Allows MIS clerks to mark documents as "signed on chart." NOTE: This step is NECESSARY when the provider elects to sign the chart copy of the document, rather than entering his/her electronic signature on-line. D SIGNCHRT^TIURT
TIU ACTION VERIFY action Allows MIS personnel to review, edit, and verify/unverify Documents. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before they can be verified/unverified. NOTE: This action may only be applied to Documents which are specified as requiring MAS verification. D VERIFY^TIURC
TIU BROWSE ACTION AMEND action Allows authorized users to amend current document at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. D AMEND1^TIURB,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R"
TIU BROWSE ACTION DELETE action Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to delete a document at the patient's request, per the Privacy Act. D DEL^TIURB2(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="Q"
TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT action Allows authorized users to edit current document online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. S TIUCHNG=0 D CLEAR^VALM1,EDIT1^TIURA,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK=$S($D(^TIU(8925,TIUDA)):"R",1:"Q")
TIU BROWSE ACTION PRINT action Allows users to print copies of selected documents on their corresponding VA Standard Forms to a specified device. D CLEAR^VALM1,PRINT1^TIURA S VALMBCK="R"
TIU BROWSE ACTION REASSIGN action Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to re-link the current document which has been inappropriately linked to the wrong patient or the wrong visit/admission. D REASSIG1^TIURD
TIU BROWSE ACTION SEARCH action Allows users to search for a text string (word or partial word) from the current position in the summary through its end. Upon reaching the end of the document, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the document through the origin of the search. D FIND^VALM40
TIU BROWSE ACTION SEND BACK action Allows Medical Record Technicians or MIS Managers to send the current document back to transcription to be edited, if it hasn't been signed yet. The status of the document is changed to "unreleased" and clinicians and MAS personnel are prevented from viewing it until the modifications have been made, and the document has been re-released. D SENDBACK^TIUT(TIUDA) S VALMBCK=$S(+$P(^TIU(8925,+TIUDA,13),U,4):"R",1:"Q")
TIU BROWSE ACTION SIGN ON CHART action Allows MIS clerks to mark current document as "signed on chart." D SIGCHRT1^TIURT($G(TIUDA))
TIU BROWSE ACTION SIGN/COSIGN action Allows clinicians to electronically sign the current document. NOTE: Electronic signature carries the same legal ramifications that wet signature of a hard-copy document carries. You are advised to carefully review each document for content and accuracy before exercising this option. D EDSIG^TIURS(TIUDA,$G(TIUDATA),1) S VALMBCK="Q"
TIU BROWSE ACTION VERIFY action Allows MIS personnel to review, edit, and verify/unverify the current document. NOTE: This action may only be selected when the site parameter to require MAS verification is set. D VERIFY1^TIURC S VALMBCK="Q"
TIU BROWSE MENU MRT menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ENTER/EDIT action This option allows transcriptionists to enter/edit dictated discharge summaries or addenda directly on-line. D MAIN^TIUEDIT
TIU ERROR STATUS ALL action Show all filing errors, regardless of their resolution status.
TIU ERROR STATUS RESOLVED action Show only those filing errors which have already been resolved.
TIU ERROR STATUS SELECT menu Select the resolution status for the filing errors which you would like to see displayed.
TIU ERROR STATUS UNRESOLVED action Show only those errors which have NOT yet been resolved.
TIU DS OE/RR INTERFACE action Allows access to the Browse Discharge Summary utility. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). D MAIN^TIUBRWS($$WHATMPL^TIULC1(DUZ),244) K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3
TIU STATUS UNDICTATED action Status undictated (not implemented).
TIU STATUS UNTRANSCRIBED action Status Untranscribed (not implemented).
TIU STATUS UNRELEASED action Documents not yet released from transcription (i.e., DRAFT documents).
TIU STATUS UNVERIFIED action Documents not yet verified by MAS. When verification is required, these won't be available for view outside of MAS.
TIU STATUS UNSIGNED action Documents which have not yet been signed by the author.
TIU STATUS UNCOSIGNED action Documents which have not yet been overread and cosigned by the author's supervisor, or the expected cosigner of the document.
TIU STATUS COMPLETED action Documents which have been signed (and if necessary, cosigned), and are ostensibly "authenticated."
TIU STATUS AMENDED action Documents which have been amended following signature, per the Privacy Act.
TIU STATUS PURGED action Documents which have been purged from the system, and are only available through archival means.
TIU STATUS MENU menu Menu of allowable statuses.
TIU REVIEW BY SUBJECT action This action type option is used for specifying Review by patient.
TIU REVIEW BY SERVICE Search Category by Service.
TIUFH ACTION MENU CLIN menu Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFH EDIT DDEFS CLIN
TIUFH ACTION EXPAND/COLLAPSE ENTRY action Expands/collapses selected entry to display entry items or to collapse entry hierarchy. Entries preceded by + have items and can be expanded. D EXPCOLL^TIUFH1
TIU ACTION REFRESH action Refresh the display (useful when the List Manager display becomes "corrupt" on return from an action or jump). S VALMBCK="R" D RE^VALM4
TIU ACTION MENU SEND BACK menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ACTION MENU VERIFY menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ACTION MENU SIGN/COSIGN menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S TIUSIGN=0,VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" K TIUSIGN S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU BROWSE ACTION APPROVE action Allows authorized users to approve the current document for electronic signature. D ACCEPT^TIURS(.TIUSLST,TIUI)
TIUFH EDIT ITEMS action ITEMS actions differ from top screen actions such as Delete in that Items looks at items solely as items under the parent, NOT as file entries in their own right. Action displays item information (Sequence, Mnemonic, Menu Text) for items of selected entry. User may add/edit/delete appropriate items. A Title or Component must be Inactive before its items can be edited. An entry must have an Owner before its items can be edited. User can view items of National entries, but only take limited actions on them. Items of Shared Components can be edited only via the Sort Option. Enter ??? to see Shared. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit items whether or not they own the parent entry. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can view but not edit items of entries they don't own. D EDITEMS^TIUFD3
TIU ACTION ADD DOCUMENT action Enter a new Document. IHS/ITSC/LJF 8/4/2003: added screen so only users with TIUZCLIN2 can copy document. This makes the list manager actions reflect the menu option security. D ADD^TIURC S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ACTION LINK TO VISIT action Allows authorized users to re-link the current document which has been inappropriately linked to the wrong patient or the wrong visit/admission. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before they can be re-linked. D REASSIGN^TIURD S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ACTION LINK TO PROBLEMS action Allows authorized users to link documents to problems from the patient's active Problem List in a many-to-many fashion. D LINK^TIURB
TIU ACTION MENU LINK menu Allows authorized users to (re)-link documents to either problems, patients/visits, or records in other applications (e.g., Consult Results to Consult Requests, Patient Record Flag Documents to Flags, etc.). Such associations permit a variety of clinically useful "views" of the on-line record. S XQORM(0)="AD",XQORM("??")="D LINKHELP^TIUHELP",VALMBCK=""
TIU ACTION BLANK1 action Blank space for menu formatting.
TIU ACTION BLANK2 action Blank space for menu formatting.
TIU ACTION MENU LINK TO PROBLEM menu Menu of actions for use by the List Template for Linking Documents to problems. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=$S(+$G(VALMCNT):+$G(VALMCNT),1:10)
TIU ACTION SELECT PROBLEM action Select one or more problems with which the current document is to be associated. D PROBLEM^TIURB1 S VALMBCK="Q"
TIUF SORT BY OWNER menu S XQORM(0)="1A\",TIUFATTR="O^OWNER",XQORM("??")="D OWNER^TIUFXHL1"
TIUF SORT BY STATUS menu S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D STATUS^TIUFXHLX",TIUFATTR="S^STATUS",TIUFSLST="AITN"
TIUF SORT BY TYPE action N TYPE S TIUFATTR="T^TYPE" S TYPE=$$SELTYPE^TIUFLF8 S:TYPE'="" TIUFAVAL=TYPE_U_^TMP("TIUF",$J,"TYPE"_TYPE)
TIU ACTION SELECT LIST ELEMENT action Select one or more items from the current list of documents. D PICK^TIULM($P($G(XQORNOD(0)),"=",2)) S VALMBCK="R"
TIUFHA ACTION DELETE action Deletes the entry as an entry in TIU Document Definition file 8925.1. Entry will first be deleted as an item wherever it is used as an item. Entries In Use by documents cannot be deleted. An entry must have Status Inactive before it can be deleted to ensure that it is not used during the delete process. Only the owner can delete an entry. National entries and Shared Components cannot be deleted. If the entry is pointed to by by an entry in another file (for example if an entry has a Business Rule which references it), it is the user's responsibility to delete the entry which points to it (for example, the Business Rule) before deleting the entry. OBJECT DELETE Objects can be deleted only from the Detailed Display of the object. Action deletes the object from the file. Objects can be deleted only by the owner and only after being inactivated. Objects cannot be deleted if they are embedded in boilerplate text of any entries. D DELETE^TIUFHA1:$G(TIUFSTMP)="",DELOBJ^TIUFD4:$G(TIUFSTMP)="D"
TIU ACTION BLANK3 action Blank space for menu formatting.
TIUF SORT BY ALL action Gets ALL Document Definitions regardless of Type, Owner, etc. User can still choose where in the alphabet to start the list. S TIUFATTR="A^ALL",TIUFAVAL="ALL^ALL"
TIU STATUS DELETED action Identifies those documents which have been deleted in accordance with the Privacy Act.
TIU ACTION MENU SIGN ON CHART menu Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Personnel. S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU BROWSE MENU PRINT menu Allows a user to print either a chartable copy of the VA Standard Form associated with the current document, or the contents of the browse screen itself. S XQORM(0)="AD",VALMBCK=""
TIU BROWSE ACTION PRINT TEXT action This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. D PRTL^VALM1
TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR MGR action Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR MGR")
TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR MRT action Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR MRT")
TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR READ ONLY action Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY")
TIUFA ACTION ADD ENTRY action MANAGER OPTIONS This action can be used to create either Objects or nonobject Document Definitions in TIU Document Definition file 8925.1. An Object entry must have an uppercase name which differs from all other object names, abbreviations, and print names. After it is created, a nonobject entry must be explicitly added as an Item to a parent in the hierarchy before it can be used. (The Create Document Definitions Option does this automatically.) File 8925.1 cannot have two entries of the same type with the same name. D ADD^TIUFA1
TIUFA ACTION CHANGE VIEW action Changes what Document Definitions appear on list. If you are not in the Create Objects Option, and wish to see only Objects, change Attribute to Type, then select Type Object. D CHANGE^TIUFA1
TIUFA ACTION MENU CLIN menu Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS CLIN
TIU ACTION MENU REASSIGN menu Menu of actions which may be executed during record reassignment. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ACTION MENU COPY menu Menu of actions which may be executed during record reassignment. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU BROWSE ACTION COPY action Allows authorized users to duplicate the current document. This is especially useful when composing a note for a group of patients (e.g., therapy group, etc.), and rapid duplication to all members of the group is appropriate. IHS/ITSC/LJF 8/4/2003: added screen so only users with TIUZCLIN2 can copy document. This makes the list manager actions reflect the menu option security. D COPY1^TIURC1
TIU ACTION COPY action Allows authorized users to copy one or more documents to other patients and encounters...This is particularly useful when documenting group sessions, etc. IHS/ITSC/LJF 8/4/2003: added screen so only users with TIUZCLIN2 can copy document. This makes the list manager actions reflect the menu option security. D COPY^TIURC1 S VALMBCK="R"
TIUF ACTION TRY action TRY examines selected entry for basic problems. For titles and components with boilerplate text, this includes checking any embedded objects to make sure the object is embedded correctly. If the entry is a title and checks out OK, (or if its only problem is an inactive object) the user can test the boilerplate text by choosing a patient and entering a document using the entry. TRY does NOT require any particular Status for the title, since documents entered during the trial are deleted immediately after the trial. During the trial, objects will function even if inactive in order to permit testing of objects. (Ordinarily, object data are not retrieved unless the object is active, so be sure to activate when ready for use.) Since the trial document does show up on Unsigned lists during the time it is being edited, users should select TEST PATIENTS ONLY. If TRY is selected from the Boilerplate Text Screen, TRY shows which objects are badly embedded and why. Checks include whether the object as written exists in the file, whether it is active, whether it is split between lines, and whether the object as written is ambiguous as to which object is intended. If entry is OK, user can enter a trial document. For objects, TRY checks object Name, Abbreviation and Print Name to make sure they are not ambiguous. That is, it makes sure the utility can decide which object to invoke when given the Name, Abbreviation, or Print Name and that it does not get the wrong object. TRY checks that the object has an Object Method, but does NOT check that the Object Method functions correctly. For classes, document classes and components, TRY just checks for general completeness and correctness. For action Try, enter TR D CHECKDEF^TIUFHA6
TIUFA ACTION MENU MGR menu Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS MGR
TIUF SORT menu Menu allows user to select attribute (e.g. Type) and attribute value (e.g. Component) by which to sort Document Definitions. User may also choose to display ALL Document Definitions. S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D ATTRIB^TIUFXHL1" D:$D(TIUFAVAL) SELSTART^TIUFLA
TIUF OWNER PERSONAL action Enter Personal Owner to get Document Definitions which are personally owned by a particular person. N DIC,X,Y D FULL^VALM1 S TIUFFULL=1,DIC=200,DIC(0)="AEQ",DIC("A")="Select Personal Owner: " S DIC("B")=$$PERSNAME^TIULC1(DUZ) D ^DIC S:Y>1 TIUFAVAL=Y_U_"P"
TIUF OWNER CLASS action Enter Class Owner to get Document Definitions owned by a particular User Class. N DIC,X,Y D FULL^VALM1 S TIUFFULL=1,DIC=8930,DIC(0)="AEMQ" D ^DIC S:Y>0 TIUFAVAL=Y_U_"C"
TIUF OWNER INDIVIDUAL action Enter Individual Owner to get Document Definitions owned by given individual as a person OR as a class member of an owning User Class. N DIC,X,Y D FULL^VALM1 S TIUFFULL=1,DIC=200,DIC(0)="AEQ",DIC("A")="Select Individual Owner: " S DIC("B")=$$PERSNAME^TIULC1(DUZ) D ^DIC S:Y>0 TIUFAVAL=Y_U_"I"
TIUF CHANGE START WITH/GO TO action S TIUFATTR=TIUFTMPA,TIUFAVAL=TIUFTMPV
TIUF CHANGE SORT ATTRIBUTE menu S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D ATTRIB^TIUFXHL1"
TIUF CHANGE SORT ATTR VALUE action S TIUFATTR=TIUFTMPA S X=$P(TIUFATTR,U),X=$G(^TMP("TIUF",$J,"SORT"_X)),X=X_";ORD(101," W:'X !," ?? Viewing ALL: No Attribute Value" H:'X 2 D:X EN^XQOR
TIUFHA ACTION COPY action MANAGER OPTIONS OVERVIEW Copy/Move is a very powerful action and should be used with great care. It is accessible only through the Document Definitions (Manager) menu [TIUF DOCUMENT DEFINITION MGR]. Like other actions on the Manager menu, it disregards ownership. Users are expected to move only titles or documents for which they are responsible. Under the action Copy/Move, users may choose MT to MOVE TITLE, MD to MOVE DOCUMENTS, C to COPY, or U to UPDATE DOCUMENTS: MT: A Title may be moved to a different Document Class, for example, when hospital services are reorganized. Documents defined by the title are then updated with the new PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE (field # .04). MD: ALL documents defined by a given title may be moved to another title, for example, when a little-used title is eliminated in favor of a broader title. C: Titles, components, and objects may be copied, for example, when jump-starting a new Document Definition by copying and then editing the copy. Title and component copies may be placed under the same parent as the original, placed under a new parent, or left as orphans. U: Documents defined by a particular title are updated with the correct PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE (field # .04). When Moving or Copying a title, users must be aware that changing positions in the hierarchy gives an entry NEW INHERITED behavior. Accordingly, some moves may not be appropriate. It is the user's responsibility to determine whether or not a given action is appropriate. DETAILED DESCRIPTION Action C COPY: The Copy action prompts for an entry to copy and a new entry name to copy into. This name must be different from the name of the entry being copied. The action then creates a new entry with the chosen name and copies the fields in the Document Definition File 8925.1 into the new entry. Certain fields require more information on exactly how they are copied: EMPTY FIELDS - If the original has empty fields, they are copied empty, NOT as inherited. STATUS FIELD - If the original has a Status of Active or Test, the entry may be copied, but the copy has a Status of Inactive. NATIONAL STANDARD FIELD - If the original is National Standard, the entry may be copied, but the copy is not National Standard. SHARED FIELD - If a component is Shared, it may be copied but the copy is not Shared. If the component has subcomponents, new nonshared subcomponents are created and added to the copy. ITEMS FIELD - If the original entry has items, the action prompts for item names to copy into, creates NEW entries for the items, and adds the NEW items to the copy. SHARED ITEMS - If a Nonshared entry has a Shared item, the action does NOT copy the Shared item but merely adds the Shared item to the copy. TITLES and COMPONENTS can be copied from the Edit Option or the Sort Option. If an entry is copied under the Edit option, the user is asked which parent to add the copy to, and the copy is added as an item to this parent. If no parent is selected, the copy is left as an orphan. Copying an Entry to a New Parent: If the user is copying a title, then the parent to which the copy is added must be in the hierarchy and must be a document class. If the user is copying a component, then the parent to which the copy is added must be in the hierarchy and must be a title or a component. The parent must be inactive and may not be National Standard or Shared. If an entry is copied under the Sort option (not the Edit option), then the title or component copies are left as orphans. Although orphan titles or components will not appear in the Document Definition hierarchy, they can be still be added to a parent through both the Sort AND THE EDIT options by selecting action ITEMS for the parent, then action Add/Create, and then the orphan item. Checking Copies: Copy titles which have been given a new parent should be thoroughly checked before they are activated since their inherited behavior may have changed. The check should include Document Definition attributes of the entry (including Upload characteristics), TIU Document Parameters, and Business Rules. Consider inherited as well as explicit values. Any other implicit behavior, local or national, that applies to the entry must also be checked. Although there is no harm in coping a Title to ANY document class in the hierarchy as long as the copy is not activated (since the copy has no documents), there is no reason to expect that such copies will function at all, much less function properly. The user should either ensure that they function properly in every way, or delete such copies from the Document Definition file. Copy COMPONENTS which have been given a new parent should also be checked by thoroughly testing the parent title as above. The copy action leaves the parent title of the copy component inactive. It is the user's responsibility to test the new parent title and then reactivate it so it is available to users for entering documents. Note: Although Action Copy COULD be used to change the behavior of an entry (i.e. change the copy and inactivate the original), it is better to use Action Edit or Move and not clutter up the file with inactive entries. Most behavior can be edited even when the entry is In Use by documents. Titles can be moved even when they are In Use by documents. Copying Objects: OBJECTS are copied from the Sort Option or the Create Objects Option. Object Abbreviation and Print Name are not copied, since they must be different from those of the original. If the user does not have programmer access, the Object Method is not copied since it is an M field. Since even inactive objects affect the Document Definition action TRY for titles whose boilerplate text contains the object, objects should not be copied/created without good reason. They should be thoroughly tested before being activated. Action MT Move Title: The action Move Title is accessed from the Edit option only, since it involves only entries in the Document Definition hierarchy. Action Move Title PERMITS: Moving TITLES Moving between DOCUMENT CLASSES WITHIN THE SAME CLASS Action Move Title DOES NOT PERMIT: Moving CLASSES or DOCUMENT CLASSES Moving COMPONENTS (The same effect can be achieved by deleting the component as an item from its parent, and adding it as an item to the new parent. This can be done even if the component is In Use.) Moving NATIONAL STANDARD titles Moving titles which are not in the DOCUMENT DEFINITION HIERARCHY Moving titles between CLASSES Moving FAULTY titles (known as faulty to the computer) Moving titles to FAULTY DOCUMENT CLASSES Moves which RESULT in FAULTY titles (For example, suppose Title NURSE NOTE inherits its Print Method from its document class NIGHT NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS. Suppose DAY NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS has no Print Method. (This is not a fault since the titles under it could all have their own Print Methods.) If a user moves NURSE NOTE from NIGHT NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS to DAY NURSE DOCUMENT CLASS, then the title lacks a Print Method and becomes faulty. Documents using the title don't print. In this case, the title must first be given its own Print Method, and THEN moved.) The above restrictions are intended to prevent moves between Document Classes with very different behavior. However, hierarchies vary, and some structures will still permit risky moves. For example, if Consults are under Progress Notes, the user can move a nonconsult Title to Document Class CONSULTS. This sort of move is NOT advised. Anyone contemplating such a move should carefully read the paragraphs below on the Consequences of Moves between Very Different Document Classes. Moving a title automatically inactivates it. Therefore, managers should move titles only during off-peak hours. After the title is inactivated and moved under a new Document Class, the MT action attempts to update the PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE field (#.04) for existing documents of the title. This may take awhile if there are many documents to update. (If certain documents were not updated, the user must update them later, using action Update Documents.) When the action is finished, the title is LEFT INACTIVE. Checking the Title: Since the title has changed position within the hierarchy, its behavior may have changed. It is the user's responsibility to thoroughly check its new behavior, and then to reactivate it so it is available for entering new documents. The check should include Document Definition attributes of the entry (including Basic, Technical, and Upload fields), TIU Document Parameters, and Business Rules. Consider inherited as well as explicit values. Any other implicit behavior, local or national, that applies to the entry must also be checked. It is possible that the Document Definition action TRY might state that an entry looks OK when it still does not function. For example, the action TRY may quit without continuing on to let the user enter a trial document. In such a case, check the title's Document Definition Fields against a different title that DOES work. (The TRY action checks that fields EXIST, but does not check whether or not they function properly.) Possible Consequences of Moves between Very Different Document Classes: Some behaviors are explicit, being determined by parameters, Business Rules, etc.. Others are implicit. For example, a Consult document is linked to a request when it is created, while a Progress Note document is not. These differences mean, for example, that one document may belong to a given cross reference or have a certain field, while another lacks the field and is not in the cross reference. Furthermore, the entry may have Business Rules, parameters, etc., which are not appropriate in its new position. It may also be lacking necessary ones. Except for updating the PARENT DOCUMENT TYPE field (#.04) for documents of a title, the COPY/MOVE actions simply move the entry AS IS, making no attempt to ensure that it functions correctly in its new position. It is the user's responsibility to determine whether or not a move is reasonable, and to make all necessary changes to documents, Document Definitions, and rules/parameters. This does NOT mean that all moves are dangerous. The more the difference in behavior and the greater the number of documents a title has, the greater the risk. Moves may take awhile if a title has many documents. In the meantime, existing documents may not function properly, and users may not be able to enter given Titles. On the other hand there should be little risk in moving, say, a Cardiology/Medicine Service Progress Note title from Document Class MEDICINE SERVICE to Document Class CARDIOLOGY. Action MD Move Documents: Under this action, users select an old title and a new title. The action then attempts to move ALL the documents of the old title to the new title. After a document is moved, its Parent Document Type is updated if necessary. If some documents are not available for move/update, they can be moved later using the same action. The old title is then no longer In Use and can be deleted if desired. The old title is inactivated while documents are moved, and LEFT INACTIVE. If the user wants it available for entering documents, the user must reactivate it. Action Move Documents DOES NOT PERMIT: Moving documents from or to titles that have components Moving documents to a faulty title Moving documents between CLASSES Moving SELECTED documents (To move a particular document from one Title to another, use Hidden Action CT Change Title for that particular document.) The behavior of documents is determined by their title. Therefore, moving documents from one title to another can affect their behavior. Users are responsible to make sure the behavior of the target title is appropriate BEFORE moving documents to it. Anyone contemplating a move between very different titles should carefully read the warnings under action Move Title, above. Action U Update Documents: This action is intended as a possible follow-up to action Move Title. It will usually not be necessary since action Move Title itself attempts to update documents defined by the moved title, giving them the correct new Parent Document Type. However, if a document is not available, then action Move Title finishes, leaving that document with the old Parent Document Type. This may affect document behavior. It will cause CWADs to fail to generate alerts, and conversely will cause nonCWADs to generate CWAD alerts. It may have other consequences in the future. Action U Update Documents is intended for this situation. It updates every document defined by a certain title to the correct Parent Document Type. It can be run multiple times if necessary and entails no risk. D COPYMOVE^TIUFHA2
TIUFH ACTION JUMP TO DDEF action User selects any Document Definition in the Clinical Document Hierarchy and action expands the display to include the selected entry. Users cannot jump to Orphans or Objects since they do not belong to the hierarchy. Users cannot jump to Shared Components since they may occur more than once in the hierarchy. This is a quick way to get several layers deep into the hierarchy in one step. D EXPDEF^TIUFH1(1)
TIUFH ACTION MENU MGR menu Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFH EDIT DDEFS MGR
TIUF CHANGE SORT MENU menu Changes what Document Definitions appear on list. S XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D MENU^TIUFXHL1" D:(Y'=-1)&$D(TIUFAVAL) SELSTART^TIUFLA
TIUF OWNER NONE action S TIUFAVAL="0^NONE"
TIUFD ACTION MENU CLIN menu Menu of Clinician Edit Actions.
TIUFD ACTION MENU MGR menu Menu of Manager Edit Actions. NOTE ON DISPLAY OF HERITABLE FIELDS: (Technical fields are heritable, and Basic field Suppress Visit Selection is heritable. Upload fields are heritable as a group. The display does not show inheritance for Upload fields.) The Document Definition Detailed Display action displays the EFFECTIVE value of inherited fields. If an inherited field does not have its own explicit value, its effective value is its inherited value. If it does not have an inherited value, its effective value is the default value for the field. If the field does not have a default value, it does not have an effective value and the field display is blank. Values marked with * have been inherited. For EDITING heritable fields, see Technical field Edit Template.
TIUFD ACTION MENU VIEW menu Menu of View Actions
TIU ACTION RESOLVE FILING ERRORS action Allows editing of the buffered text to resolve upload errors. D EDIT^TIURE
TIU ERROR RESOLUTION MENU menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ERROR ACTION PRINT action This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. D PRTL^VALM1
TIU ERROR ACTION RESOLVE action Resolve the selected filing errors. S BUFDA=$P(TIUDATA,U,3) D EDIT1^TIURE
TIUFT ACTION MENU ADD/EDIT/VIEW ITEMS menu Menu allows user to display items and item information for a given Document Definition. Document Definition owner may add, delete, or edit items. Added items may be new OR existing entries in the Document Definition File.
TIUFT ACTION ADD ITEMS action MANAGER OPTIONS Allows user to add items to parent entry. Items may be new file entries OR preexisting file entries. Preexisting file entries can be added ONLY if they have the appropriate type for the parent, if the user owns them, AND if they are not already used as an item under (the current or) another entry. Exception: Shared Components can be added as items to Titles or to Components regardless of owner and regardless of use elsewhere. User need not own an entry in order to add items to it. User cannot add items to National Titles or Components. Entries cannot have 2 items with the same name. File 8925.1 cannot have 2 entries of the same type with the same name. D ADD^TIUFT
TIUFT ACTION DELETE ITEMS action MANAGER OPTIONS Action lets user delete multiple appropriate items from the parent entry. Deleted items are deleted from the parent only, not from file 8925.1. Item must be Inactive before it can be deleted. Noncomponent Items cannot be deleted if they are In Use. National items cannot be deleted from National parents. Items cannot be deleted from National Titles or Components. Shared Components are the only National entries permitted as items under nonNational parents, and CAN be deleted from NONNATIONAL parents. D EDDEL^TIUFT1
TIUFT ACTION ITEMS EDIT ALL action User can edit Sequence, Mnemonic and Menu Text for selected Items. D EDDEL^TIUFT1
TIUFT ACTION EDIT MNEMONIC action Applies to Classes, Document Classes. Mnemonic is a convenient handle for selecting Menu Text from a 3-column menu. Mnemonic is usually a number with the same value as the Sequence. Alpha mnemonics are also permitted. 1-4 characters. D EDDEL^TIUFT1
TIUFT ACTION EDIT SEQUENCE action Sequence, if entered, determines item order. Order is alphabetic by Menu Text if item has no sequence. Entry owner may edit sequence for selected items. Sequence is a number between .01 and 999, 2 decimal places allowed. D EDDEL^TIUFT1
TIUFT ACTION MENU EDIT/VIEW ITEMS menu Menu allows user to display items and item information for a given Document Definition. The owner of a Document Definition can edit item Sequence, Mnemonic, and Menu Text. The owner of a Title may add Shared Components as items to the Title. Likewise, an owner can delete Shared Components from a Title.
TIUFT ACTION MENU VIEW ITEMS menu Menu allows user to display items and item information for a given Document Definition.
TIU ACTION MAKE ADDENDUM action Allows authorized users to add addenda to selected documents online... When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D ADDEND^TIURA1
TIU BROWSE ACTION MAKE ADDENDUM action Allows authorized users to add an addendum to the current document online... When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. IHS/ITSC/LJF 8/4/2003: added screen so only users with TIUZCLIN2 can copy document. This makes the list manager actions reflect the menu option security. D CLEAR^VALM1,ADDEND1^TIURA1,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ACTION MENU EDIT ADDENDUM menu Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Personnel. S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT ADDENDUM action Allows authorized users to edit current addendum online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D CLEAR^VALM1,EDADD^TIUADD,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ACTION MENU ERRORS menu Menu of actions which may be executed to resolve error generated by the upload filer/router.
TIU ACTION PRINT ERROR action Allows users to print the contents of the buffer record associated with an UNRESOLVED filing error. This may facilitate resolution, if the hardcopy is used to identify the source of the error (missing or erroneous values in the header field(s) of a record, etc.), and "pencil-in" the corrected values. D PRINT^TIURE
TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW TITLE action Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. K TIUQUIK,VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIURTITL($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION MENU TITLE REVIEW menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIUFD EDIT BASICS action User can edit basic information for the Document Definition entry. Status must be Inactive in order to edit most basic attributes. Enter ??? to see Status. CLINICIAN OPTIONS: Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) must own an entry in order to edit it. They can edit Abbreviation, Print Name, Owner, and Status of entries they own. MANAGER OPTIONS: Managers (persons with Manager menu) need not own an entry in order to edit it. They can edit Name, Abbreviation, Print Name, Type (if not In Use), Owner, Shared (for Components), Suppress Visit Selection, and Status. D EDBASICS^TIUFD2
TIUFT ACTION EDIT MENU TEXT action Menu Text is the short name users will see for Classes and Document Classes when selecting them from a 3-column menu. Such menus occur when viewing documents across many patients or when viewing many types of documents together (e.g. Progress Notes at the same time as Discharge Summaries). User can edit Menu Text for selected items. Menu Text may affect item order since order is alphabetic by Menu Text if item has no sequence. To edit NAME (rather than Menu Text), go back to previous screen. Menu Text permits up to 20 characters. D EDDEL^TIUFT1
TIUF SORT BY USED BY DOCMTS menu S XQORM(0)="1A\",TIUFATTR="U^WAY USED",XQORM("??")="D USED^TIUFXHL1"
TIUF USED BY DOCMTS YES action S TIUFAVAL="YES"
TIUF USED BY DOCMTS NO action S TIUFAVAL="NO"
TIUFD EDIT BOILERPLATE TEXT action Boilerplate Text is the optional text a Document Definition may be given. It is displayed as the default, editable text of a TIU document when a TIU document is entered. Only Document Definitions of Type Title or Component may have Boilerplate Text. Only Inactive entries can be edited. Enter '???' for more information on Boilerplate Text. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) must own the entry in order to edit its boilerplate text. Clinicians cannot edit boilerplate text for National entries. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit the boilerplate text of entries, including National entries, regardless of Ownership. Exception: only the Owner can edit a Shared Component. D EDBOILTX^TIUFD3
TIUFD EDIT TECHNICAL FIELDS action MANAGER OPTIONS Technical fields are mainly M code (which requires Programmer access), although some are just very technical, requiring detailed knowledge of the utility. Many Technical Fields can be inherited from ancestor entries. There is one technical field for Objects: Object Method. For nonObjects, Technical fields include: Entry Action, Exit Action, Edit Template, Print Method, Print Form Header, Print Form Number, Print Group, Visit Linkage Method, Validation Method, and Allow Custom Form Headers. D EDTECH^TIUFD4
TIUFD EDIT UPLOAD MGR action MANAGER OPTIONS TIU permits documents to be dictated and then uploaded into TIU or into other files. Upload information can be set by this action for Document Definition Classes, Document Classes, or Titles, and is heritable. Although upload information is heritable, it is NOT displayed by the Document Definition Utility when it is inherited rather than belonging to the entry itself. To edit/view existing upload information, select action Detailed Display for the entry where such information is set rather than lower entries. Do NOT set partial information at a lower level; if information is set at all at a lower level, it must be complete at that level. Upload information includes basic characteristics such as the file/field which will store the text of the document, as well as header information for each fixed-field to be uploaded. D EDUPLOAD^TIUFD4
TIUFHA ACTION EDIT/VIEW action DETAILED DISPLAY differs from ITEMS in the following way: Detailed Display looks at the entry as a FILE entry and permits edit of all aspects of the entry, including Items. Items, in contrast, looks at the entry ONLY as an Item under its parent and permits edit of Item characteristics ONLY. Detailed Display displays selected entry. Permits edit if appropriate. Edit is limited if entry is National. Shared Components can be VIEWED via the Edit Document Definitions Option but can be EDITED only via the Sort Option. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can VIEW any entry but must own the entry in order to edit it. Edit includes Basics, Items, and Boilerplate Text. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) need not own the entry in order to edit it. Edit includes Basics, Items, Boilerplate Text, Technical Fields and Upload Fields. D EDVIEW^TIUFHA
TIUF SORT BY PARENTAGE menu S XQORM(0)="1A\",TIUFATTR="P^PARENTAGE",XQORM("??")="D PARENT^TIUFXHL1"
TIUF PARENTAGE ORPHAN action S TIUFAVAL="O^ORPHAN"
TIUF PARENTAGE NONORPHAN action S TIUFAVAL="N^NONORPHAN"
TIUFHA ACTION EDIT STATUS action For Options Edit/Sort/Create Document Definitions. User selects Status Inactive, Test, or Active. User then selects an entry. (If selected Status is Active, user can select multiple entries.) If entry is of Type Class or Document Class, entry Status is changed to selected Status. If selected Status is Inactive, descendants are also Inactivated. If entry is of Type Title, entry Status is changed to selected Status, and Component Statuses are automatically changed to same Status. Exception: Shared Components do not have a Status and are not changed. If Status is Inactive or Test, user may select another entry when finished. For Option Sort Document Definitions, user can select multiple entries for ANY Status. The display is recreated from scratch rather than updated, making it a bit slower. Action Status does not function for entries of Type Object. Instead, the user is asked to edit Status of Objects by using Action Basics under Detailed Display for the Object since Detailed Display shows Titles with the object embedded. D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3
TIUFC ACTION MENU menu Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFC CREATE DDEFS MGR The Create Option shows the Hierarchy, with CLINICAL DOCUMENTS at the top. When the option begins, Clinical Documents is bolded with its current items indented below it. You can create additional items under Clinical Documents if you so choose. If you wish to create items under a LOWER entry, you must go down the hierarchy successive levels until the proper entry is bolded and THEN create your items under the bolded entry. To go down a level, select action NEXT LEVEL and then select an entry. To create an entry, select action Class/DocumentClass, Title or Component. Only one of these actions is selectable at a given time. (Actions enclosed in parentheses are not selectable.)
TIUFC ACTION NEXT LEVEL action The user's current position in the Hierarchy is marked by the bolded entry. Action permits user to navigate down the Hierarchy by selecting an item under the highlighted entry. The selected item becomes the new current position. Note that Next Level differs from Expand/Collapse. Although both actions do expand the selected entry, Next Level also changes the user's current position in the hierarchy and limits future expansion to items of that entry. D NEXT^TIUFC
TIUF HIDDEN ACTIONS menu Items call RMSG^TIUFL to reset regular message when any Hidden Action is taken.
TIUF FIND action Finds text in list of entries/information displayed. Action searches all pages of list/information, but cannot 'see' the expansion for unexpanded entries in the Edit Document Definitions Option. Can be a quick way to get to the right page. Enter F D FIND^VALM40
TIUF NEXT SCREEN action This action moves down to the next screen of entries/information. Enter + D NEXT^VALM4
TIUF PREVIOUS SCREEN action Moves up to the previous screen of entries/information. Enter - D PREV^VALM4
TIUF UP ONE LINE action Moves up a line. Enter UP D UP^VALM40
TIUF DOWN A LINE action Moves down a line. Enter DN D DOWN^VALM40
TIUF PRINT SCREEN action NOTE ON PRINTING: ALL printing of document definitions is done using built-in hidden actions PS Print Screen and PL Print List. User first locates the data to be printed so that it shows on the screen and then user selects action PS or PL. To locate the appropriate data use the Edit, Sort, or Create option to list appropriate entries. Option Edit Document Definitions shows the hierarchy. Option Sort Document Definitions shows sorted document definitions including Orphans, Objects, and Shared Components. Option Create Document Definitions shows a particular line of descent of the hierarchy. Option Create Objects shows objects. To print a list, select action PS or PL at this point. To print information on a single given entry, first locate the entry in one of the above lists, then select Action Detailed Display, action Boilerplate Text, or action Items. Action Detailed Display shows all available information for a given entry. Action Items shows the items of a given entry. THEN select action PS or PL. PRINT SCREEN allows the user to print the current display screen. Action prints ONLY what is currently visible on the screen, ignoring information that can be moved to horizontally or vertically (pages), so user should move left/right and up/down to desired information before printing. To print more than one visible screen of information use action PL Print List. For Print Screen enter PS. S VALMSG=$$VMSG^TIUFL D PRT^VALM1
TIUF PRINT LIST action For general printing information see action PS Print Screen. PRINT LIST prints the entire vertical list of entries/information including entries/information not currently visible but which can be moved up or down to. If action is selected from the leftmost position of the screen, user is asked whether to print ALL columns or only those columns visible on the current leftmost position of the screen. If action is selected after user has scrolled to the right, only the currently visible left/right columns are printed. Enter PL D PRTL^TIUFPR
TIUF RIGHT action Lets the user scroll to the right one column when >> shows on the message bar. Most screens display essential information which can only be seen by scrolling to the right. User can also enter >=5 for example, to scroll 5 characters to the right, or >=> to scroll to the rightmost position. Enter > D RIGHT^TIUFL1(XQORNOD(0))
TIUF LEFT action Lets user scroll left when << shows on the message bar. Enter < to scroll left to the next column or enter <=5 to scroll 5 characters to the left, or enter <=< to scroll to the leftmost column. Enter < D LEFT^TIUFL1(XQORNOD(0))
TIUF QUIT action Quits the option. Enter Q Q
TIUF LAST SCREEN action The action displays the last screen of entries/information. Enter LS D LAST^VALM4
TIUF FIRST SCREEN action This action displays the first screen of entries/information. Enter FS D FIRST^VALM4
TIUF GOTO PAGE action Lets user choose a page to go to. User can also enter GO=3, for example to go to page 3 in a single step. Enter GO D GOTO^VALM40
TIUFC ACTION BEGIN AGAIN action MANAGER OPTIONS Takes user back to original Display with Clinical Documents bolded as the current position in the hierarchy. S VALMBCK="R" S VALMSG=$$VMSG^TIUFL D INIT^TIUFC
TIUFC ACTION CREATE CLASS/DOCUMENT CLASS action MANAGER OPTIONS This action is selectable only when the bolded entry is of Type Class. (An action is not selectable when it is enclosed in parentheses). It permits the user to create a new Class or Document Class and hang it under the bolded entry. Option Create Document Definitions does not allow the creation of Objects: Use Option Create Objects or Option Sort Document Definitions. D CREATE^TIUFC1
TIUFC ACTION CREATE TL action MANAGER OPTIONS Create Title is selectable only when the bolded entry has Type Document Class. (Actions are not selectable when they are enclosed in parentheses). This action permits the user to Create a new Title and hang it under the bolded entry. Option Create Document Definitions does not allow the creation of Objects: Use Option Create Objects or Option Sort Document Definitions. D CREATE^TIUFC1
TIUFC ACTION CREATE COMPONENT action MANAGER OPTIONS This action is selectable only when the bolded entry is of Type Title. (An action is not selectable when it is enclosed in parentheses). It permits the user to create a new Component and hang it under the bolded entry. Title must be Inactive before Components can be created under it. If SubComponents are desired, they can be created by selecting Detailed Display for the parent Component, and editing its Items. Option Create Document Definitions does not allow the creation of Objects: Use Option Create Objects or Option Sort Document Definitions. D CREATE^TIUFC1
TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW MIS action Allows MIS users to modify the list of documents by STATUS, DOCUMENT TYPE, and ENTRY DATE range without exiting the review screen. K VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIURM($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION MENU MRT REVIEW menu Menu of actions which may be executed by Medical Records Technicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIU ACTION MENU MGR REVIEW menu Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Managers. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIUFHA ACTION EDIT NAME/OWNER/PNAME menu User chooses to edit Name, Owner, or Print Name, and then selects multiple entries to be edited. S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1A\",XQORM("??")="D NOP^TIUFXHL1"
TIUFHA ATTRIBUTE EDIT NAME action User selects multiple entries and edits Name. D EDATTR^TIUFHA4
TIUFHA ATTRIBUTE EDIT OWNER action User selects multiple entries and edits Owner, Personal and/or Class. To change from Personal to Class Owner or vice versa, user must delete the unwanted entry to be prompted for the other. D EDATTR^TIUFHA4
TIUFHA ATTRIBUTE EDIT PRINT NAME action User selects multiple entries and edits Print Name. D EDATTR^TIUFHA4
TIU BROWSE ACTION REJECT action If the current document is NOT ready for signature, indicate as much by typing "N", or "NO". S TIURJCT=$G(TIURJCT)_$S($G(TIURJCT)]"":",",1:"")_TIUI
TIU ACTION DESIGNATE SIGNERS action Allows authorized users to identify additional signers for a given document. D NAME^TIURA1
TIU PN OE/RR INTERFACE action Allows access to the Review Progress Note utility. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). D EN^VALM("TIU REVIEW PN CLINICIAN") K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3
TIU PN ENTER NOTE action This action allows the user to enter a new progress note. It is designed to be attached to any Order Entry menu, or to be ^^-jumped to from any Select Action prompt in OE/RR. D MAIN^TIUEDIT(3) K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1
TIU BROWSE ACTION DESIGNATE SIGNERS action Allows authorized users to identify additional users who are to be alerted for concurrence signature. These signers may enter an addendum if they do not concur with the content of the document, but they may not edit the document itself. D CLEAR^VALM1,SIGNER^TIURA1,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R"
TIUF CHANGE STATUS TO ACTIVE action D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3
TIUF CHANGE STATUS TO INACTIVE action D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3
TIUF CHANGE STATUS TO TEST action D EDSTAT^TIUFHA3
TIU ACTION CHANGE VIEW PT/TTL action Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, review screen and dictation date range without exiting the review screen. K TIUQUIK,VALMY D FIXLSTNW^TIULM,FULL^VALM1,MAKELIST^TIURPTTL($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1:38)) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION MENU PT/TTL REVIEW menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIUF QUIT1 action Quits the option. Enter Q Q
TIU ACTION SEARCH LIST action Allows users to search list of Documents for a text string (word, phrase, or partial word) from current position to the end of the list. Upon reaching the end of the last page of the list, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the list through the origin of the search. D FIND^VALM40
TIUF STATUS ACTIVE action S TIUFAVAL=^TMP("TIUF",$J,"STATA")
TIUF STATUS INACTIVE action S TIUFAVAL=^TMP("TIUF",$J,"STATI")
TIUF STATUS TEST action S TIUFAVAL=^TMP("TIUF",$J,"STATT")
TIUF STATUS NONE action S TIUFAVAL="0^NONE"
TIUFJ ACTION MENU CLIN menu Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS CLIN
TIUFJ ACTION MENU MGR menu Protocol Menu for List Manager Template TIUFA SORT DDEFS MGR
TIUFJ ACTION CHANGE VIEW action Changes what Document Definitions appear on list. D CHANGE^TIUFA1
TIU INTEGRATED OE/RR INTERFACE action Allows access to the Review Documents function of TIU. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). D EN^VALM("TIU REVIEW SCREEN CLINICIAN") K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3
TIU PT/TITLE OE/RR INTERFACE action Allows users to query for Progress Notes by Patient and Title. NOTE: This action is designed to be added to ANY OE/RR menu (e.g., OR USER MENU, OR ADD MENU CLINICIAN, etc.). D EN^VALM("TIU REVIEW BY PATIENT & TITLE") K TIUPRM0,TIUPRM1,TIUPRM3
TIUFHA ACTION BOILERPLATE TEXT action Applies to Titles and Components only. Displays boilerplate text of entry. If entry is a Title, also displays boilerplate text of any Components. Permits user to edit boilerplate text. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can VIEW boilerplate text of any entry but must own the entry in order to edit the boilerplate text. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) need not own the entry in order to edit its boilerplate text. D EDVIEW^TIUFHA
TIUFX ACTION MENU MGR menu Menu of Manager Boilerplate Text Actions. CLINICIAN OPTIONS Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) can VIEW the boilerplate text of any entry and can TRY it. If the clinician owns the entry, s/he can also edit its status and its boilerplate text. MANAGER OPTIONS Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit status, edit boilerplate text, and TRY entry.
TIUFX EDIT STATUS action User can edit Status. Status must be Inactive in order to edit boilerplate text. Status must be Active for Document Definition to be used by general users to enter documents. If status is Test, only the owner can enter a document on the entry. User can TRY entry of ANY status since trial document is deleted following trial. CLINICIAN OPTIONS: Clinicians (persons with Clinician menu) must own an entry in order to edit its status. MANAGER OPTIONS: Managers (persons with Manager menu) can edit status of entry regardless of ownership. D STATUS^TIUFX
TIUFX ACTION MENU VIEW menu Menu of View Boilerplate Text Actions. For National Standard entries, entries not owned by Clinician user (person with Clinician menu), Shared Components not owned by user, whether Clinician or Manager (person with Manager menu). User can VIEW the boilerplate text of any entry and can TRY it.
TIU ACTION MENU OE/RR menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIU ACTION SIGNED/UNSIGNED action Allows users to modify the list of reports by signature status, etc. without exiting the review screen. D KILL^VALM10() K VALMY D FULL^VALM1,INIT^TIUROR($S(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")):+$G(^("CLASS")),1:3),9999,+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"DFN"))) S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION SELECT NEW PATIENT action Select a new patient. K ^TMP("TIURSAVE",$J),^TMP("TIURSIDX",$J),^TMP("VALM VIDEO",$J),VALMY D FULL^VALM1,INIT^TIUROR(+$G(^TMP("TIUR",$J,"CLASS")),1) D:$D(^TMP("TIUR",$J)) HDR^TIUROR S VALMBCK=$S($D(^TMP("TIUR",$J,0)):"R",1:"Q"),VALMBG=1
TIU ACTION RESET ALL SIGNED action Reset the list to ALL SIGNED documents. D KILL^VALM10() K VALMY D RESTORE^TIUROR1 D HDR^TIUROR
TIU ACTION CWAD DISPLAY action Detailed display of the CWAD patient warnings; setup for "^^"-jumping to within XQOR*. Requires Health Summary. D CWAD^TIULX
TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR OE/RR action Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D:$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR READ ONLY") D:'$G(TIUGLINK) BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN")
TIU ACTION COMPLETE DOCUMENTS action Allows clinicians to electronically sign selected documents or addenda. NOTE: Electronic signature carries the same legal ramifications that wet signature of a hard-copy document carries. You are advised to carefully review each document for content and accuracy before exercising this option. D FULL^VALM1,ELSIG^TIURS1
TIU LM REVIEW PN action Allows users to access Progress Notes in a manner analogous to that available through Progress Notes v2.5. K DUOUT,DTOUT,DIROUT,DIRUT D EN^TIUROR
TIU COMPLETE NOTES MENU menu This menu is used by the List template for the completion of notes. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ACTION COMPLETE NOTES action Allows users to browse Progress Notes from the Review Screen, and to Sign, Edit, or Delete individual records, either singly, or in groups. D BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU COMPLETE NOTES")
TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS OE/RR menu This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu.
TIU BROWSE ACTION CHANGE TITLE action Allows authorized users to change the title of a TIU Document as necessary. D CNVPOST1^TIURS1 S VALMBCK="Q"
TIU ACTION MENU CHANGE TITLE menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU HIDDEN ACTIONS ADVANCED menu This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu.
TIU ACTION CHANGE TITLE action Allows authorized users to modify the title of a document (and thereby convert a patient posting), as appropriate. Interdisciplinary entries must be detached before having their titles changed. Q:$G(TIUGLINK) D CNVPOST^TIURS1
TIUFJ ACTION EDIT OWNER action User selects multiple entries and edits Owner, Personal and/or Class. To change from Personal to Class Owner or vice versa, user must delete the unwanted entry to be prompted for the other. D EDATTR^TIUFHA4
TIUFDJ ACTION MENU MGR menu Menu of Manager Edit Actions for Objects.
TIU BROWSE ACTION LINK TO PROBLEM action Link the selected document to one or more Problems from the patient's active Problem List. D LINK1^TIURB1
TIU BROWSE MENU LINK menu Allows authorized users to (re)-link single documents to either problems, a different patient/visit if current patient/visit is incorrect, or a record in another VistA application (for example, a Consult Result may be linked to a Consult Request, a Patient Record Flag Document to a Flag, and so on). Such associations permit a variety of clinically useful "views" of the on-line record. S XQORM(0)="AD",XQORM("??")="D LINKHELP^TIUHELP",VALMBCK="" K TIUCHNG
TIUF ACTION TRY1 action Permits Mnemonic TRY. Otherwise, same as protocol TIUF ACTION TRY. D CHECKDEF^TIUFHA6
TIU ACTION LINK WITH CLIENT RECORD action Allows authorized users to (re)-link TIU Documents to records in Other Applications. For example, Consult Results may be linked to Consult Requests, Patient Record Flag Documents may be linked to Flags, and so on. D CLAPPLNK^TIURD S VALMBCK="R"
TIU BROWSE ACTION LINK WITH CLIENT APP action Allows authorized users (as defined by your local business rules in ASU) to link or re-link the current document to a record in another application. For example, Consult Results may be linked to Consult Requests, Patient Record Flag Documents to Flags, etc.. D FULL^VALM1,CLAPPLN1^TIURD(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ACTION EDIT ENCOUNTER action Allows authorized users to Edit Encounter information on demand. D ENCNTR^TIURA1
TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT ENCOUNTER action Allows authorized users to edit the encounter data for the visit associated with the selected TIU Document(s). IHS/ITSC/LJF 7/30/2003: Made action inactive (Screen = I 0) since IHS sites not performing PCC data entry using VA PCE software. D EDTENC^TIUPXAP2(TIUDA,.TIUCHNG)
TIU ACTION EXPAND LIST action Action EXPAND ENTRY permits users to expand notes to list any addenda or interdisciplinary children nested under the note. If the note is already expanded when the action is taken, the note is collapsed. D EXPAND^TIURA2 S VALMBCK="R"
TIU STATUS RETRACTED action The document has been signed, but may have been entered for the wrong patient. Reassignment to the correct patient has left the original document retracted in error.
TIU BROWSE ACTION DETAILED DISPLAY action Displays the all of the details concerning the selected document's history, including audit trail and reassignment history, in addition to the narrative body of the document. D EN^TIUAUDIT
TIU ACTION DISPLAY REASSIGN HX action Displays the reassignment history of selected documents for HIMS personnel. May be useful in tracing the origin and destination of documents that were initially entered in error. D DISPLAY^TIURHX
TIU ACTION ID NOTE action This action permits the user to add a new entry to an interdisciplinary note, attach a stand-alone note to an interdisciplinary note, or to detach an entry from an interdisciplinary note. Only one note at a time can be selected for this action. The action taken depends on the note selected. If an interdisciplinary note is selected, the option attempts to add a new entry to it. If a stand-alone note is selected, the option attempts to attach it to an interdisciplinary note, and the user is asked to select the note to attach it to. If an individual entry of an interdisciplinary note is selected, the option attempts to detach it from the interdisciplinary note. All of these actions are governed by business rules. The two business rule actions specific to ID notes are ATTACH TO ID NOTE, and ATTACH ID ENTRY. There is no business rule detach action. Those users who can ATTACH a note TO AN ID NOTE are permitted to detach the note once it is attached. S VALMBCK="R" D IDNOTE^TIUGR
TIU BROWSE ACTION ID NOTE action This option permits the user to add a new entry to an interdisciplinary note or to detach an entry from an interdisciplinary note. The other ID action, attaching a stand-alone note to an interdisciplinary note, may not be executed from the browse, it must be done from the review screen. The action taken depends on the note currently browsed. If the browsed note is an interdisciplinary note, the option attempts to add a new entry to it. If the browsed note is an individual entry of an interdisciplinary note, the option attempts to detach the entry from the interdisciplinary note. D IDNOTEB^TIUGR1(TIUDA)
TIU ACTION EXPAND LIST DUP action Action EXPAND ENTRY permits users to expand notes to list any addenda or interdisciplinary children nested under the note. If the note is already expanded when the action is taken, the note is collapsed. Duplicate of TIU ACTION EXPAND LIST. Created so users can use mnemonic EX, as well as mnemonic EE. D EXPAND^TIURA2 S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ACTION MENU DISPLAY menu S XQORM(0)="AD",VALMBCK=""
BTIU HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This menu includes the secondary or "hidden actions" which are provided by the List Manager (e.g., scroll right, scroll left, up one line, etc.) and which may be used in the review screens, but which are not visible in the top level action menu.
BTIU BROWSE EDIT action Edit a document from browse all menu. D EDIT^BTIURPT
BTIU MENU BROWSE ALL menu Copy of menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. THis copy is used for the browse all document text function. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="- Prev Screen Q Quit ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
BTIU BROWSE ADD action D ADD^BTIURPT
BTIU BROWSE ADDEND action Allows authorized users to add addenda to selected documents online... When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D ADDEND^BTIURPT
BTIU BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN action Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR CLINICIAN")
BTIU MENU BROWSE HIS menu Menu of actions which may be executed by HIS staff. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
BTIU MENU REVIEW FOR HIS menu Menu of actions which may be executed by MIS Managers. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="- Prev Screen Q Quit ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIULINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
BTIU BROWSE FOR HIS action IHS version. Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D BROWSE^TIURA2("BTIU BROWSE FOR HIS")
BTIU ACTION SIGN/COSIGN action Allows clinicians to electronically sign selected discharge summaries or addenda. NOTE: Electronic signature carries the same legal ramifications that wet signature of a hard-copy discharge summary carries. You are advised to carefully review each discharge summary for content and accuracy before exercising this option. D ELSIG^BTIURS
BTIU ICE UPDATE action D EDIT^BTIUCD(+TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R"
BTIU IC EDIT action D ICE^BTIUICL S VALMBCK="R"
BTIU MENU IC SIGS menu
BTIU IC PRINT action D ICP^BTIUICL S VALMBCK="R"
BTIU IC RESET action D RESET^BTIUICL
BTIU MENU IC DICT menu
BTIU DICTATION LIST action D EN^VALM("BTIU IC DICT STATUS 2") D RESET2^BTIUDSC
BTIU DICTATION LIST 2 action D EN^VALM("BTIU IC OP STATUS 2") D RESET2^BTIUDOC
BTIU MENU IC DICT 2 menu
BTIU QUICK QUIT action This protocol enables a quick exit from nested list templates all the wway back to the menu option. To be used when a provider must exit quickly bypassing all checks. D TERM^VALM0 S VALMQUIT="" Q
BTIU DSE EDIT action D DSE^BTIUICL S VALMBCK="R"
BTIU BROWSE DET DISPLAY action Displays the report type, patient, urgency, line count, author, attending physician, transcriptionist, and verifying clerk, in addition to the admission, discharge, dictation, transcription, signature and amendment dates, without showing the narrative report text. D EN^TIUAUDIT S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R")
TIUHSLSM MENU menu D LSEXIT^TIUHSL
TIUHS CREATE OBJECT action D CREATE^TIUHSL S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS EDIT action D EDIT^TIUHSL S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS EDIT OBJECT action D HSEDIT^TIUHSV S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHSE MENU menu
TIUHS CREATE/MODIFY HS TYPE action D CREATEHS^TIUHSOLM S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS VIEW CURRENT HS action D FULL^VALM1 W @IOF D ^GMTSRI W ! S DIR(0)="E" D ^DIR S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS QUIT action G EXIT^TIUHSL
TIUHSFIND action D FIND^TIUHSL S VALMBCK="R"
TIU HS OBJECT DISPLAY action D HSOBJ^TIUHSV S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS CHANGE HS TYPE action D CHHST^TIUHSV S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS OBJECT MENU menu
TIUHS OBJ EDIT HS OBJECT action D EHSO^TIUHSOLM S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS OBJ CHANGE HST action D CHST^TIUHSOLM S VALMBCK="R"
TIUHS EDIT HS OBJECT MM action D EDITHSO^TIUHSL S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS MENU menu D LSEXIT^TIUAL1
TIU ALERTS 3RD PERSON ALERT action D SELECT^TIUALFUN("THIRD") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS RESEND ALERT action D SELECT^TIUALFUN("RESEND") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS SELECT action D SELECT^TIUALFUN("ASKUSR") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS COMBO action D SELECT^TIUALFUN("COMBO") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS CHANGE SEARCH CRITERIA action D CHNGSRCH^TIUAL1 S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS DELETE action D SELECT^TIUALFUN("ALRTDEL") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS BROWSE action D BROWSE^TIUALFUN S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS SEARCH AUTHOR action
TIU ALERTS SEARCH DICTATOR action
TIU ALERTS SEARCH EXPECTED COSIGNER action
TIU ALERTS SEARCH ATTENDING PHYSICIAN action
TIU ALERTS SEARCH ADDITIONAL SIGNER action
TIU ALERTS SEARCH MENU menu
TIU ALERTS ID SIGNER action D IDSIGNER^TIUALFUN S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS EDIT action D EDIT^TIUAL1 S VALMBCK="R"
TIU ALERTS DETAILED DISPLAY action D DETDISP^TIUALSET S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE protocol This allows entry of IV fluids orders through OE/RR. This protocol assumes that a patient has been selected prior to this protocol being selected. D ^PSIVORA
PSJI OR PAT HYPERAL OE action This allows limited processing of IV Hyperal orders through OE/RR. S ORPK="TESTING ORPK SET" D ^PSIVORH
PSJ OR PAT OE MENU protocol menu This is a menu that allows the entry of Unit Dose and non-fluid IV orders through OE/RR. This menu should contain the Inpatients Medications order entry protocol and any Inpatient Medications quick order protocols.
PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE MENU protocol menu Placeholder, possible replacement: PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE
PSJQ4 AMY protocol D PROCESS^PSJQSET(4)
PSJQ5 MAI protocol D PROCESS^PSJQSET(5)
GMRA SIGN-OFF ON DATA extended action This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction is Signed. Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction. Variables: GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605,
GMRA VERIFY DATA extended action This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction is Verified. Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction. Variables: GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in file 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605,
GMRA ENTERED IN ERROR extended action This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction is Entered in Error. Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction. Variables: GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605,
GMRA MEDWATCH DATA COMPLETE extended action This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction has a MEDWatch form entered. Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction. Variables: GMRAPA = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) GMRAPA(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.8. Below is a description of the data for that node. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 2 REACTANT Free Text of Reaction 3 GMR ALLERGY Variable Pointer * 4 ORIGINATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 5 ORIGINATOR Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 6 OBSERVED/HISTORICAL Set of Codes (o=Observed,h=Historical) 12 ORIGINATOR SIGN OFF Set of Codes (1=Signed,(Zero or Null)=Unsigned) 14 MECHANISM Set of Codes (U=Unknown,P=Pharmacologic,A=Allergy) 16 VERIFIED Set of Codes (1=Verified,(0 or Null)=Not Verified) 17 VERIFICATION DATE/TIME Date/Time (FileMan format) 18 VERIFIER Pointer to File 200 20 ALLERGY TYPE Free Text/Set of Codes 1 to 3 characters long (Where "D" = Drug, "F" = Food, "O" = Other) GMRAPA1 = The Internal Entry Number of the reaction in File 120.85 (ADVERSE REACTION REPORTING) GMRAPA1(0) = The zero node of the entry in File 120.85. Below is a description of the data for that node. $P Field name Field type --------------------------------------------------------------- 1 DATE/TIME OF EVENT Date/Time (FileMan format) 2 PATIENT Pointer to File 2 (PATIENT) 3 QUESTION #1 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 4 QUESTION #2 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 5 QUESTION #3 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 6 QUESTION #4 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 7 QUESTION #5 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 8 NO. DAY HOSPITALIZED Numeric 9 QUESTION #6 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 10 QUESTION #7 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 11 QUESTION #8 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 12 DATE MD NOTIFIED Date/Time (FileMan format) 13 OBSERVER Pointer to File 200 (NEW PERSON) 14 SEVERITY Set of Codes (1=Mild, 2=Moderate, 3=Severe) 15 RELATED REACTION Pointer to File 120.8 (PATIENT ALLERGIES) 16 QUESTION #9 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) 17 QUESTION #10 Set of Codes (y=YES,n=NO) *The GMR ALLERGY field is a variable pointer which points to one of five possible files. They are: File Name File Reference --------- -------------- GMR ALLERGIES GMR(120.8, (e.g., 212;GMR(120.8,) NATIONAL DRUG PSNDF( DRUG PSDRUG( DRUG INGREDIENTS PS(50.416, VA DRUG CLASS PS(50.605,
GMRA RECEIVE action Receive a Health Level Seven (HL7) message from the OE/RR package. D EN1^GMRAOR4(.XQORMSG)
PS MFSEND OR extended action Send new and updated master file entries from Pharmacy to OE/RR. Q
PS RECEIVE OR action This protocol is used to receive Pharmacy orders from CPRS. D EN^PSJHL4(.XQORMSG)
PS EVSEND OR extended action This protocol is for sending Inpatient and Outpatient Pharmacy orders to CPRS. K ^TMP("HLS",$J,"PS"),PSOC,MSG
RA OERR PROFILE action This action protocal is used in OE/RR for reporting results of radiology and nuclear medicine reports. Q:'$D(ORVP) S RADFN=+ORVP,RAHEAD="**** RAD/NUC MED PATIENT EXAMS ****" S (RAF1,RAREPORT)=1 D ^RAPTLU Q:X["^"!'$D(RADUP) D OERR^RAORDQ K RAF1,RAREPORT D READ^ORUTL
RA OERR DEFAULT PROTOCOL protocol D ^RAORR
RA ORDERABLE ITEM UPDATE extended action Invoked whenever a single Radiology/Nuc Med procedure is added or edited. Creates an HL7 message array containing all data associated with the procedure. The triggering event may be an add/edit of an entry in the Rad/Nuc Med Procedure file (which can change any data item related to a procedure), or an add/edit of the Rad/Nuc Med Common Procedure file (which only affects the Common Order Flag of the ZRA segment). An initial, one-time only population of the OE/RR Orderable file with Rad/Nuc Med procedures will occur at the point in time when both OE/RR V3 and Radiology/Nuclear Medicine V4.5 have been installed at a site. This protocol is NOT used for this initial population. Instead, function calls are used in this one-time event. K:$L($G(RAVARBLE)) @RAVARBLE,RAVARBLE
RA EVSEND OR extended action Invoked when a request is created or changed by the Radiology/Nuclear Medicine package (the "backdoor") and the data is passed to the Order Entry package, Version 3.0 or greater. K:$L($G(RAVARBLE)) @RAVARBLE,RAVARBLE
RA RECEIVE action D EN1^RAO7RO(.XQORMSG)
RA REG event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is registered. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, ORC, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. Q
RA CANCEL event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is cancelled. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, ORC, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of cancellation, procedure modifiers, patient allergies and clinical history. Q
RA RPT event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine report enters into a status of Verified or Released/Not Verified. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORU message consisting of PID, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains relevant information about the report, including procedure, procedure modifiers, diagnostic code, interpreting physician, impression text and report text. Q
RA EXAMINED event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam has reached a status where GENERATE EXAMINED HL7 MSG is Y at that (or at a lower) status. This message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. Q
RA SEND ORM subscriber This protocol receives the HL7 message. Q Q
RA SEND ORU subscriber This protocol receives the HL7 message. Q Q
RA TCP ORM subscriber This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA REG, RA EXAMINED, and RA CANCEL event protocols. It is used by the VISTA HL7 package to send ORM messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the ITEM multiple field of those event point protocols if this type of messaging scenerio is used at a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable HL7 message flow when exams are registered, cancelled, and when they reach the status flagged as 'examined' by the site. Q Q
RA TCP ORU subscriber This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA RPT event point protocol. The HL7 package uses this protocol to send rad/nuc med report (ORU) messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the ITEM multiple field of the RA RPT protocol if this messaging scenerio is used in a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable message flow when a rad/nuc med report is verified. Q Q
RA VOICE TCP REPORT subscriber Subscriber protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process messages sent to VISTA from a COTS voice recognition unit using TCP/IP for message flow. This protocol should be entered in the ITEM multiple of the RA VOICE TCP SERVER RPT protocol. Q Q
RA VOICE TCP SERVER RPT event driver Driver protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process radiology/nuclear med reports coming into VISTA from commercial voice recognition units using TCP/IP for message flow.
RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS PRINT action Protocol used by the Radiology/Nuclear Medicine HL7 Voice Reporting Errors List to Print entries D EN^RAHLEX1
RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS MENU menu This Protocol is the MENU for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Voice Reporting Errors List
RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS NEXT action This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List D NXTAPP^RAHLEX1(1)
RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS PREVIOUS action This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List D NXTAPP^RAHLEX1(-1)
RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS RESEND action This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List D RESEND^RAHLEX1
RA HL7 EXCEPTIONS DELETE action This Protocol is for the Rad/Nuc Med HL7 Interface Exceptions List D DELETE^RAHLEX1
RA PSCRIBE ORM subscriber This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA REG 2.3, RA EXAMINED 2.3, and RA CANCEL 2.3 event protocols. It is used by the VISTA HL7 package to send ORM messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of those event point protocols if this type of messaging scenerio is used at a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable HL7 message flow when exams are registered, cancelled and when they reach the status flagged as 'examined' by the site. Q Q
RA PSCRIBE ORU subscriber This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA RPT 2.3 event protocol. The HL7 package uses this protocol to send rad/nuc med report (ORU) messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of the RA RPT 2.3 protocol if this messaging scenario is used in a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable message flow when a rad/nuc med report is verified. Q Q
RA TALKLINK ORM subscriber This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA REG 2.3, RA EXAMINED 2.3, and RA CANCEL 2.3 event protocols. It is used by the VISTA HL7 package to send ORM messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of those event point protocols if this type of messaging scenerio is used at a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable HL7 message flow when exams are registered, cancelled, and when they reach the status flagged as 'examined' by the site. Q Q
RA TALKLINK ORU subscriber This protocol is used in conjunction with the RA RPT 2.3 event point protocol. The HL7 package uses this protocol to send rad/nuc med report (ORU) messages to TCP/IP recipients. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple field of the RA RPT 2.3 protocol if this messaging scenario is used in a facility. This is part of the file set-up to enable message flow when a rad/nuc med report is verified. Q Q
RA PSCRIBE TCP REPORT subscriber Subscriber protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process messages sent to VISTA from a COTS voice recognition unit using TCP/IP for message flow. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple of the RA PSCRIBE TCP SERVER RPT protocol. Q Q
RA PSCRIBE TCP SERVER RPT event driver Driver protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process radiology/nuclear med reports coming into VISTA from commercial voice recognition units using TCP/IP for message flow.
RA TALKLINK TCP REPORT subscriber Subscriber protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process messages sent to VISTA from a COTS voice recognition unit using TCP/IP for message flow. This protocol should be entered in the SUBSCRIBERS multiple of the RA TALKLINK TCP SERVER RPT protocol. Q Q
RA TALKLINK TCP SERVER RPT event driver Driver protocol for sending report to VISTA Radiology/Nuclear Medicine. This protocol is used by the HL7 package to process radiology/nuclear med reports coming into VISTA from commercial voice recognition units using TCP/IP for message flow.
RA RPT 2.3 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine report enters into a status of verified or Released/Not Verified. It executes code that creates an HL7 version 2.3 ORU message consisting of PID, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains relevant information about the report, including procedure, procedure modifiers, diagnostic code, interpreting physician, impression text and report text. Q
RA CANCEL 2.3 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is cancelled. It executes code that creates an HL7 version 2.3 ORM message consisting of PID, ORC, and OBX segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of cancellation, procedure modifiers, patient allergies and clinical history. Q
RA REG 2.3 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is registered. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM version 2.3 message consisting of PID, ORC, OBR, and OBX segments. The message containes all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. Q
RA EXAMINED 2.3 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam has reached a status where GENERATE EXAMINED HL7 MSG is Y at that (or at a lower) status. An HL7 version 2.3 ORM message will be generated that contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. Q
RA IHS HOOK action Place this protocol on the RA EVSEND OR extended action protocol. D ^BRAPRAD
LRNCH event driver LRNCH is the server that is used for sending HL7 messages to Austin Automation Center. S HL("EID")=$G(LRPROT),HLQUIT="",HLNEXT="D HLNEXT^HLCSUTL" S LR772IEN=HLMTIEN D:$G(HLHDR)["ACK" LOOK^LREPIAK Q:$G(HLHDR)["ACK" S HLMTIEN=LR772IEN D PROCESS^LREPIRP
LA7D CARELIFE RESULTS subscriber
LA7D CARELIFE SERVER event driver This server is used for sending ACK back to the MRTS account
BDP VIEW/UPDATE DESG PROV menu
BDP QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BDP DP ADD DP action D ADDDP^BDPDPEE
BDP DP HS action D HS^BDPDPEE
BDP DP REMOVE action D RMDP^BDPDPEE
BDP DP SORT action D GATHER1^BDPDPEE
BDP DP CHANGE action D CHG^BDPDPEE
BVP MENU VIEW RECORD menu
BVP DEMOGRAPHICS action VPR action that allows a user to view (and possibly edit) a patient's Registration data. D ^BVPAG S DFN=BVPSAV,VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R") D SETPT^BVPMAIN(DFN)
BVP APPOINTMENTS action Drops user into Appointment Management in Scheduling after patient selection. D ^BVPSD S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R")
BVP VISIT DETAILS action VPR call to the Display Data for a Patient's Visit option. D VST^BVPMAIN
BVP PROBLEM LIST action Calls PCC Problem List list template code. D EN1^APCDPL,RESET^BVPMAIN
BVP MED PROFILES action Menu of various medication profiles available and other pharmacy informational sheets. D ^BVPRX D RESET^BVPMAIN
BVP MENU RX menu Menu of medication profile actions available. S ORVP=$S($D(BVPSAV):BVPSAV,$D(DFN):DFN,1:"") K ORVP
BVP RX MP action Calls Outpatient Pharmacy medication profile with patient and dates already set. Dates are defaulted to one year in the past to today. D MP^BVPRX S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R")
BVP RX IV action Called Inpatient Profile found on both the IV and Unit Dose Pharmacy menus. D IV^BVPRX S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R")
BVP RX SINGLE action S:'$D(APSPMAN) APSPMAN="" D ^PSORXVW D RESET^BVPRX
BVP ALLERGY action This protocol will allow the user to enter/edit patient allergy/adverse reaction data. D FULL^VALM1,EN2^GMRAPEM0 K GMRAUSER,GMRAOUT D RESET^BVPMAIN
BVP RESULTS/PROFILES action Called by VPR main screen to produce OE/RR submenu. D ^BVPRP D RESET^BVPMAIN
BVP MENU RESULTS menu
BVP NOTES action D ^BVPTIU D RESET^BVPMAIN
BVP HS CHANGE action Change which health summary is displayed. D HS^BVPMAIN
BVP CHART LABELS action D LABEL^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP LAB INTERIM action This protocol prints interim labs for a user-specified time interval D FULL^VALM1 S ORVP=DFN_";DPT(" D OR^LRRP2 K ORVP D PAUSE^BVPU D RESET^BVPRP
BVP LAB STATUS action For each day prompted, the status for all tests for that day are given. The report will output for the current patient, Order #, Urgency, Status (test complete, on collection list, collected), Provider, and Accession #. D FULL^VALM1 S ORVP=DFN_";DPT(" D OERR^LROS(ORVP) K ORVP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP LAB SELECTED action This function displays data in a highly generalized fashion. All tests requested are displayed (up to 18 fields) in a cumulative format. If more than 18 tests are to be displayed, an alternate format is used. If a test has a special format (predefined in the 'Laboratory Test' file) then that test must be requested separately. If a specimen is specified, normal ranges are displayed if available. Note that if a specimen is chosen for which there is no data, no data will be displayed. D FULL^VALM1 S ORVP=DFN_";DPT(" D OR^LRGEN K ORVP D PAUSE^BVPU D RESET^BVPRP
BVP LAB GRAPH action This function plots data in a highly generalized fashion. If a specimen is specified, normal ranges are displayed if available. Furthermore, one may choose to plot the data centered about the normal range or centered about the mean of the data being plotted. If plot according to normal ranges is selected, then any values that differ from the mean of the normal ranges by more than three standard deviations are plotted in the extreme left or right column of the display, as the case may be. In addition to being plotted in the extreme left or right column, the value is distinguished by a '*' rather than a 'X'. D FULL^VALM1 S ORVP=DFN_";DPT(" D OR^LRDIST K ORVP D PAUSE^BVPU D RESET^BVPRP
BVP LAB SURG PATH action Display on the screen surgical pathology reports for a patient. D SURG^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP LAB CYTO PATH action Display on the screen cytopath reports for a selected patient. D CYTO^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP LAB BLOOD BANK action Prints a single blood bank patient cumulative report. D BBANK^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP PATIENT INQUIRY action Used to view basic demographic, admission, day surgery, and appointment data on a patient. D PATINQ^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP WH PROFILE action D PROFCALL^BWPROF(+$G(DFN)) D RESET^BVPRP
BVP ER VISIT action Print one visit from the ER log. D ERINQ^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP RAD PROFILE action This function allows the user to see a list of the patient's registered exams. The exams are presented in reverse chronological order. A specific exam can be selected from the list. When an exam is selected, a very detailed display of the exam is presented. D RAPROF^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP RAD REQUESTS action This option allows the user to see a 'detailed' report on a requested examination for a particular patient. The following information is displayed: the request status, urgency, procedure, date exam was ordered, requestor, and patient location. If the request was 'cancelled' or placed on 'hold', the reason will be displayed. If the requested exam is in an examination status, that status will also be displayed. If information has been recorded in the status tracking log for the request, the user will also have the option to view the log. D RAREQ^BVPRP D RESET^BVPRP
BVP AD HOC HS action Calls VA Health SUmmary's function for running an ad hoc health summary. D MAIN^GMTSADOR D RESET^BVPRP
BVP RX INFO BY PATIENT action Print drug information based on patient. D PATINFO^BVPRX D RESET^BVPRX
BVP RX INFO BY DRUG action Prints an information sheet based on drug selected. D ^APSEPPID D RESET^BVPRX
IB CATEGORY C BILLING extended action Category C billing for ADT activity will be initiated through this option. D ^IBAMTD
IB MEANS TEST EVENT action This protocol will send a bulletin to billing when ever a change to a past means test may affect billing. D ^IBAMTED
IBACM ADD CHARGE extended action This extended protocol performs all actions for adding a charge.
IBACM1 MENU menu Q
IBACM ADD CHARGE ONE action This protocol adds a charge to the ib action file. D ADD^IBECEA1
IBACM CANCEL CHARGE extended action Cancel an existing charge. S IBNOD(0)=XQORNOD(0) K IBNOD
IBACM CANCEL CHARGE ONE action Cancel a charge . D CAN^IBECEA1
IBACM OP LINK action Automate OP billing via link to Scheduling D ^IBAMTS
IBACM PATIENT CHANGE action Change patient to search for Billable Events. D PAT^IBECEA D EXIT^IBECEA
IBACM UPDATE CHARGE extended action This extended protocol performs all actions for updating a charge. (Cancel previous charge, add new charge.) S IBNOD(0)=XQORNOD(0) K IBNOD
IBACM UPDATE CHARGE ONE action Update a charge (cancel previous charge, create a new one). D UPD^IBECEA1
IBACM1 DATE CHANGE action Change range of dates to search for Billable Events. D DATE^IBECEA D EXIT^IBECEA
IBACM PASS CHARGE action This protocol passes a Category C charge to Accounts Recievable, resulting in a change in its STATUS. D PASS^IBECEA1
IBDF PRINT MANAGER CLINIC SETUP action Allows the user to edit the setup used by the Print Manager in determining what forms to print for an appointment at the clinic level. D CLNCSUP2^IBDF11
IBDF PRINT MANAGER DIVISION SETUP action Allows the user to edit the setup used by the Print Manager in determining what forms to print for an appointment at the division level. D DIVSUP2^IBDF11
IB EXEMPTION EVENTS extended action This is the Integrated Billing Exemption Event driver. It is invoked every time an Pharmacy Co-pay Exemption is added. See routine IBARXEVT for details.
IBACM UPDATE EVENT action This menu protocol provides the user the tools needed to adjust the Means Test billing event record which is established for inpatient billing episodes. Normally, the event record does not need to be managed, but if the system crashes or a logical error occurs, it may be necessary to adjust this record. D EN^IBECEA5
IBACME EVENT MENU menu
IBACME CHANGE STATUS action This protocol may be used to open or close a Means Test Billing event record. If the record is opened, and the patient still admitted, Means Test billing will resume. If the patient has been discharged and the event record was left open, this action may be used to close the event record. D CS^IBECEA51
IBACME LAST CALC action This action is used to adjust the last day that a patient was billing for the Means Test hospital or nursing home per diem charge. If an event record is open and the patient still admitted, the nightly compilation will start billing the patient on the day following the 'Last Calculated' date. D LC^IBECEA51
IBDF EDIT SELECTION LIST MENU menu Displays all the selection groups defined for the list and provides a menu of actions for editing the contents of the list.
IBDF ADD GROUP action Adds a new group to the selection list. D ADDGRP^IBDF3
IBDF EDIT GROUP HDR/ORDER action Allows a group to be selected. Then the header and print order can be edited. D EDITGRP^IBDF3
IBDF EDIT GROUP'S SELECTIONS MENU menu Used to edit a group's selections.
IBDF ADD SELECTION action Adds a new selection to the selection list. D ADDSLCTN^IBDF4
IBDF DISPLAY GRP'S SLCTNS FOR EDIT action Displays the group's selections and a menu of edit actions. D EDTSLCTN^IBDF3 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF CLINIC'S FORMS MENU menu Displays all of the forms used by a particular clinic. Allows the user to change the clinic setup, create new blank forms, copy forms, delete to change the clinic setup, create new blank forms, copy forms, delete
IBDF EDIT FORM action This protocol calls the list manager to display an encounter form. There is a menu of actions that allows the form description to be edited. D EDITFORM^IBDF6 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF DISPLAY TOOL KIT BLOCKS FOR ADDING action Allows the user to select a block from the tool kit and add it to the form. D ADD^IBDF7 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF MENU FOR EDITING DISPLAYED FORM menu Allows the user to edit the form.
IBDF SELECT TOOL KIT BLOCK action Allows the user to select a block from the list of toolkit blocks. The block is then pasted to the form at a position given by the user. He can also change the header, size, and description of the block. D SELECT^IBDF7
IBDF MENU FOR ADDING TOOL KIT BLOCK menu A menu of actions available in connection with adding a block from the tool kit to a form.
IBDF VIEW TOOL KIT BLOCK action D VIEWBLK^IBDF8
IBDF EDIT SELECTION action Allows editing of an existing selection D EDIT^IBDF4A
IBDF DELETE SELECTION action Allows the user to choose existing selections for deletion. D DELETE^IBDF4A
IBDF MOVE BLOCK action Moves a block to any position on the form. D MOVE^IBDF5
IBDF RESIZE BLOCK (WHILE EDITING FORM) action Allows the user to change the height and width of the block. D RESIZE^IBDF5
IBDF DISPLAY FORM BLOCK FOR EDIT action Allows the user to select a block from the form for editing. D EDITBLK^IBDF5B I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF EDIT FORM BLOCK MENU menu A menu of actions the user can use to define what is inside a form block.
IBDF SELECTION LIST action Allows the user to create a new selection list, delete or edit an already existing one, or change the contents of a list. D LIST^IBDF9A I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF CREATE BLANK FORM action Creates a new blank form and allows the user to add it to the clinic setup. D NEWFORM^IBDF6A
IBDF COPY FORM action Allows the user to choose any form and and copy it, giving it a new name. He can then add it to the clinic setup. D COPYFORM^IBDF6A
IBDF ADD TO CLINIC SETUP action Allows the user to add a form to the clinic setup. D SETUP^IBDF6A
IBDF DELETE FROM CLINIC SETUP action Allows the user to select a form and deletes it from the clinic setup. D DSETUP^IBDF6C
IBDF DELETE A BLOCK action Allows the user to select a block from the form and delete it. D DELETE^IBDF5
IBDF RESIZE BLOCK (WHILE EDITING BLOCK) action This allows the user to change the height and width of the block while he is editing the block. D RESIZE^IBDF9
IBDF EDIT NAME,HEADER,OUTLINE action Allows editing of the block header and outline type. D EDITBLK^IBDF9
IBDF DATA FIELD action Allows the user to create a new data field or edit or delete an already existing one. D FIELD^IBDF9B
IBDF STRAIGHT LINE action Allows a straight line, either horizontal or vertical, to be created, deleted or edited. D LINE^IBDF9D
IBDF EXIT action Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. D FASTEXIT^IBDFU3
IBDF EDIT HEADER BLOCK action Allows the form header to be edited D EDITHDR^IBDF9C
IBDF PRINT SAMPLE FORM action Allows a sample form, without patient information, to be printed. D PRINT^IBDF5B
IBDF DELETE FORM action Allows the user to delete a form. Deletion is not allowed if the form is in use by any clinic. In that case the form must first be deleted from the clinic setup, and then actually deleted using this action. This two step process is used to be on the safe side, since a form may be in use by more than one clinic. D DELFORM^IBDF6A
IBDF CREATE EMPTY BLOCK action Allows the user to add a new empty block to the form. D NEWBLOCK^IBDF5C
IBDF TEXT AREA action Allows the user to specify text and a rectangular area on the block that the text should appear in. D TEXT^IBDF9E
IBDF CHANGE CLINIC action Allows the user to specify a different clinic. The setup for the new clinic will then be displayed. D CHNGCLNC^IBDF6
IBDF EDIT FORM NAME/DESCR/SIZE action Allows the user to select a form, then edit its name, description, and size. D EDITFORM^IBDF6C
IBDF SHIFT BLOCK CONTENTS action The user can use this action to move the contents of a block. He can specify the type of object to shift, the area to be affected and the direction and distance of the shift. D SHIFT^IBDF10() D UNCMPBLK^IBDF19(IBBLK),IDXBLOCK^IBDFU4
IBDF REDRAW FORM action Causes the form to be re-displayed. Should be used if it is suspected that the display is incorrect. This differs from the refresh action that comes with the List Processor in that the array which contains the list of form lines is re-built. D REDRAW^IBDF5C
IBDF TOOL KIT FORMS MENU menu Displays the tool kit forms. Allows the user to edit them, create new ones, etc.
IBDF DELETE TOOL KIT FORM action Allows the user to delete a form from the tool kit. D DELFORM^IBDF12
IBDF EDIT TOOL KIT BLOCKS MENU menu Allows the user to edit tool kit blocks.
IBDF EDIT TOOL KIT BLOCK action Allows the user to edit a tool kit block. D EDITBLK^IBDF13 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF NEW TOOL KIT BLOCK action Allows the user to create a new tool kit block. D NEWBLK^IBDF13
IBDF DELETE TOOL KIT BLOCK action Allows the user to delete a block from the tool kit. D DLTBLOCK^IBDF13
IBDF COPY BLOCK INTO TOOL KIT action Allows the user to select any block and copy it into the tool kit. D COPYBLK^IBDF13
IBDF COPY FORM BLOCK action Allows a block or page from any form to be selected and pasted to the current form. D COPY^IBDF5D
IBDF SHIFT BLOCKS action Allows the user to shift a group of blocks. The user is asked to specify a rectangular region where the shift should occur, the direction of movement and distance. D SHIFT^IBDF5
IBDF QUIT action Quits to the prior level. S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDE IMP/EXP MENU FOR FORMS menu The main menu of the import/export utility, which allows forms and tool kit blocks to be transferred between sites.
IBDE ADD FORM TO IMP/EXP WS action Allows the user to add a form to the IMP/EXP files. D ADD^IBDE1
IBDE DELETE FORM FROM IMP/EXP FILES action Allows the user to select a form in the imp/exp files and deletes it. D DELETE^IBDE1
IBDE DELETE IMP/EXP FILES action Deletes all of the imp/exp files (358 range). D DLTALL^IBDE2
IBDE EDIT FORM'S IMP/EXP NOTES action Allows the user to select a form form from the imp/exp files, then allows the user to edit the imp/exp notes. D EDIT^IBDE1
IBDE VIEW FORM'S IMP/EXP NOTES action Allows the user to select a form from the IMP/EXP files, then displays the imp/exp notes. D VIEW^IBDE1
IBDE IMPORT FORM action Allows the user to select a form from the work space, then imports it. D IMPORT^IBDE1
IBDE IMP/EXP HELP action Displays help information about the import/export procedures that the user must follow. D HELP^IBDEHELP
IBDE EXECUTE DIFROM action Allows the user to execute ^DIFROM without leaving the imp/exp utility. D DIFROM^IBDE1
IBDE EXECUTE INITS action Allows the user to execute the inits without leaving the imp/exp utilities. D INITS^IBDE1
IBDE IMP/EXP MENU FOR BLOCKS menu The menu of actions that apply to tool kit blocks in the imp/exp files.
IBDE DISPLAY TK BLOCKS action Displays the list of tool kit blocks that are in the imp/exp files. D BLOCKS^IBDE1
IBDE DELTE TK BLOCK FROM IMP/EXP FILES action Allows the user to select a TK block, then deletes it. D DELETE^IBDE3
IBDE ADD BLOCK TO IMP/EXP WS action Allows the user to choose any block and adds it to the import/export files. D ADD^IBDE3
IBDE EDIT BLOCK'S IMP/EXP NOTES action Allows the user to select a tool kit block from the imp/exp files, then allows him to edit the imp/exp notes. D EDIT^IBDE3
IBDE VIEW BLOCK'S IMP/EXP NOTES action Allows the user to select a tool kit block from the imp/exp files, then allows him to view the imp/exp notes. D VIEW^IBDE3
IBDE IMPORT TK BLOCK action Allows the user to select a tool kit block from the list, then imports it. D IMPORT^IBDE3
IBDF CHANGE BLOCK TK ORDER action Allows the user to select a block from the tool kit, then change it's order. D CHGORDER^IBDF13
IBCNSM CHANGE PATIENT action D CP^IBCNSM
IBCNSM VIEW PAT POLICY action D VP^IBCNSM1 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSM UPDATE ANNUAL BENEFITS action D AB^IBCNSM1 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSM UPDATE INS CO. action D EI^IBCNSM2
IBCNSM PRINT WORKSHEET action D WP^IBCNSM1
IBCNSM PRINT PATIENT INS action D PC^IBCNSM1
IBCNSM VERIFY INS action D VC^IBCNSM2
IBCNSC INS CO EDIT ALL action S IB("^")=0,IBY=",6," S VALMY=IBCNS D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSC INS CO BILLING PARAMETERS action S IBY=",1," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSC INS CO MAIN MAILING ADDRESS action S IBY=",2," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=14
IBCNSC INS CO APPEALS OFFICE action S IBY=",4," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=40
IBCNSC INS CO INQUIRY OFFICE action S IBY=",5," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=40
IBCNSP EDIT POLICY INFO action D PI^IBCNSP1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSP EDIT EFFECTIVE DATES action D ED^IBCNSP1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSP VERIFY COVERAGE action D VC^IBCNSP1 S VALMBG=15
IBCNSP SUBSCRIBER UPDATE action D SU^IBCNSP1 S VALMBG=15
IBCNSP EMPLOYER INFO FOR CLAIMS action D EM^IBCNSP3 S VALMBG=15
IBCNSP ADD COMMENT action D AC^IBCNSP3 S VALMBG=29
IBCNSP UR INFO action D IT^IBCNSP1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSC INS CO CHANGE COMPANY action D CC^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSC INS CO TELEPHONE action S IBY=",7," D EA^IBCNSC1
IBCNSC INS CO REMARKS action S IBY=",8," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=53
IBCNSC INS CO SYNONYMS action S IBY=",9," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=53
IBCNSC INS CO (IN)ACTIVATE COMPANY action D AI^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSM BENEFITS USED action D BU^IBCNSM2 I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSM ADD POLICY action D AD^IBCNSM3
IBCNSM DELETE POLICY action D DP^IBCNSM1
IBCNSA AN BEN POL INF action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB POL INF]") S VALMBG=1
IBCNSA AN BEN OPT action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB OPT]") S VALMBG=15
IBCNSA AN BEN INPT action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB INPT]") S VALMBG=1
IBCNSA AN BEN MEN H action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB MEN H]") S VALMBG=15
IBCNSA AN BEN HOME HEA action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB HOME HEA]") S VALMBG=29
IBCNSA AN BEN HOSPC action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB HOSPC]") S VALMBG=29
IBCNSA AN BEN USER INF action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB USER INF]") S VALMBG=37
IBCNSA AN BEN ADD COM action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB ADD COM]")
IBCNSA AN BEN ED ALL action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB EDIT ALL]") S VALMBG=1
IBCNSA AN BEN CH YR action D CY^IBCNSA2 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSP ANNUAL BENEFITS action D AB^IBCNSP1 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSP BENEFITS USED action D BU^IBCNSP1 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSP EDIT ALL action D EA^IBCNSP1 S VALMBG=1
IBCNSM EDIT ALL action D EA^IBCNSM31 I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSC INS CO INPT CLAIMS action S IBY=",3," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=14
IBCNSC INS CO OPT CLAIMS action S IBY=",10," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=27
IBCNSM INSURANCE MANAGEMENT menu This is the Primary Insurance Management option for IB v2.0 I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSC INSURANCE CO menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSP POLICY MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSA ANNUAL BENEFITS menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSM PATIENT INSURANCE menu
IBCNS EXIT action Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. D FASTEXIT^IBCNSM
IBCNSV ANNUAL BENEFITS menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSV PATIENT INSURANCE menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSV VIEW EXP POL action D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW EXP POL") I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSV VIEW AN BEN action D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW AN BEN")
IBCNSV VIEW BEN USED action D NXT^IBCNSV("IBCNS VIEW BEN USED") I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSV BENEFITS USED BY DATE menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSV POLICY MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSV INSURANCE CO menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSM VIEW INS CO action D VI^IBCNSM1
IBCNSM VIEW NAT INS CO action D VN^IBCNSM1
IBCNSM VIEW BENEFITS action D VB^IBCNSM1
IBCNMS VIEW ALL DATA action D VA^IBCNSM1
IBCNSM UPDATE POLICY action D EP^IBCNSM2
IBCNSM UPDATE INS BENEFITS action D EB^IBCNSM2
IBCNSD B USED POL INF action D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU POL]") S VALMBG=1
IBCNSD B USED OPT DED action D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU OPT]") S VALMBG=1
IBCNSD B USED INPT DED action D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU INPT]") S VALMBG=1
IBCNSD B USED ADD COM action D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU ADD COM]") S VALMBG=15
IBCNSD B USED CH YR action D FULL^VALM1 W !! D CY^IBCNSD1
IBCNSD B USED ED AL action D FULL^VALM1 W !! D ED^IBCNSD1("[IBCN BU ED AL]") S VALMBG=1
IBCNSD BENEFITS USED BY DATE menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSA AN BEN REHAB action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB REHAB]") S VALMBG=29
IBCNSA AN BEN IV MGMT action D ED^IBCNSA2("[IBCN AB IV MGMT]") S VALMBG=29
IBCN NEW INSURANCE EVENTS extended action This event driver will be invoked whenever a new insurance type entry is created in the patient file. The is so that necessary actions can take place when a new insurance policy is added for a patient.
IBCN INSURANCE BULLETIN action This protocol will send a bulletin when ever new insurance policies are added and there is covered care that may now be billable. D ^IBCNSBL
IBTRE MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRE CHANGE PATIENT action D CP^IBTRE1
IBTRE ADD TRACKING action D AT^IBTRE2
IBTRE DELETE TRACKING action D DT^IBTRE1
IBTRE EDIT REVIEWS action D NX^IBTRE1("IBT REVIEW EDITOR")
IBTRE QUICK EDIT action D QE^IBTRE1
IBTRE COMMUNICATIONS EDIT action D NX^IBTRE1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR")
IBTRE VIEW/EDIT TRACKING action D NX^IBTRE1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT TRACKING")
IBTRE DENIALS/APPEALS action D NX^IBTRE1("IBT APPEAL/DENIAL EDITOR")
IBTRE CHANGE DATE action D CD^IBTRE1
IBTRED MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRED BILLING INFO action D EDIT^IBTRED1("[IBT BILLING INFO]") S VALMBG=15
IBTRED UR INFO action D EDIT^IBTRED1("[IBT UR INFO]") S VALMBG=7
IBTRED PRECERT INFO action D EDIT^IBTRED1("[IBT PRECERT INFO]") S VALMBG=15
IBTRED EDIT REVIEWS action D NX^IBTRED1("IBT REVIEW EDITOR")
IBTRED COMMUNICATIONS EDIT action D NX^IBTRED1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR")
IBTRV MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRV QUICK EDIT action D QE^IBTRV1
IBTRV PRE-CERT action D REV^IBTRV3(10,IBTRN)
IBTRV CONT STAY action D REV^IBTRV3(30,IBTRN)
IBTRV DELETE REVIEW action D DT^IBTRV1
IBTRV EXPAND REVIEW action D NX^IBTRV1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT REVIEW")
IBTRV COMMUNICATIONS EDIT action D NX^IBTRVD1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR",1) D BLD^IBTRV
IBTRV COMPLETE REV action D EDIT^IBTRV1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]")
IBTRV URGENT ADM REVIEW action D REV^IBTRV3(20,IBTRN)
IBTRV DISCHARGE REVIEW action D REV^IBTRV3(40,IBTRN)
IBTRV DIAGNOSIS action D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRV
IBTRV NEXT REVIEW action D NR^IBTRV2
IBTRVD MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRVD REVIEW INFO action D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT REVIEW INFO]") S VALMBG=1
IBTRVD ADD COMMENTS action S IBDIF=1 D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT ADD COMMENTS]") D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=27
IBTRVD STATUS CHANGE action D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]") S VALMBG=17
IBTRVD SPEC UNIT action D EDIT^IBTRVD1("[IBT SPECIAL UNIT]") S VALMBG=1
IBTRVD DIAGNOSIS UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=17
IBTRVD INSURANCE ACTION action D IA^IBTRVD1(IBTRV)
IBTRVD COMMUNICATIONS EDIT action D NX^IBTRVD1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR")
IBTRVD REVIEW CRITERIA action D QE^IBTRVD1 S VALMBG=1
IBTRC MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRC ADD INS. ACTION action D AI^IBTRC1
IBTRC DELETE INS. ACTION action D DT^IBTRC1
IBTRC QUICK EDIT action D QE^IBTRC1
IBTRC VIEW/EDIT action D NX^IBTRC1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT COMMUNICATIONS")
IBTRC APPEAL/DENIALS action D NX^IBTRCD1("IBT APPEAL/DENIAL EDITOR",1) D BLD^IBTRC
IBTRCD MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRCD INSURANCE INFO action D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT INSURANCE INFO]") S VALMBG=9
IBTRCD ACTION INFO action D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT ACTION INFO]") S VALMBG=1
IBTRCD APPEAL INFO action D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT APPEAL INFO]") S VALMBG=15
IBTRCD CONTACT INFO action D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT CONTACT INFO]") S VALMBG=1
IBTRCD COMMENT INFO action D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT COMMENT INFO]") S VALMBG=23
IBTRCD EDIT PT. INS. action D NX^IBTRCD1("IBCNS VIEW PAT INS")
IBTRPR MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRPR CHANGE DATE action D CD^IBTRPR1
IBTRPR QUICK EDIT action D QE^IBTRPR1
IBTRPR VIEW EDIT action D VE^IBTRPR1
IBTRPR STATUS CHANGE action D SC^IBTRPR1
IBTRPR UR REVIEW action D NX^IBTRPR1("IBT REVIEW EDITOR")
IBTRPR INSURANCE ACTIONS action D NX^IBTRPR1("IBT COMMUNICATIONS EDITOR")
IBTRPR CLAIMS TRACKING action D NX^IBTRPR1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT TRACKING")
IBTRPR REMOVE FROM LIST action D RL^IBTRPR1
IBTRD MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRD VIEW EDIT DENIAL action D NX^IBTRD1("IBT EXPAND/EDIT DENIALS")
IBTRD ADD APPEAL action D AA^IBTRD1
IBTRD QUICK EDIT action D QE^IBTRD1
IBTRD DELETE APPEAL/DENIAL action D DT^IBTRD1
IBTRD VIEW INS. CO action D NX^IBTRD1("IBCNS INSURANCE COMPANY")
IBTRD PATIENT INS. EDIT action D NX^IBTRD1("IBCNS PATIENT INSURANCE")
IBTRDD MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRDD ACTION INFO action D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT ACTION INFO]") S VALMBG=1
IBTRDD APPEAL INFO action D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT APPEAL INFO]") S VALMBG=9
IBTRDD COMMENT INFO action D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT COMMENT INFO]")
IBTRDD CONTACT INFO action D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT CONTACT INFO]") S VALMBG=23
IBTRDD EDIT PT. INS. action D NX^IBTRDD1("IBCNS PATIENT INSURANCE")
IBTRDD INSURANCE INFO action D EDIT^IBTRDD1("[IBT INSURANCE INFO]") S VALMBG=17
IBTRE ASSIGN CASE action D EDIT^IBTRE1("[IBT ASSIGN CASE]")
IBTRC ADD COMMENT action D EDIT^IBTRC1("[IBT COMMENT INFO]")
IBTRC SHOW SC CONDITIONS action D SHOWSC^IBTRC1
IBTRE SHOW SC CONDITIONS action D SHOWSC^IBTRC1
IBTRD SHOW SC CONDITIONS action D SHOWSC^IBTRD1
IBTRPR SHOW SC CONDITIONS action D SHOWSC^IBTRPR1
IBTRPR PRINT WORKSHEET action D PW^IBTRPR1
IBTRE DIAGNOSIS UPDATE action D DIAG^IBTRE1 D BLD^IBTRE
IBTRED DIAGNOSIS UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRED S VALMBG=7
IBTRCD DIAGNOSIS UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRCD
IBTRC DIAGNOSIS UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE3(IBTRN),DRG^IBTRV2(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRC
IBTRE PROCEDURE UPDATE action D PU^IBTRE1 D BLD^IBTRE
IBTRED PROCEDURE UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRED S VALMBG=7
IBTRV PROCEDURE UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRV
IBTRVD PROCEDURE UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=17
IBTRC PROCEDURE UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRC
IBTRCD PROCEDURE UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE4(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRCD
IBTRE PROVIDER UPDATE action D PRV^IBTRE1 D BLD^IBTRE
IBTRED PROVIDER UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRED S VALMBG=7
IBTRV PROVIDER UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRV
IBTRVD PROVIDER UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRVD S VALMBG=17
IBTRC PROVIDER UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRC
IBTRCD PROVIDER UPDATE action D EN^IBTRE5(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRCD
IBTRPR DIAGNOSIS UPDATE action D DIAG^IBTRPR2
IBTRPR PROCEDURE UPDATE action D PU^IBTRPR2
IBTRPR PROVIDER UPDATE action D PRV^IBTRPR2
IBTRV ADD NEXT REVIEW action D ADNXT^IBTRV3(IBTRN) D BLD^IBTRV
IBTRC STATUS CHANGE action D EDIT^IBTRC1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]")
IBTRCD STATUS CHANGE action D EDIT^IBTRCD1("[IBT STATUS CHANGE]")
IBTRPR HR MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRPR IR MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRE IR MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRE HR MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBCNSP INSURANCE CONTACT INF action D IC^IBCNSP1 S VALMBG=15
IBTRE BILLING INFO action D EDIT^IBTRE1("[IBT BILLING INFO]")
IBDF ADD BLANK SELECTION action Allows the user to add a blank selection, i.e., a place holder that takes up space on the selection list but has no data that is displayed. D ADDBLANK^IBDF4A
IBDF ADD BLANK GROUP action Allows the user to add a group that has no displayable text - i.e., it is blank - serves to add space to the list. D ADDEMPTY^IBDF3
IBDF FORMAT ALL SELECTIONS action Allows the user to format all the selections on the selection list all at once. D FORMAT^IBDF9A1
IBDF FORMAT GROUP'S SELECTIONS action Allows the user to format in mass all the selections in the group. D FORMAT2^IBDF9A1
IBDF VIEW FORM W/WO DATA action Allows the user to either view the form with or without data. When viewing with data the user must select a test patient. D VIEW^IBDF5C
IBTRE BI MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRED IR MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRED HR MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRED BI MENU menu I $G(IBFASTXT)=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRC PRINT REV WORKSHEET action D RW^IBTRC4
IBCNSP PERSONAL RIDERS action D RIDERS^IBCNSP3
IBCNSM PERSONAL RIDERS action D RD^IBCNSP3
IBDF COMPILE FORM action Allows forms to be compiled into a format that is very fast to print. D CMPLACTN^IBDF19
IBCNSC INS CO RX CLAIMS action S IBY=",11," D EA^IBCNSC1 S VALMBG=27
IBCNS QUIT action S VALMBCK="Q" S VALMBCK="Q"
IBTRC CHANGE PATIENT action D CP^IBTRC1
IBTRV CHANGE PATIENT action D CP^IBTRV1
GMPL HIDDEN MENU menu This menu contains the List Manager functions relevant to the operation of the Problem List application; it is accessible from any "Select Action" prompt by entering "??".
GMPL PROBLEM LIST menu This menu uses the List Manager utility to display a patient's problem list with data relevant to the needs of a clinician. Various actions may be taken here such as adding, removing, editing, inactivating, and appending comments; the user may also see a detailed display of selected problem(s) or change which problems appear on the displayed view of the list. A new patient's list may be selected or a printout of the list generated.
GMPL DATA ENTRY menu This menu uses the List Manager utility to display a patient's problem list with data relevant to the needs of a clinic or billing clerk. Various actions may be taken here such as adding, removing, editing, and printing problems.
GMPL DT MENU menu This menu contains actions available for navigating the problems selected to review in the "Detailed Display" action. The user may go on to the next selected problem when finished reviewing, or exit and return to the problem list.
GMPL EDIT MENU menu This protocol is for use with the List Manager utility, to display the current editable values of the selected problem entry in a list format for editing.
GMPL USER PREFS menu This menu contains actions allowing a user to change his/her preferred view of patient problem lists. A set of services may be defined here that will be used as a default screen when displaying patient problem lists for this user; the view may be changed dynamically within the Problem List application through the "Change View" action, but it will not be stored as a new default unless updated here.
GMPL LIST MENU menu This protocol is for use with the List Manager utility, to display the user's preferred list of commonly seen problems to facilitate selection and addition to the patient's problem list.
GMPL MENU BUILD LIST menu This menu allows the creation of lists of problems, to facilitate selecting a new problem to add to a patient's problem list. Problems are added or removed in categories, which may also be ordered or titled for clarity.
GMPL MENU BUILD GROUP menu This menu allows the creation of categories of problems, to facilitate selecting a new problem to add to a patient's problem list. Categories may then be linked together to form lists, in which they may be ordered and titled. Categories may be reused in multiple lists, as well.
GMPL CODE LIST menu This menu uses the List Manager utility to display all of a patient's problems with data relevant to a billing clerk/coder. Only the ICD code may be edited, but a detailed display of all information stored about a problem is available to facilitate the assignment of a code.
GMPL NEW PROBLEM action This action will allow the addition of a new entry to a patient's problem list. The user will be asked to select a term from the Clinical Lexicon Utility describing the problem, and to enter other relevant information. D ADD^GMPL
GMPL EDIT REFORMULATE action This action allows limited reformulation of the current problem. If new problem text is entered, the narrative is passed to the Clinical Lexicon Utility to find a match; both the user's narrative and the new Clinical term will be stored, as with a new problem entry. If the new problem selected from the CLU is already an entry on the patient's list, the user will be alerted. D TERM^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL ANNOTATE action This action will append a brief comment(s) to a problem entry, up to 60 characters in length. D NOTES^GMPL
GMPL DETAILED DISPLAY action This action will present an expanded display of each problem selected from the patient's problem list. All available information will be shown, including comments by all authors and an audit trail of changes made to the problem. D EXPAND^GMPL
GMPL PATIENT action This allows selection of a new patient from within the Problem List application; a new list will be generated and displayed for review. D NEWPAT^GMPLMGR1
GMPL PRINT action This action allows printing a copy of the problem list, either the currently displayed view (which may be abbreviated) or the complete list in chartable format. D EN^GMPLPRNT
GMPL INACTIVATE action This action allows a problem to be inactivated. D STATUS^GMPL
GMPLX BLANK1 action Blank placeholder for menu actions. Q
GMPLX BLANK2 action Blank placeholder for menu actions. Q
GMPL EDIT PROBLEM action This option allows editing of select fields of a problem entry; all changes made to a patient's problem are recorded in the Problem Audit file. A problem is selected, and control is transferred to the List Manager and GMPL EDIT MENU protocol. D EDIT^GMPL
GMPL DELETE action This action will remove an entry from a patient's problem list; the problem is not physically deleted from the file, but flagged as "removed" and, except for historical purposes, generally ignored. D DELETE^GMPL
GMPL EDIT PROVIDER action This action allows the entry/editing of the primary provider of care for this problem. D PROV^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL EDIT SAVE action This action allows the user to save any changes made to the current problem, and return to the entire problem list. If this action is not selected and the problem has been changed, the user will be asked when exiting if s/he wishes to save the changes. W !!,"Saving ..." D EN^GMPLSAVE W " done." S VALMBCK="Q"
GMPL EDIT REMOVE action This action will remove the current entry from the patient's list; the problem is not physically deleted from the file, but flagged as "removed" and, except for historical purposes, generally ignored. The user is then returned to the entire problem list. D DELETE^GMPLEDT2
GMPL EDIT NOTES action This action will allow editing of comments that have previously been appended to a problem entry. Notes will be displayed for editing only if the current user is the author of the note; accessing this action through the Manager's Menu will set a flag allowing all notes for the current problem to be displayed and edited. D NTES^GMPLEDT4 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL EDIT STATUS action This action allows editing the status assigned to a problem; if the problem is inactivated, the user will be asked for Date Resolved also. D STATUS^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL EDIT ONSET action This action allows the entry/editing of the date of onset of a problem. D ONSET^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL EDIT SC action This action allows editing the service connection status of the current problem; if the service connection of this problem was previously unknown, it may be entered here. Data will only be asked for if the patient has service connection indicated in the Patient file. MCCR will be using this data for billing purposes. D SC^GMPLEDT1 I 'GMPSC W !!,"This patient has no service-connection on file.",! H 2 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL VIEW ACTIVE action This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those that are currently active. S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="A" GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("ACT")="A"
GMPL VIEW SERVICE action This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those associated with the selected service(s) for care. D NEWSRV^GMPLMGR1
GMPL VIEW PROVIDER action This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those listed as being treated by the selected provider. D NEWPROV^GMPLMGR1
GMPL VIEW INACTIVE action This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those that are currently inactive. S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="I" GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("ACT")="I"
GMPL VIEW BOTH action This action will remove any current screen on problem status and include problems that are both active and inactive on the display. S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="" GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("ACT")=""
GMPL EDIT SERVICE action This action allows the entry/editing of the service primarily responsible for the care of this problem. This data will be used for screening and grouping the problems displayed in the user's selected view of the list. D SOURCE^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL EDIT NEW NOTE action This action will allow appending addtional comment(s) to the currently selected problem. D NOTE^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL VERIFY action If the parameter "Verify Transcribed Problems" is turned on in the Problem List Site Parameters file (#125.99), this action will allow a clinician to mark the selected problem(s) as verified. A "$" will appear immediately in front of the problem text for problems that were transcribed in by a clerk and the above described parameter is on; entering a "$" at the "Select Action" prompt will invoke this action. D VERIFY^GMPL
GMPL DT CONTINUE action If multiple problems were selected for review under the "Detailed Display" action, this will allow retrieval of the data from the next problem of those selected. D EN^GMPLDISP
GMPL PRINT LIST action This action will generate a complete listing of the patient's problem list in chartable format. Active and inactive problems will appear here in this listing. S Y="A",VALMBCK=$S(VALMCC:"",1:"R") D EN1^GMPLPRNT
GMPL VIEW ALL PROV action This action will remove any current screen on primary providers of care for problems, and include problems being treated by all providers. S:GMPLVIEW("PROV")'=0 GMPLVIEW("PROV")=0,GMPREBLD=1
GMPL VIEW ALL SERV action This action will remove any current screen on services associated with problems, and include problems being treated by all services. S:"S"'[GMPLVIEW("VIEW") GMPLVIEW("VIEW")="S",GMPREBLD=1
GMPL EDIT SP action This action allows editing the special exposures associated with the current problem; if exposures related to this problem were previously unknown, it may be entered here. Data will only be asked for if the patient is indicated for Agent Orange, Ionizing Radiation, or Persian Gulf exposures in the Patient file. MCCR will be using this data for billing. D SP^GMPLEDT1 I 'GMPAGTOR,'GMPION,'GMPGULF W !!,"This patient has no special exposures on file.",! H 2 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL OE PROBLEM LIST action This action will allow entry to the Problem List application from the OE/RR Clinician and Nurse menus. The variable ORVP is checked for the current patient, and then control is passed to the PL. S DFN=+$G(ORVP) D:DFN DEM^VADPT S:DFN GMPDFN=DFN_U_VADM(1)_U_$E(VADM(1))_VA("BID") D EN^GMPL
GMPL OE DATA ENTRY action This action will allow entry to the Problem List application from the OE/RR Ward Clerk menu. The variable ORVP is checked for the current patient, and then control is passed to the PL. S DFN=+$G(ORVP) D:DFN DEM^VADPT S:DFN GMPDFN=DFN_U_VADM(1)_U_$E(VADM(1))_VA("BID") D DE^GMPL
GMPL EDIT VERIFY action If the parameter "Verify Transcribed Problems" is turned on in the Problem List Site Parameters file (#125.99), this action will allow a clinician to mark the current problem as verified. A "$" will appear immediately in front of the problem text if the current problem was transcribed in by a clerk and the above described parameter is on; entering a "$" at the "Select Item" prompt will invoke this action. D VERIFY^GMPLEDT2 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL MENU ADD GROUP action This action allows adding one or more problem categories to a selection list. D ADD^GMPLBLD
GMPL MENU EDIT GROUP DISPLAY action This action allows the user to change the text that appears as the subheader of a category of problems, and whether or not to display the problems in the category automatically on entry to the list. D EDIT^GMPLBLD1
GMPL MENU REMOVE GROUP action This action allows the user to remove a problem category from the current list; it remains in the Problem Selection Category file for future use. D REMOVE^GMPLBLD
GMPL MENU NEW LIST action This action allows the user to switch to editing a new problem selection list. D NEWLST^GMPLBLD2
GMPL MENU VIEW LIST action This action allows the user to toggle between displaying the sequence numbers assigned to each category for ordering, or the display numbers only. S GMPLMODE=$S(GMPLMODE="E":"I",1:"E"),VALMBCK="R",VALMSG=$$MSG^GMPLX W !,"Rebuilding selection list display to"_$S(GMPLMODE="E":" not",1:"")_" show sequence numbers ..." D BUILD^GMPLBLD("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE)
GMPL MENU RESEQUENCE GROUPS action This action allows the user to place the problem caetgories on the current list in a different order; problems will be automatically renumbered. D RESEQ^GMPLBLD1 I $D(GMPREBLD) D BUILD^GMPLBLD("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE) K GMPREBLD
GMPL MENU SAVE LIST action This action allows the user to save any changes that have been made to the current list and exit the utility. D SAVE^GMPLBLD2 S ^GMPL(125,+GMPLSLST,0)=$P(GMPLSLST,U,2)_U_DT D HDR^GMPLBLD
GMPL LIST SELECT ITEM action This action will allow selection of a problem listed in the displayed menu, to be added to the current patient's problem list. The same prompts will be stepped through for each problem selected as if it had been entered through the regular 'Add' action. If the item selected is a category heading, the list will be expanded to include all the problems included in that category for selection. D ITEM^GMPLMENU D CK^GMPLMENU
GMPL LIST CLU action This action will allow selection of a problem not listed in the displayed menu, to be added to the current patient's problem list. The code invoked here is the same as for the regular 'Add' action, possibly allowing a look-up into the Clinical Lexicon Utility. D CLU^GMPLMENU D CK^GMPLMENU
GMPL MENU DELETE GROUP action This action allows the user to delete a problem category; it will be completely removed from the Problem Selection Category file, if no list currently contains it. D DELETE^GMPLBLD2
GMPL MENU CREATE GROUP action This action transfers control to the List Manager utility, to bring up a new screen allowing the entry/editing of any problem category. The user will be asked for the category s/he wishes to review and edit, and a screen similar to the 'Build List' menu will be shown allowing similar actions to edit the contents of the selected category. A new category may be entered here, which will be available to add to the current list upon return to the 'Build List' screen when finished. D EDIT^GMPLBLD I $D(GMPSAVED) D BUILD^GMPLBLD("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE),HDR^GMPLBLD K GMPSAVED
GMPL MENU SAVE GROUP action This action allows the user to save any changes that have been made to the current category and exit the utility. D SAVE^GMPLBLD2 S ^GMPL(125.11,+GMPLGRP,0)=$P(GMPLGRP,U,2)_U_DT D HDR^GMPLBLDC
GMPL MENU NEW GROUP action This action allows the user to switch to editing a new problem category. D NEWGRP^GMPLBLD2
GMPL MENU ADD PROBLEM action This action allows adding one or more problems to a problem category. D ADD^GMPLBLDC
GMPL MENU REMOVE PROBLEM action This action allows the user to remove a problem from the current category. D REMOVE^GMPLBLDC
GMPL MENU RESEQUENCE PROBLEMS action This action allows the user to place the problems in the current category in a different order; problems will be automatically renumbered for display and selection purposes. D RESEQ^GMPLBLD1 I $D(GMPREBLD) D BUILD^GMPLBLDC("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE) K GMPREBLD
GMPL MENU EDIT PROBLEM action This action allows the user to edit the problem and its associated code; if no code is currently assigned to the problem, one may be entered. D EDIT^GMPLBLDC
GMPL MENU VIEW GROUP action This action allows the user to toggle between displaying the sequence numbers assigned to each problem for ordering, or the display numbers only. S GMPLMODE=$S(GMPLMODE="E":"I",1:"E"),VALMBCK="R",VALMSG=$$MSG^GMPLX W !,"Rebuilding problem category display to"_$S(GMPLMODE="E":" not",1:"")_" show sequence numbers ..." D BUILD^GMPLBLDC("^TMP(""GMPLIST"",$J)",GMPLMODE)
GMPL CODE ICD SEARCH action This option allows the user to search the ICD Diagnosis file for the selected problem's text; for this option it is recommended that the Multi-Term Lookup utility be setup to operate on this file (#80). D EDIT^GMPLCODE
GMPL EDIT ICD action This action allows a user with the GMPL ICD CODE key to assign a [new] ICD Code to a problem. D ICD^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL VIEW OUTPAT menu This menu contains actions allowing the user to change his/her current view of the patient's problem list. The problems displayed onscreen may be changed by selecting the status, clinic, and/or provider from which the user wishes to see problems listed. The number of problems listed and the total number of problems will be shown in the upper right-hand corner of the screen.
GMPL VIEW RESTORE action This action will replace the currently specified view with the user's pre-defined preferred view. S X=$$VIEW^GMPLX1(DUZ) W:'$L(X) !,"You have no preferred view defined.",! Q:'$L(X) S:X'=GMPLVIEW("VIEW") GMPREBLD=1,GMPLVIEW("VIEW")=X K X S:GMPLVIEW("PROV") GMPLVIEW("PROV")=0,GMPREBLD=1 S:GMPLVIEW("ACT")'="A" GMPLVIEW("ACT")="A",GMPREBLD=1
GMPL UP ADD ITEM action This action allows the user to include additional service(s) in his/her preferred view of patient problem lists. D ADD^GMPLPRF1
GMPL UP REMOVE ITEM action This action allows the user to remove service(s) from his/her preferred view of patient problem lists. D REMOVE^GMPLPRF1
GMPL UP SAVE VIEW action This action allows the user to save any changes made to his/her preferred view of patient problem lists; control is passed back to the User Preferences menu. S GMPSAVED=1,VALMBCK="Q" D SAVE^GMPLPRF1
GMPL MENU ASSIGN LIST action This action allows the user to assign this list to a clinic or to user(s). Linking a list to a clinic will invoke the list whenever a user selects that clinic as the location where the patient was seen, when adding new problems. If a list is linked to a user, this is the list that will always be invoked when that user is adding new problems, regardless of the clinic specified that the patient was seen in. D ASSIGN^GMPLBLD3
GMPL VIEW INCLUDE INACTIVE action This action will include problems that are both active and inactive on the list of problems displayed; active problems will appear first, followed by the inactive problems. D INACTIVE^GMPLMGR1
GMPL VIEW ALL CLIN action This action will remove any current screen on clinics associated with problems, and include problems being followed by all clinics. S:"C"'[GMPLVIEW("VIEW") GMPLVIEW("VIEW")="C",GMPREBLD=1
GMPL VIEW CLINIC action This action will screen the problems from the current patient's list for only those associated with the selected clinic(s) for care. D NEWCLIN^GMPLMGR1
GMPL VIEW INPAT menu This menu contains actions allowing the user to change his/her current view of the patient's problem list. The problems displayed onscreen may be changed by selecting the status, service, and/or provider from which the user wishes to see problems listed. The number of problems listed and the total number of problems will be shown in the upper right-hand corner of the screen.
GMPL VIEW action This allows the user to change the problems displayed onscreen in the patient's list, on-the-fly. Various attributes are presented for selection such as status, provider, and clinic (or service if the patient is currently admitted). D ENVIEW^GMPLMGR2 D EXVIEW^GMPLMGR2
GMPL UP SWITCH action This action allows the user to switch to a different preferred view. If one is currently editing a service view of problem lists, this action will clear the current view and bring up a list of clinics from which to select a view, and vice-versa from clinic to service list. NOTE: Each user may have only ONE preferred view at a time! D SWITCH^GMPLPRF1
GMPL EDIT RECORDED action This action allows editing of the date the problem was originally recorded; date will default to NOW when entering a new problem, but may be changed to an earlier date to reflect entry in the paper chart. D RECORDED^GMPLEDT1 D CK^GMPLEDT3
GMPL UP DELETE VIEW action This action allows the user to delete his/her preferred view and exit the utility. The user will again see all active problems, when initially displaying a patient's problem list. D DELETE^GMPLPRF1
GMPL VIEW SWITCH action This action will allow the user to switch from displaying the problems in an outpatient mode to an inpatient mode, or vice-versa. If clinic information is currently being displayed, service and provider will now be displayed after selecting this action; likewise, if service and provider information are currently displayed, clinic will now be shown. S X=$E(GMPLVIEW("VIEW")),GMPLVIEW("VIEW")=$S(X="S":"C",1:"S"),GMPREBLD=1,Y=$S(X="S":"Clinic",1:"Service/Provider") D CHGCAP^VALM("CLINIC",Y) K X,Y
IBDF EF QUIT action Allows the user to exit the system without quitting through the hierarchy of screens, or the user can exit to the previous screen. D FASTEXIT^IBDFU3
IBDF HIDDEN ACTIONS menu
IBDF EF QUEUE PARMS MENU menu
IBDF EF EDIT QUEUE PARMS action D EDT^IBDFPE1
IBDF EF ADD QUEUE PARMS action D ADD^IBDFPE1
IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP ADD action D ADD1^IBDFCG
IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP MENU menu
IBDF EF PARAMETER GROUP JUMP action D JUMP^IBDFPE
IBDF EF QUEUE PRINT FORMS action D ^IBDFQS
IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP MENU ACTION action D EN^IBDFCG K IBDFCG I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP JUMP action D JUMP^IBDFCG
IBDF EF QUEUE STATS action D STAT^IBDFPE1
IBDF EF EXIT action S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP EDIT action D EDIT^IBDFCG
IBDF RESEQUENCE LIST action Allows the list to be resequenced by any subcolumn. D SEQUENCE^IBDF4
IBDFC ADD FORM TO LIST action Allows a single form to be added to the list for conversion. D ADDONE^IBDFC
IBDFC CONVERSION UTILITY MENU menu Menu for the conversion utility screen.
IBDFC REMOVE FORM FROM LIST action Used to remove a form from the current list of forms to be converted for scanning. D REMOVE^IBDFC
IBDFC MENU FOR CONVERTED FORMS menu Menu for working with the list of converted forms.
IBDFC LIST CONVERTED FORMS action Used to go to the screen that lists all of the converted forms. D LIST^IBDFC1 I $G(IBFASTXT) S VALMBCK="Q"
IBDF EF HELP SPEC INST action D EN^IBDFHLP
IBDF EF HELP MENU menu
IBDFC CONVERT LISTED FORMS action Converts all the forms on the list. The original forms are left unchanged. The forms are copied, the copied form is renamed with a CNV. prefix, and it is the copy that is converted. D CNVTLIST^IBDFC
IBDFC VIEW SCANNING WARNINGS action Allows the potential problems discovered durring the conversion process to be viewed. D WARNINGS^IBDFC1
IBDFC REPLACE IN CLINICS action Used to substitute the converted forms for the original forms in the clinics. D REPLACE^IBDFC3
IBDF PRINT FORM DEFINITION action Allows the information in the Form Definition table to be printed. This is the information used form scanning. D FORMDEF^IBDFC4
IBDFC DELETE CONVERTED FORM action Allows a form listed in the conversion log to be deleted if it is not in use. D DELFORM^IBDFC1
IBDFC PURGE CONVERSION LOG action Allows the log to be purged. D PURGE^IBDFC1
IBDF EF TASK INTERRUPT action S IBDFSTOP=1 D STAT^IBDFPE1 K IBDFSTOP
IBDF UTIL PRIMARY PROTOCOL menu
IBDF UTIL JUMP action D JUMP^IBDFUTL2
IBDF UTIL CHANGE LIST action S IBDF1=1 D CHGLST^IBDFUTL2 K IBDF1
IBDF UTIL DELETE FROM SELECTION LIST action D DELETE^IBDFUTL2
IBDF UTIL COMPLETE INVALID LIST action D START^IBDFLST
IBDF UTIL COMPLETE LIST MENU menu
IBDF UTIL INVALID CODES JUMP action D JUMP^IBDFLST
IBDF UTIL REPLACE CODE action D REPLACE^IBDFUTL3
IBDF QUICK SELECTION EDIT action D ^IBDFQSL
IBDF QUICK EDIT ACTIONS MENU menu
IBDF QUICK ACTION EDIT action D EDIT^IBDFQEA
IBDF QUICK ACTION DELETE action D DELETE^IBDFQEA
IBDF QUICK ACTION ADD action D ADDSLCTN^IBDFQEA
IBDF QUICK ACTION ADD BLANK action D ADDBLANK^IBDFQEA
IBDF QUICK ACTION FORMAT GROUP action D FORMAT^IBDFQEA
IBDF QUICK GROUP ADD action D GROUPADD^IBDFQEA
IBDF QUICK SELECTION EDIT 2ND SCREEN action D EDITBLK^IBDFQSL,IDXFORM^IBDF5A()
IBDF FT MENU menu
IBDF FT STATISTICS action D EN^IBDFST
IBDF FT STATS MENU menu
IBDF FT STATUS SELECT action D START^IBDFSS,EN^IBDFSS
IBDF FT STATUS SELECT MENU menu
IBDF QUICK GRP COPY action D ^IBDFGRP D INIT^IBDFQSL1 S VALMBCK="R"
IBDF QUICK GRP MENU menu
IBDF QUICK GROUP COPY SELECTION action D GRPCOPY^IBDFGRP
IBDF QUICK GRP DELETE action D GRPDEL^IBDFQEA
IBDF FT CHANGE LIST action S IBDF1=1 D CHGLST^IBDFFT K IBDF1
IBDF QUICK EDIT GRP action D GRPEDIT^IBDFQEA
IBDF PCE EVENT action This protocol is the event handler attached to the PXK VISIT DATA EVENT protocol. In order to determine if all data from encounter forms has been collected it is necessary to flag all printed forms as having data input. If the input is from AICS then the Form Tracking file is automatically updated. If data entry is done through Scheduling or PCE then the form tracking file is not updated. This protocol ensures that data during data entry through PCE or scheduling flags a manual data entry field in the Form Tracking file. D MAN^IBDFPCE
IBDF EF CLINIC GROUP DELETE action D DEL^IBDFCG
IBDF EF DELETE QUEUE PARMS action D DEL^IBDFPE1
IBDF FT DELETE action Allows for deleting of Forms Tracking Entries that are not associated with an appointment. D DELFT^IBDFDEA
IBDF FORM COMPONENT MENU menu
IBDF FORM COMPONENT ACTION action D INIT^IBDFCMP
IBDF COMPONENT EXP PROTO menu
IBDF COMP EXP action D ^IBDFCMP1
IBDF QUICK GROUP RESEQUENCE action D GRPRESEQ^IBDFQEA
IBDF FT RELEASE action This option should be used to free a Forms Tracking entry when not all pages of the form have been received, but the remaining pages have been lost. This option will take the data that has been stored temporarily in Forms Tracking (from the pages that were scanned), and will pass it across to PCE. D FREEFT^IBDFFRFT
FH SIGNED REACTION INTERFACE action D EN1^FHWGMR
FH SIGNED REACTION CANCEL action D CAN^FHWGMR
FH EVSEND OR extended action This protocol is used to send HL7 message to Order Entry 3 or higher from Dietetics.
FH RECEIVE action This protocol is used to receive HL7 message from Order Entry 3 or higher. D EN^FHWOR(.XQORMSG)
FH ORDERABLE ITEM UPDATE extended action This protocol is used to send orderable item updates HL7 messages to Order Entry 3 or higher from Dietetics.
GMRVORMENU protocol menu
GMRVORTPR limited protocol D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORTPR B/P limited protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORADMIT V/M limited protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORPULSE protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORB/P protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORWT protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORTEMP protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORRESP protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORHT protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORP SF511 action This is the option that will create the protocol for the SF511 Patient Profile in OERR. Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) S DFN=+ORVP D EN4^GMRVSR0 K DFN
GMRVORP CUM REPORT action This option will create the protocol for the Cumulative Vitals report. Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) S DFN=+ORVP D EN2^GMRVSC0 K DFN
GMRVORP DISP VITALS action This option will create the protocol for the latest vitals display. Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) S DFN=+ORVP D EN3^GMRVDS0 K DFN
GMRVOR DGPM extended action This option will become the GMRVOR DGPM protocol, and should be linked to the DGOERR TRANSFER EVENTS protocol. This protocol will perform events that are appropriate for the GMRV package. Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN4^GMRVORDG
GMRVORCG protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORPO protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
GMRVORCVP protocol Q:$S('$D(^ORD(100.99)):1,'$D(^PS(59.7,1,20)):1,1:^(20)<2.8) D EN1^GMRVORE0
OR RECEIVE action D EN^ORM(.XQORMSG)
OR EVSEND RA extended action
OR EVSEND LRCH extended action
OR ITEM RECEIVE action D EN^ORMFN(.XQORMSG)
OR EVSEND LRBB extended action
OR EVSEND LRAP extended action
OR EVSEND DGPM extended action Protocol used by OE/RR to send a message to MAS regarding a patient movement or patient information update (such as a change in primary provider or attending physician aka. provider-patient linkage.)
OR EVSEND FH extended action
OR EVSEND ORG extended action
OR EVSEND PS extended action
OR EVSEND GMRC extended action
GMRC EVSEND OR extended action
GMRC ORDERABLE ITEM UPDATE extended action
ORCM MENU menu
ORCM ADD ITEMS action D ADDITM^ORCMEDT2
ORCM REMOVE ITEMS action D REMOVE^ORCMEDT2
ORCM EDIT ITEMS action D EDIT^ORCMEDT2
ORCM EDIT POSITION action D MOVE^ORCMEDT2
ORCM NEW MENU action D NEW^ORCMEDIT
ORCM ORDERABLES action D FULL^VALM1,OI^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R"
ORCM QUICK ORDERS action D FULL^VALM1,QUICK^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R"
ORCM DIALOGS menu S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD\"
ORCM ORDER SETS action D FULL^VALM1,SET^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R"
ORCM VIEW INT/EXT action D VIEW^ORCMEDIT
ORCM ADD menu S VALMBCK=""
ORCM REMOVE menu S VALMBCK=""
ORCM EDIT menu S VALMBCK=""
ORCM ADD TEXT action D ADDTXT^ORCMEDT2
ORCM EDIT MENU action D EDIT^ORCMEDIT
ORCM ADD ROW action D ADDROW^ORCMEDT2
ORCM REMOVE ROW action D REMROW^ORCMEDT2
ORCM PROTOCOLS action D FULL^VALM1,PROTOCOL^ORCMEDT1 S VALMBCK="R"
ORCM PROMPTS action D FULL^VALM1,EN^ORCMEDT4 S VALMBCK="R"
ORCM ORDERS action D FULL^VALM1,EN^ORCMEDT3 S VALMBCK="R"
ORCM ACTIONS action D FULL^VALM1,ACTION^ORCMEDT3 S VALMBCK="R"
ORC ORES ORDER ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD)
ORCHART COVER action D:ORTAB'="COVER" TAB^ORCHART("COVER")
ORCHART PROBLEMS action D:ORTAB'="PROBLEMS" TAB^ORCHART("PROBLEMS")
ORCHART MEDS action D:ORTAB'="MEDS" TAB^ORCHART("MEDS")
ORCHART ORDERS action D:ORTAB'="ORDERS" TAB^ORCHART("ORDERS")
ORCHART NOTES action D:ORTAB'="NOTES" TAB^ORCHART("NOTES")
ORCHART CONSULTS action D:ORTAB'="CONSULTS" TAB^ORCHART("CONSULTS")
ORCHART LABS action D:ORTAB'="LABS" TAB^ORCHART("LABS")
ORCHART REPORTS action D:ORTAB'="REPORTS" TAB^ORCHART("REPORTS")
ORCHART SUMMARIES action D:ORTAB'="SUMMRIES" TAB^ORCHART("SUMMRIES")
ORC PATIENT action D NEWPAT^ORCHART S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORCHART ORDERS MENU menu
ORCHART PROBLEMS MENU menu
ORCHART XRAYS action D:ORTAB'="XRAYS" TAB^ORCHART("XRAYS")
ORC ADD ORDERS action D EN^ORCMENU S VALMBCK="R" S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,"MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC CHANGE ORDERS action D EDIT^ORCACT D EX^ORCACT
ORC SIGN ORDERS action D EN^ORCSIGN D EX^ORCACT
ORC RENEW ORDERS action D RENEW^ORCACT D EX^ORCACT
ORC WARD COMMENTS action D COMMENT^ORCACT1
ORC DETAILED DISPLAY action D EN^ORCXPND I $G(ORTAB)'="NEW",$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) S XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC DISPLAY ACTIONS menu
ORC ADD ORDERS MENU menu
ORC ADD ITEM action D ITEM^ORCMENU
ORCHART TABS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD\",VALMBCK="" S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC DISCONTINUE ORDERS action D DC^ORCACT2 D EX^ORCACT
ORC VERIFY ORDERS action N ORV S ORV=$S($D(^XUSEC("ORELSE",DUZ)):"N",$D(^XUSEC("OREMAS",DUZ)):"C",1:"^") D VERIFY^ORCACT1(ORV) D EX^ORCACT
ORC HOLD ORDERS action D HOLD^ORCACT D EX^ORCACT
ORC FLAG ORDERS action D FLAG^ORCACT1 D EX^ORCACT
ORC EDIT PROBLEM action D EDIT^ORCPROB D EX^ORCPROB
ORC COMMENT PROBLEM action D CMMT^ORCPROB D EX^ORCPROB
ORC INACTIVATE PROBLEM action D INACT^ORCPROB D EX^ORCPROB
ORC REMOVE PROBLEM action D REMOVE^ORCPROB D EX^ORCPROB
ORC PROBLEM ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC SIGN NOTE action D SIGN^ORCNOTE
ORC AMEND NOTE action D AMEND^ORCNOTE
ORC EDIT NOTE action D EDIT^ORCNOTE
ORCHART XRAYS MENU menu
ORC ADD XRAY action S ORDIALOG="RA OERR EXAM" D ADD^ORCACT S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC XRAY ACTIONS extended action S ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
OCX ORDER CHECK HL7 RECIEVE action Q:$G(A7RNDBI) S:'$D(OCXDUCT) OCXDUCT="" D SILENT^OCXOHL7(.XQORMSG,.OCXDUCT) K OCXDUCT
ORC TIU ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC COVER ACTIONS extended action S ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC NOTIFICATIONS FOLLOW UP action W !!,"Not available yet.",! H 1 S VALMBCK=""
ORC LAB ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORCHANGE LRC action N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)="C",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0),U,3,4)=X_U
ORCHANGE LRRR action N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)="R",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"LABS",0),U,3,4)=X_U
ORCHANGE GOTO HEADER action D LRSUB^ORCHANGE
ORCHANGE DATE RANGE action D RANGE^ORCHANGE
ORCHANGE LAB CUM menu
ORCHANGE LIST action D EN^ORCHANGE S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORCHANGE LAB LIST menu
ORCHANGE PROBLEMS menu
ORCHANGE NOTES menu
ORCHANGE ORDERS SHORT menu
ORCHANGE MEDS INPT menu
ORCHANGE XRAYS menu
ORCHANGE MAX ITEMS action D MAX^ORCHANGE
ORCHANGE DISPLAY GROUP action D DGROUP^ORCHANGE
ORCHANGE PROBLEM STATUS action D PLIST^ORCHANG2
ORCHANGE ORDER STATUS action D ORDERS^ORCHANG2
ORQPT CLINIC LIST action D CLINIC^ORQPT1
ORQPT WARD LIST action D WARD^ORQPT1
ORQPT PROVIDER LIST action D PROV^ORQPT1
ORQPT TEAM LIST action D TEAM^ORQPT1
ORQPT SPECIALTY LIST action D SPEC^ORQPT1
ORQPT SORT ORDER action D SORT^ORQPT1
ORQPT CHANGE LIST menu S VALMBCK="",ORY=$$CONTEXT^ORQPT1,XQORM(0)="1AD\" D:ORY'=$$CONTEXT^ORQPT1 REBUILD^ORQPT1 K ORY
ORQPT SAVE PREFERENCE action D SAVE^ORQPT1
ORQPT PATIENT SELECTION menu S XQORM(0)=$TR(XQORM(0),"\")
ORQPT SELECT PATIENT action D SELECT^ORQPT
ORQPT FIND PATIENT action D FIND^ORQPT
ORC ADD PROBLEM action D ADD^ORCPROB S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC NEXT SCREEN extended action
ORC PREVIOUS SCREEN extended action
ORC UP ONE LINE extended action
ORC DOWN A LINE extended action
ORC RIGHT extended action
ORC LEFT extended action
ORC FIRST SCREEN extended action
ORC LAST SCREEN extended action
ORC GOTO PAGE extended action
ORC REFRESH extended action
ORC PRINT SCREEN extended action
ORC PRINT LIST extended action
ORC SEARCH LIST extended action
ORC TURN ON/OFF MENUS extended action
ORC HIDDEN ACTIONS menu
ORCHART COVER MENU menu
ORCHART NOTES MENU menu
ORCHART SUMMARIES MENU menu
ORCHART MEDS MENU menu
ORCHART LABS MENU menu
ORCHART REPORTS MENU menu
ORCHART CONSULTS MENU menu
ORC ADD LAB action S ORDIALOG="LR OTHER LAB TESTS" D ADD^ORCACT S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC ADD MED menu S VALMBCK="" S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC ADD CONSULT action S ORDIALOG="GMRCOR CONSULT" D ADD^ORCACT
ORC ADD PROCEDURE action S ORDIALOG="GMRCOR REQUEST" D ADD^ORCACT
ORC ADD ALLERGY action N DFN,GMRAUSER,GMRAOUT S DFN=+$G(ORVP) D:DFN>0 FULL^VALM1,EN2^GMRAPEM0 S VALMBCK="R" S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC ADD NOTE action D FULL^VALM1,MAIN^TIUEDIT(3,.OREBUILD) S VALMBCK="R" S OREBUILD=1 S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") I +$G(OREBUILD) D TAB^ORCHART(ORTAB,1)
ORC ADD SUMMARY action Add a new discharge summary. D FULL^VALM1,MAIN^TIUEDIT(244,.OREBUILD) S VALMBCK="R" S OREBUILD=1 S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") I +$G(OREBUILD) D TAB^ORCHART(ORTAB,1)
ORC CONSULT ACTIONS action D EN^ORCONSLT S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORCB NOTIFICATIONS menu
ORCB ACTIONS action D SELECT^ORCB
ORCB EXPIRING MENU menu
ORCB UNSIGNED MENU menu
ORCB FLAGGED MENU menu
ORCB NEW MENU menu
ORCHANGE MEDS OUTPT menu
ORCHANGE PSJ action N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)=1,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0),U,3,4)=X_U
ORCHANGE PSO action N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0)),U,3) S $P(X,";",3)=0,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,"MEDS",0),U,3,4)=X_U
ORC INPT MED ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC TRANSFER MEDS action D XFER^ORCMED D EX^ORCACT
ORC PRINT LABELS action D LBL^ORPR01
ORC PRINT CHART COPIES action D CHT^ORPR01
ORC PRINT SERVICE COPIES action D SRV^ORPR01
ORC PRINT REQUISITION action D REQ^ORPR01
ORC PRINT ORDERS menu S XQORM(0)="AD",VALMBCK="",ORRACT=1 K ORRACT
ORS PRINT MENU menu D FULL^VALM1 S VALMBCK="R" D EXIT^ORPRS07 S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC UNHOLD ORDERS action D UNHOLD^ORCACT D EX^ORCACT
ORC UNFLAG ORDERS action D UNFLAG^ORCACT1 D EX^ORCACT
ORC EVENT ADMISSION action N X S X=$$SPEC^ORCMENU1("A"),VALMBCK="R" I X S OREVENT="A",OREVENT("TS")=+X
ORC EVENT DISCHARGE action S OREVENT="D",OREVENT("TS")=""
ORC EVENT TRANSFER action N X S X=$$SPEC^ORCMENU1("T"),VALMBCK="R" I X S OREVENT="T",OREVENT("TS")=+X
ORC EVENT CURRENT action S OREVENT="",OREVENT("TS")=""
ORC EVENT MENU menu S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD\" S:$L($G(OREVENT)) XQORM("B")=$S(OREVENT="A":"Admission",OREVENT="D":"Discharge",OREVENT="T":"Transfer",1:"No Delay") I $G(OREVENT)'=$P(^TMP("ORMENU",$J,ORMENU,0),U,5) D INIT^ORCMENU S VALMBCK="R"
ORC NEW ORDERS action D EN^ORCMENU2 D EX^ORCMENU2
OCX ORDER CHECK PATIENT MOVE. action S:'$D(OCXDUCT) OCXDUCT="" D SILENT^OCXODGPM(.OCXDUCT)
ORCB RENEW ORDER action D RENEW^ORCB
ORCB REPLACE ORDER action D EDIT^ORCB
ORC REPORT ACTIONS extended action S ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
OR GUA EVENT PROCESSOR action This protocol will process patient orders as appropriate based on the patient movement; it should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. If the patient has been admitted, it will release all pre-admission orders to the ancillary services for action. If the patient has been transferred, it will release all orders that were pending the transfer to this location, and DC all generic orders; if the parameter DC OF GENERIC ORDERS is set to 1, then generic orders are discontinued only if the treating specialty changes. If the patient has been discharged, then all discharge orders will be released to the ancillary services for action, and all generic orders will be discontinued. This processing is tasked, to reduce the wait for the user. D EN1^ORMEVNT
OR GUA EVENT PROCESSOR NOTASK action This protocol will process patient orders as appropriate based on the patient movement; it should be set up as an item on the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol. If the patient has been admitted, it will release all pre-admission orders to the ancillary services for action. If the patient has been transferred, it will release all orders that were pending the transfer to this location, and DC all generic orders; if the parameter DC OF GENERIC ORDERS is set to 1, then generic orders are discontinued only if the treating specialty changes. If the patient has been discharged, then all discharge orders will be released to the ancillary services for action, and all generic orders will be discontinued. This processing is done interactively, which may sometimes result in a wait. D EN^ORMEVNT
ORRP VERBAL action Display all verbal and telephoned orders. S ORPRES="13;VERBAL/PHONED ORDERS"
ORRP VERBAL UNSIGNED action Display all unsigned verbal and telephoned orders. S ORPRES="14;UNSIGNED VERBAL ORDERS"
ORC TIU MAKE ADDENDUM action D ADDENDUM^ORCNOTE D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU COPY action Allows authorized users to duplicate the current document. This is especially useful when composing a note for a group of patients (e.g., therapy group, etc.), and rapid duplication to all members of the group is appropriate. D COPY^ORCNOTE D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU SIGN DOCUMENTS action D ELSIG^ORCNOTE D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU EDIT DOCUMENT action D EDIT^ORCNOTE D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU DELETE DOCUMENT action D DELETE^ORCNOTE D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU DESIGNATE SIGNERS action D SIGNERS^ORCNOTE D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU PRINT DOCUMENT action D PRINT^ORCNOTE S VALMBCK="R" D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU BROWSE DOCUMENT action D BROWSE^ORCNOTE D EX^ORCNOTE
ORC TIU SIGN ACTION MENU menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S ORSIGN=0,VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" K ORSIGN S:$D(DIROUT) ORQUIT=1
ORC TIU SIGN ACTION PRINT action Allows users to print copies of selected documents on their corresponding VA Standard Forms to a specified device. D CLEAR^VALM1,PRINT1^TIURA S VALMBCK="R"
ORC TIU SIGN ACTION REJECT action W !,"Removed from signature list." Q
ORC TIU SIGN ACTION SEARCH action Allows users to search for a text string (word or partial word) from the current position in the summary through its end. Upon reaching the end of the document, the user will be asked whether to continue the search from the beginning of the document through the origin of the search. D FIND^VALM40
ORC TIU SIGN ACTION APPROVE action Allows authorized users to approve the current document for electronic signature. D ACCEPT^ORCNOTE(.ORPICK,NMBR)
ORC TIU SIGN ACTION EDIT action Allows authorized users to edit current document online...When electronic signature is enabled, physicians will be prompted for their signatures upon exit, thereby allowing doctors to review, edit and sign as a one-step process. D CLEAR^VALM1,EDIT1^TIURA,BLDTMP^TIUBR(TIUDA) S VALMBCK="R"
ORC ADD IV MED action N X,OREVENT S ORDIALOG="PSJI OR PAT FLUID OE",X=$$DELAY^ORCACT Q:X="^" S OREVENT=$S(X:$$PTEVENT^OREVNT(+ORVP),1:"") Q:OREVENT="^" D NW^ORCMED
ORC RESULTS DISPLAY action D RESULTS^ORCXPND S VALMBCK="R"
ORCB NEW ORDER action D NEW^ORCB
ORC RESET MENU action S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORRP UNVERIFIED NURSE action Display nurse unverified orders S ORPRES="9;NURSE UNVERIFIED ORDERS"
ORRP UNVERIFIED CLERK action Display orders unverified by clerk. S ORPRES="10;UNVERIFIED BY CLERK"
ORRP FLAGGED action Display flagged orders. S ORPRES="12;FLAGGED ORDERS"
ORU AUTOLIST CLINIC action This protocol is used to automatically update OE/RR team lists with clinic autolinks. It is triggered by the protocol SC CLINIC ENROLL/DISCHARGE EVENT DRIVER and must be an item in that protocol. D EN^ORLP3AUC
ORC PRINT WORK COPIES action D WRK^ORPR01
ORCHANGE LONG FORMAT action N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"ORDERS",0)),U,3),$P(X,";",5)="L",$P(^(0),U,3,4)=X_U
ORCHANGE SHORT FORMAT action N X S X=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,"ORDERS",0)),U,3),$P(X,";",5)="S",$P(^(0),U,3,4)=X_U
ORCHANGE ORDERS LONG menu
ORC OUTPT MED ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC ORELSE ORDER ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD)
ORC OREMAS ORDER ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD)
ORC ORDER ACTIONS menu S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD)
ORC NEW ORDERS MENU menu
ORC NEW ACTIONS menu S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD)&(VALMBCK'="Q") K ORNMBR
ORRP NEW SINCE action Display active orders for this patient S ORPRES="6;NEW SINCE LAST REVIEW"
ORRP ADMISSION action Display active orders for this patient S ORPRES="15;DELAYED TILL ADMISSION"
ORRP DISCHARGE action Display active orders for this patient S ORPRES="16;DELAYED TILL DISCHARGE"
ORRP TRANSFER action Display active orders for this patient S ORPRES="17;DELAYED TILL TRANSFER"
ORC COMPLETE ORDERS action D COMPLETE^ORCACT1 D EX^ORCACT
ORC ALERT RESULTS action D ALERT^ORCACT1
ORCHANGE NOTES SIGNED action N CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;1;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U
ORCHANGE NOTES UNSIGNED action N CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;2;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U
ORCHANGE NOTES UNCOSIGNED action N CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;3;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U
ORCHANGE NOTES AUTHOR action N X,CTXT S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),X=$P(CTXT,";",4),X=$$AUTHOR^ORCHANGE(X) S:X $P(CTXT,";",1,5)=";;4;"_X_";",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U
ORCHANGE NOTES DATES action N OK,CTXT S OK=1 D RANGE^ORCHANGE S:OK CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),$P(CTXT,";",3,5)="5;;",$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U
ORCM ASSIGN MENU action D ASSIGN^ORCMEDT5
ORC CWAD DISPLAY extended action
ORC PATIENT INQUIRY action Patient profile for use as a hidden action within CPRS. N ORTAB S ORNMBR=1,ORTAB="PTINQ" D EN^VALM("OR DETAILED DISPLAY") S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC DELAY ACTIONS menu S VALMBCK="",XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR):'$G(OREBUILD) K ORNMBR,OREBUILD
ORC DELAY ORDERS MENU menu
ORC REWRITE ORDERS action D REWRITE^ORCACT D EX^ORCACT
ORCHANGE REPORTS menu
ORC CONSULT USER MENU menu
ORC PRINT CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("PRNT")
ORC CONSULT SERVICE MENU menu
ORC RECEIVE CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("REC")
ORC DISCONTINUE CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("DC")
ORC DENY CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("DENY")
ORC REROUTE CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("RR")
ORC COMPLETE CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("COMP")
ORC FORWARD CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("FWD")
ORC COMMENT CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("CMMT")
ORCHANGE CONSULTS menu
ORCHANGE CONSULTS SERVICE action D CS^ORCHANGE
ORCHANGE STATUS action D STS^ORCHANG2
ORC NEW SIGN ALL action D SIGNALL^ORCMENU2
ORC EXIT action S VALMBCK="Q",OREXIT=1
ORC CONSULT MAKE ADDENDUM action D EN1^ORCONSLT("ADDEND")
ORC CLOSE CHART action S VALMBCK="Q"
ORC ADD GMRC menu S (XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D NWHELP^ORCDGMRC",VALMBCK="" S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC ADD INPT MED action N X,OREVENT S ORDIALOG="PSJ OR PAT OE",X=$$DELAY^ORCACT Q:X="^" S OREVENT=$S(X:$$PTEVENT^OREVNT(+ORVP),1:"") Q:OREVENT="^" D NW^ORCMED
ORC ADD OUTPT MED action N X,OREVENT S ORDIALOG="PSO OERR",X=$S($G(ORWARD):$$DELAY^ORCACT,1:"") Q:X="^" S OREVENT=$S(X:$$PTEVENT^OREVNT(+ORVP),1:"") Q:OREVENT="^" D NW^ORCMED
ORCHANGE SAVE VIEW action D SAVE^ORCHANGE
ORC ADD ALL ITEMS action D ALL^ORCMENU
ORC VERIFY PROBLEM action D VERIFY^ORCPROB D EX^ORCPROB
ORC REFILL MEDS action D REFILLS^ORCMED S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORCHANGE REMOVE VIEW action D REMOVE^ORCHANGE
PSO LM PAT INFO MENU menu
PSO DETAILED ALLERGY/ADR LIST action D EN^PSOLMDA D EXIT^PSOLMDA
PSO PATIENT RECORD UPDATE action S DFN=PSODFN D EN^PSOLMPAT W ""
PSO SHOW PROFILE action D EN^PSOLMPF D EXIT^PSOLMPF
PSO LM DISCONTINUE action S (PSOCANRA,PSOCANRP)=1 D DC^PSOORFI2 D KCAN^PSOCAN3 W ""
PSO HOLD action S PSOHD=1,(DA,PPL,PSDA)=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D HLD^PSOHLD K PSONOOR,PSOHD,COM,DA,PPL,PSDA W ""
PSO UNHOLD action S (DA,PPL,PSDA)=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D UHLD^PSOHLD K COM,DA,PPL,PSDA W ""
PSO PARTIAL action D ^PSORXPA1 W ""
PSO REFILL action S PSOFROM="REFILL" D OERR^PSOREF W ""
PSO RENEW action N VALMCNT S PSOFROM="NEW" D OERR^PSORENW W ""
PSO REPRINT action S POERR=1 D BCK^PSORXRPT K POERR
PSO VERIFY action N PSODFN D OERR^PSOVER W ""
PSO NEW ORDER action N VALMCNT S PSOFROM="NEW" D OERR^PSONEW W ""
PSO LM BACKDOOR SELECT ORDER action D SEL^PSOORNE2 D BLD^PSOORUT1,RV^PSOORFL
PSO PATIENT INFORMATION action D EN^PSOLMPI W ""
PSO LM BYPASS action S VALMBCK="" D BYPASS^PSOLMUTL
PSO LM FINISH action D ACP^PSOORNEW W ""
PSO LM EDIT action D EDT^PSOORNEW
PSO EDIT ALLERGY/ADR DATA action D NEWALL^PSOLMUTL(PSODFN) W ""
PSO PROFILE MENU menu
PSO ALLERGY/ADR LIST MENU menu
PSO PENDING ORDER MENU menu
PSO ACTIVE ORDER MENU menu
PSO LM BACKDOOR COPY action D ^PSOORCPY
PSO ACTIVITY LOGS action D ^PSOORAL1
PSO LM ACCEPT menu
PSO LM ACCEPT ORDER action G ACP^PSOORNEW
PSO LM CONTINUE action S Y=1
PSO LM MEDICATION PROFILE menu
PSO LM BACKDOOR MENU menu
PSO LM BACKDOOR EDIT action D EDT^PSOORNE1
PSO LM BACKDOOR ACCEPT action D ACP^PSOORNE1
PSO LM SELECT MENU menu
PSO EDIT ORDERS action D SEL^PSOOREDT
PSO RELEASE action D OERR^PSODISPS
PSO LM RENEW EDIT action D EDT^PSOORNE4
PSO LM RENEW ACCEPT action D ACP^PSOORNE4 S VALMBCK="Q"
PSO LM RENEW MENU menu S PSOLM=1 K PSOLM
PSO ACTIVITY LOG MENU menu
PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This hidden menu is attached to the the active order list.
PSO SELECT ALLERGY action D SEL^PSOORDA
PSO LM NEW SELECT ORDER action D NEWSEL^PSOLMUTL D BLD^PSOORUT1,RV^PSOORFL
PSO LM EDIT SELECT ORDER action D EDTSEL^PSOLMUTL
PSO LM NEW EDIT action D EDTNEW^PSOLMUTL
PSO LM RNEW EDIT action D EDTRNEW^PSOLMUTL
PSO LM PENDING EDIT action G EDTPEN^PSOLMUTL
PSO SPEED RENEW action D ^PSORENW4
PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #2 menu This hidden menu is attached to the OP medication profile.
PSO SPEED CANCEL action D ^PSOCAN4
PSO SPEED RELEASE action D ^PSODISP3
PSO SPEED REPRINT action D ^PSORXRP1
PSO HLSERV event driver This protocol is necessary for transmission of orders to the automatic dispensing machine using HL7 formatted messages.
PSO PENDING RENEW ORDER MENU menu
PSO SPEED REFILL action D SPEED^PSOREF
PSO LM EXIT action S PSOQUIT=1
PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #3 menu This hidden action is attached to the finish orders from CPRS screen.
PSO SPEED PULL SUSPENSE action D ^PSOSUPOE
PSO PULL ONE RX FROM SUSPENSE action D SELONE^PSOSUPOE
PSO HLSERVER1 event driver This protocol is necessary for transmission of orders to the automatic dispensing machine using HL7 formatted messages.
PSO HLCLIENT1 subscriber This protocol facilitates the transfer of HL7 formatted messages between Outpatient Pharmacy and any automatic dispensing machine.
PSO LM EXIT2 action S PSOQUIT=1
PSO LM INPATIENT MEDICATION PROFILE action I $T(ENOR^PSJPR)]"" D FULL^VALM1,ENOR^PSJPR(PSODFN):'$G(PSOBEDT) S VALMBCK="R"
PSO LM SELECT ALLERGY action D SELAL^PSOLMUTL
PSO ENTER PROGRESS NOTES action D PRONTE^PSOORUT3
PSO LM PRINT MED INFO action D PRMI^PSOHELP Q
PSO LM HIDDEN OTHER menu S VALMBCK="R"
PSO LM PROFILE PRINT MED INFO action D PRMID^PSOHELP S VALMBCK="R"
PSO LM HIDDEN OTHER #2 menu S VALMBCK="R"
PSO LM DISPLAY ORDER STATUS action D DPLYOR^PSOORUT3
PSO LM ACTION PROFILE action D FULL^VALM1 S DFN=PSODFN D LM^PSOSD1 S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM DC action Allows the user to discontinue IV, UD, or pending orders for a patient. D DC^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD)
PSJ LM PENDING ACTION menu
PSJU LM ACTIONS MENU menu
PSJ LM PATIENT INFO action D BRFALL^PSJLMUTL(DFN) W ""
PSJ LM PATIENT DATA action Allows the user to add/edit INPATIENT NARRATIVE and UD DEFAULT STOP DATE/TIME. D UPR^PSJLMUTL(DFN) S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM SELECT ORDER action D SELECT^PSJOE
PSJ LM NEW ORDER action Allows the user to enter a new order for the selected patient without seeing a medication profile. D HOLDHDR^PSJOE K PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D LK^ORX2 S PSJLK=Y I Y D LMNEW^PSJOE0(DFN,PSJPROT) I PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D ULK^ORX2 S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ LM FINISH action Allows a user to finish IV, UD, or pending orders for a patient. D FINISH^PSGOEF
PSJU LM ACCEPT action S PSJACEPT=1,VALMBCK="Q" S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ LM FINISH MENU menu S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJU LM EDIT action D EDIT^PSJOE(PSGP,PSJORD,1)
PSJ LM BYPASS action Allows the user to bypass the order and take no action. D BYPASS^PSGOEF S PSJLMQT=1
PSJ LM BRIEF PATIENT INFO MENU menu Displays a brief version of the patient's allergy information and allows the user access to update patient information, enter new orders, enter a pharmacy intervention, show a profile or display a detailed view of allergy information.
PSJ LM DETAILED ALLERGY action Allows the user to view a detailed allergy display for the selected patient. D EN^PSJLMDA D EXIT^PSJLMDA S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM SHOW PROFILE action Allows the user to choose to display a short, long, or no medication profile for the selected patient. D ENL^PSJO3 I "LSN"[PSJOL S PSJLMCON=1 S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJU LM RENEW action D RENEW^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD)
PSJ LM HOLD action Allows a user to place an order on hold or take an order already on hold off of hold. D HOLD^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD)
PSJU LM ACTIVITY LOG action D ^PSJHVARS,LOG^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) D RESTORE^PSJHVARS
PSJU LM COPY action D COPY^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD) S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM ACCEPT MENU menu ;D:$D(PSGP)&($D(PSGORD)) INIT^PSJLMUDE(PSGP,PSGORD)
PSJI LM PENDING ACTION menu This menu allows user a set of actions to take on an IV pending order.
PSJI LM FINISH action This action allows the user to complete an IV pending order. D FINISH^PSJLIFN
PSJI LM DISCONTINUE action This action allows the user to discontinue an IV order. D DC^PSJLIACT
PSJI LM EDIT action This action allows the user to make changes to an IV order. D EDIT^PSJLIACT
PSJU LM ACCEPT EDIT action D EDIT^PSJOE1(1) S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI LM ACTIVE MENU menu This menu allows the user a set of actions to take on an active IV order.
PSJU LM VERIFY action D EN^PSGOEV(PSJORD) S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJI PC RENEWAL action This action allows the user to renew an IV order. D R^PSJLIACT
PSJ PC IV LOG action This option allows the user to view the history, activity, label logs for an IV order. D L^PSJLIACT
PSJI PC HOLD action This option allows the user to put an IV order on/off hold if it has not been put on hold by CPRS. D H^PSJLIACT
PSJI PC ONCALL action This action allows the user to change the IV order's status to ONCALL. D O^PSJLIACT
PSJ SELECT ALLERGY action D SEL^PSJORDA
PSJ LM EDIT ALLERGY/ADR DATA action Allows the user to edit Allergy/ADR data for the selected patient. D NEWALL^PSJLMUTL(DFN) S VALMBCK="R" D INIT^PSJLMDA
PSJ LM DETAILED ALLERGY MENU menu
PSJI LM ACTIVITY LOG action This option allows the user to view the activity log on an IV order. S PSIVLOG=1 D ENPR^PSIVVW1 K PSIVLOG
PSJI LM LABEL LOG action This option allows the user to view the Label log for an IV order. S PSIVLAB=1 D ENPR^PSIVVW1 K PSIVLAB
PSJI LM LOG MENU menu This is the View Activity Log and View Label Log Menu when the IV Profile option is selected.
PSJ LM NEW SELECT ORDER action Allows the user to select the order from the profile by number. D NEWSEL^PSJOE
PSJ LM MAR MENU menu This menu allows the user a choice of different Medication Administration Reports. D ^PSJHVARS D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM PROFILE MENU menu This menu gives access to the Inpatient Medications Profile, the IV Medications Profile, and the Unit Dose Medications Profile. D ^PSJHVARS D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI LM RETURNS action This option allows the entry of returned, recycled, canceled, or destroyed items per day in IV room or satellite. N PSJLMPRO D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVRD S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM RET action This option allows a user to enter the units of returned medication (as when a patient is discharged) into the medication order record. Data entered is used in the cost reports. N VAIN,VADM K PSGEFN D FULL^VALM1,^PSGRET S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM RETURNS/DESTROYED MENU menu This menu allows the user access to the Report Returns (UD) option and the Returns/Destroyed Entry (IV) option. S PSJHIDFG=1 S VALMBCK="R" K PSJHIDFG
PSJU LM PLDP action Allows the user to enter the units actually dispensed into the cart for which the respective pick list was run. This option allows the user to select only those pick lists which have not already been filed away. From here, the user may then file the pick list away, a process that makes the data usable for the cost reports. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPLDP S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM PLEUD action Allows a pharmacist to enter the number of any extra units dispensed for a Unit Dose order. Any data entered here is used by the cost reports. N VAIN,VADM K PSGEFN D FULL^VALM1,^PSGEUD S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM PL action The Pick List is used by pharmacy when filling medication carts. The list is sorted by administering team, ward, room-bed, and then patient. The site may define ward groups and generate the pick list by these groups to match site-specific filling practices. The pick list will calculate the units needed to be dispensed for selected patients' orders over a selected date range. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPL S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM PL MENU menu Contains various functions related to the Unit Dose pick list, mainly removing pick lists from the system. D ^PSJHVARS D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM LABEL action Allows the user to print new unprinted labels and/or reprint the latest label for any order containing a label record. N VAIN,VADM K PSGEFN D FULL^VALM1,^PSGL S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM AL action Allows the user to align the label stock on a printer so that Unit Dose order information will print within the physical boundaries of the label. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,ENAL^PSGLBA S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI LM ALIGNMENT action This option allows the user to align the labels on whatever printer he/she is preparing to print. Three test labels will always print. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) D ^PSIVALN,ENIVKV^PSGSETU K I,Z,ZISI S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI LM LBLI action This option allows the printing of labels for a patient's order. The user may choose whether or not the labels are to be counted as daily usage. This is often used for on-call orders or those not automatically delivered without a written request. S PSJHIDFG=1 N PSJLMPRO D ^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) S PSIVAC="PROL",PSIVBR="D ENLBLI^PSIVLBL1" D FULL^VALM1,ENCHS^PSIV,ENIVKV^PSGSETU K J,N,J2,P17,PS,PSIVAC,PSIVBR,PSIVCT,PSIVNOL,PSIVNOW,TN,ZQ7 S VALMBCK="R" K PSJHIDFG
PSJI LM LBLS action This option prints labels for a particular scheduled manufacturing time. Usually a manufacturing list has been run prior to the printing of the labels. If this has been done, the labels will print immediately and in the same order as on the manufacturing list. The use of this option also causes workload counts in the IV STATS file. N VAIN,VADM D ^PSIVXU Q:$D(XQUIT) D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVLBL1,ENIVKV^PSGSETU K I1 S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI LM LBLR action This option allows the user to reprint IV labels which failed to print during the running of the Scheduled Labels (IV) option (PSJI LBLS). This option may not be used to reprint labels for dates and IV type which printing has not been attempted through the Scheduled Labels (IV) option. Labels prepared with this option will only be counted as usage if they were not added during the running of Scheduled Labels. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSIVRP K I1 S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM LABEL PRINT/REPRINT MENU menu Allows the user access to label options to print or reprint unit dose and IV labels, as well as the alignment options for each label type. D ^PSJHVARS N DRG S VALMBCK="R" D RESTORE^PSJHVARS
PSJ LM 24H MAR action This allows the user to print a selected patient's medication orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a 24 hour period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGMAR S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM 7D MAR action This allows the user to print a selected patient's medication orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a 7 day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. N VAIN,VADM S PSGMARDF=7 D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGMMAR S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM 14D MAR action This allows the user to print a selected patient's medication orders on a Medication Administration Record (MAR) for the charting of the administration of the orders over a 14 day period. It is designed to replace the manual Continuing Medication Record (CMR). This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. N VADM,VAIN S PSGMARDF=14 D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGMMAR S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM PAT PR action This allows the user to print Inpatient Medications orders for a selected patient. This protocol assumes that the patient has already been selected. N VAIN,VADM,PSJLM D FULL^VALM1,ENOR^PSJPR(PSGP) S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI LM PAT PR action This will allow a patient's IV profile to be sent to a printer. With each profile printed, a view of each order within the profile can also be printed. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. N VAIN,VADM,PSJLM D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSIVPR S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM PAT PR action This allows the user to print to any device a profile (list) of a patient's Unit Dose orders for the patient's current or last (if patient has been discharged) admission. If the user's terminal is selected as the printing device, this option will allow the user to select any of the printed orders to be shown in complete detail, including activity logs, if any. This protocol assumes that a patient has already been selected. N VADM,VAIN,PSJLM D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGPR S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM PNV JUMP action Used to allow user to skip to a specific patient in the list of pending/non- verified orders selected in PSJU VBW D FULL^VALM1,GOTOP^PSGVBWU
PSJ LM NEW ORDER FROM PROFILE action This is used to create new Inpatient Medication orders from the profile list. K PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D LK^ORX2 S PSJLK=Y I Y D LMNEW^PSJOE0(DFN,PSJPROT) I PSJLK S X=DFN_";DPT(" D ULK^ORX2 D INIT^PSJLMHED(PSJPROT) S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ LM OTHER PHARMACY OPTIONS menu D ^PSJHVARS N DRG D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This menu adds the ability of adding new orders and viewing brief patient information to the order view screen. S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM SPEED FINISH action This protocol will allow a user to finish multiple orders for a patient which are in a pending renewal status without all the usual prompts. D ^PSJHVARS D EN^PSGOESF D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJU LM SPEED RENEW action This protocol will allow a user to renew multiple orders for a patient. D ^PSJHVARS D EN^PSGOERS D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJU LM SPEED DISCONTINUE action This protocol will allow a user to discontinue multiple medication orders for a patient. D ^PSJHVARS D:'$G(PSJHIDFG) EN^PSGOECS D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ PC IV ACCEPT action This option will accept and save the changes in the IV file. D ACCEPT^PSJLIACT
PSJ PC IV AC/EDIT ACTION menu This menu offers the user a choice of accepting or editing an IV order that is currently being worked on. Q:('$G(ON55)!($G(ON55)["P")) N X S X=$G(^PS(55,DFN,"IV",+ON55,0)) I $P(X,U,2)="",($P(X,U,3)="") D DEL55^PSIVORE2
PSJ LM OE MENU menu K PSGEFN W ""
PSJU LM HIDDEN UD ACTIONS menu S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM PHARMACY INTERVENTION MENU menu PSJ RPHARM This is the main menu for the Pharmacy Intervention options.
PSJ LM INTERVENTION NEW ENTRY action This option is used to enter an entry into the APSP INTERVENTION file (#32.4). D FULL^VALM1 F I=0:0 S DIC(0)="QEAML",DLAYGO=9009032.4,DIC="^APSPQA(32.4,",DIADD="" D ^DIC K DA,DR,DIADD K:Y=-1 X,DIC,DIADD,DA,DIE Q:Y=-1 S DA=+Y,DIE=DIC,DR="[PSO INTERVENTION NEW]" K DIC D ^DIE S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM INTERVENTION EDIT action This option is used to edit an already existing entry in the APSP INTERVENTION file (#32.4). D FULL^VALM1 F I=0:0 S DIC(0)="QEAM",DIC="^APSPQA(32.4,",DIC("A")="Select INTERVENTION:" D ^DIC K:Y=-1 X,DIC,DA,DIE Q:Y=-1 S DA=+Y,DIE=DIC,DR="[PSO INTERVENTION EDIT]" D ^DIE S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM INTERVENTION PRINTOUT action This option is used to obtain a captioned printout of Pharmacy Interventions for a certain date range. It will print out on normal width paper and can be queued to print at a later time. D FULL^VALM1 S L=0,DIC="^APSPQA(32.4,",FLDS="[PSO INTERVENTIONS]",BY="[PSO INTERVENTIONS]" D EN1^DIP K L,DIC,FLDS,BY,Y S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM INTERVENTION DELETE action This option is used to delete an intervention from the APSP INTERVENTION file (#32.4). You may only delete an intervention that was entered on the same day. D FULL^VALM1,^PSODELI S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM INTERVENTION VIEW action This option is used to display Pharmacy Interventions in a captioned format. You may view more than one intervention at a time. D FULL^VALM1 S PSOVWI("DIC")="^APSPQA(32.4," D ^PSOVWI S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM AP1 action Allows the user to print a profile of patients' active orders for review by the physician. Includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is included for new orders. N VADM,VAIN D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGAP S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM AP2 action Allows the user to print a profile of patients' active orders for review by the physician. Includes places for the physician to mark each order and sign the profile. When possible, space is included for new orders. The user may choose to print all active orders or expiring orders only. N VADM,VAIN D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSGCAP S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM EXTP action This report allows viewing all of the orders on file for a patient (not just since last discharge). All orders that have not been purged can be viewed, or a date entered to start searching forward from. N VAIN,VADM,P,PSJLM S PSJEXTP=1 D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSJPR K PSJEXTP S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM PLRP action Allows the user to PRINT or REPRINT any PICK LIST previously run. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPLRP S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU PLATCS action Allows the user to have the appropriate meds from a selected Pick List dispensed through the ATC machine. PLEASE NOTE that only those meds on the pick list that have the appropriate ATC data (canister # and mnemonic) will dispense through the ATC. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGTAP S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM PLUP action Allows the pharmacy personnel to update a pick list that has already been run but not yet started, picking up the new orders, renewed orders, and orders that were being edited when the pick list was first run. This option allows the pharmacist to print only th updated orders, or the entire pick list, including the updated orders. N VAIN,VADM D FULL^VALM1,^PSGPLUP S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM MDWS action Allows the user to print the Medications Due Worksheet. The worksheet shows the patient's orders that are to be administered within a 24 hour period. N VAIN,VADM S PSGWD=PSJPWD D FULL^VALM1,ENLM^PSJMDWS S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM NEW SELECT ALLERGY action Allows the user to select allergy item by number. D NEWSEL^PSJORDA
PSJ LM IV SELECT ORDER action This option allows the user to select an IV order from the profile. D SELSO^PSIV S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ LM IV OE MENU menu This menu allows the user to take action on the IV order entry process. K PSGEFN
PSJ LM IV NEW SELECT ORDER action Allows a user to select an IV order for action by number. D SELNUM^PSIV
PSJ LM EDIT NEW action Allows a user to edit an order by selecting field numbers. The user does not have to select edit first. D EDIT^PSJOE(PSGP,PSJORD,0)
PSJU LM ACCEPT EDIT NEW action D EDIT^PSJOE1(0) S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM BPI HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This is the Hidden Menu that will be attached to the Patient Information list template. It includes the standard hidden menu item and some extra Inpatient Pharmacy Items felt to be beneficial to the user. S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM PROFILE HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This is the Hidden Menu that will be attached to the List Templates that show pharmacy order profiles. It includes most of the standard hidden items and some other items Inpatient Pharmacy felt would be beneficial to the user. S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ LM ORDER VIEW HIDDEN ACTIONS menu This is the Hidden Menu that will be attached to the Order View list templates. It includes most of the standard hidden menu items and some extra items Inpatient Pharmacy felt would be beneficial tothe user. S VALMBCK="R"
PSJU LM SPEED VERIFY action This protocol will allow a user to verify multiple orders for a patient. It will only speed verify orders that were created because of a renew. D ^PSJHVARS D EN^PSGOEVS D RESTORE^PSJHVARS S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ LM PRINT OUTPATIENT PROFILE action This protocol will call INPAT^PSOBUILD(DFN) to allow a patient's outpatient profile to be viewed while in the Inpatient Meds software. D INPAT^PSOBUILD(PSGP) S VALMBCK="R" H 1
PSJU LM MARK NOT GIVE action Protocol to mark a discontinued order as "Not to be given". D ^PSGOENG
PSJU LM MARK INCOMPLETE action This protocol will allow the user to mark a non-verified order as incomplete. D ^PSGOEI
GMRCOR CONSULT protocol This is a very important protocol for activating the Consult order capabilities in the Add orders process. This is the protocol which should be performed when "Consult..." is selected from the "Add New Orders menu". D EN^GMRCP
GMRCURGENCY - INPATIENT protocol menu This menu is not actually used by the Consult/Request Tracking Package. It serves here as a guideline for the urgencies the OE/RR Task Force recommends for Consults and Requests. Please review this list and set up the appropriate entries for your site in the GMRCURGENCYM CSLT (and REQ) - INPATIENT protocol menus. This is the Urgency of Consult selection items recommended for use with Inpatient patients. S XQORM("A")="URGENCY: ",XQORM(0)="1A",XQORM("B")="Within 72 hours",XQORFLG("SH")=0 K XQORQUIT,XQORPOP S GMRCU=X
GMRCURGENCY - NOW protocol This represents the "Now" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. Q
GMRCURGENCY - TODAY protocol This represents the "Today" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. Q
GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 24 HOURS protocol This represents the "Within 24 hrs" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. Q
GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 48 HOURS protocol This represents the "Within 48 hrs" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. This is the default for inpatient consults, so it must be one of the items on the GMRCURGENCYM inpatient protocol menus. Q
GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 72 HOURS protocol This represents the "Within 72 hrs" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. Q
GMRCURGENCY - NEXT AVAILABLE protocol This represents the "Next available" urgency for ordering a Consult/request. Q
GMRCURGENCYM - OUTPATIENT menu This is the menu of urgencies recommended for Consult/Request orders for outpatient patients. Q
GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 1 WEEK protocol This represents the "Within 1 week" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. Q
GMRCURGENCY - WITHIN 1 MONTH protocol This represents the "Within 1 mo" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request Q
GMRCPLACEM - INPATIENT protocol menu This is the recommended menu of Place of Consultation answers for Consult/Requests ordered for inpatients.
GMRCPLACE - BEDSIDE protocol This is one of the selections to be used for the "Place of Consultation" prompt while ordering a consult/request.
GMRCPLACE - ON CALL protocol This is one of the selections for the "Place of Consultation" prompt when ordering a Consult/Request. It gives the assigned Consultant the choice of where the consult/request should be performed with the patient.
GMRCPLACEM - OUTPATIENT protocol menu This is the recommended menu of Place of Consultation answeres when ordering a consult/request for an outpatient.
GMRCPLACE - EMERGENCY ROOM protocol This is one of the selections for the "Place of Consultation" prompt when ordering a Consult/Request, for Outpatients. Q
GMRCURGENCY - ROUTINE protocol This represents the "Routine" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. Q
GMRCURGENCY - EMERGENCY protocol This represents "Emergency" urgency for Consult/Requests. Q
GMRCACTM USER REVIEW SCREEN menu This is the actions which may be taken by a user in the Consult/Request Tracking package.
GMRCACT ADD NEW ORDERS action Add a new order via CPRS. Note: An order entered with this action will not be seen by the service until the order is signed and released by CPRS. D SLCT1^ORQPT,EN^ORCMENU,AD^GMRCSLM1,HDR^GMRCSLM,INIT^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR")
GMRCACT ASSOCIATE RESULTS action Associate Results with a consult allows the user to associate Medicine package results with a consult. D AR^GMRCMED("") I $G(GMRCO) D REFRESH^GMRCMED(GMRCO)
GMRCACT SELECT SERVICE action Select a service/specialty to review consults D SS^GMRCSLM,ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("HL") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCR ELECTROCARDIOGRAM protocol This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. This is the name of procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR ECHO protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCURGENCYM REQ - INPATIENT menu This is the menu of urgencies recommended for use with Inpatient Procedure orders in the Consult/Request package. S XQORM("A")="URGENCY: ",XQORM(0)="1A",XQORM("B")="Within 72 hours",XQORFLG("SH")=0 S GMRCU=X
GMRCURGENCY - STAT protocol This represents the "Stat" urgency for ordering a Consult/Request. Q
GMRCR ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service.
GMRCR EXERCISE TOLERANCE TEST action DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service.
GMRCR GENERATOR IMPLANT protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service.
GMRCR HOLTER protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR PACEMAKER SURVEILLANCE protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Cardiology Service.
GMRCR VENTRICAL LEAD IMPLANT protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult sent to the Cardiology Service.
GMRCR CATHETERIZATION protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Cardiology Service. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR COLONOSCOPY protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Gastroenterology Service.
GMRCR ESOPHAGOGASTRODUODENOSCOPY protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Gastroenterology Service.
GMRCR ERCP protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Gastroenterology Service. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR LAPARASCOPY protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Gastroenterology Service.
GMRCR NON-ENDOSCOPIC GI PROCEDURE protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Gastroenterology Service.
GMRCR BONE MARROW ASPIRATE protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Hematology Service.
GMRCR BONE MARROW BIOPSY protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Hematology Service.
GMRCR BRONCHOSCOPY protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate Procedure results with a Consult to the Pulmonary Service.
GMRCR LARYNGOSCOPY protocol This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Pulmonary Service. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR LAVAGE protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate procedure results with a consult to the Pulmonary Service. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR PULMONARY FUNCTION TEST protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate results with a consult sent to the Pulmonary Service.
GMRCACT RESULTS DISPLAY action Display the consult result using the RT. This will list all TIU consult reports (with addenda), all Medicine package results, and resolution comments. D RT^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("H") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCACT COMMENT ORDERS action Add a comment to a consult. D COMMENT^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCACT DETAILED DISPLAY action Display consult details for order, audit log, and results D EN^GMRCSLDT,ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("H") D EXIT^GMRCSLDT,EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCACT NEW PATIENT action Select a new patient D SP^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCSLM,HDR^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R",VALMBG=1 K GMRCSEL,GMRCO,GMRCND
GMRCACT PRINT CONSULT FORM action Print Consult Std Form 513 for an order S VALMBCK="R" D SEL^GMRCP5 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D EN^GMRCP5(GMRCND),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCOR REQUEST protocol This is a very important protocol for activating the Procedure Request order capabilities in the Add orders process. This is the protocol which should be performed when "Procedure..." is selected from the "Add New Orders menu. This protocol should only be added for clinician use when the procedures which may be ordered without requiring a consult are defined in the "GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES" protocol menu. that option. This protocol depends on procedures being defined in the "GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES" protocol menu. D EN^GMRCP
GMRCURGENCYM CSLT - INPATIENT protocol menu This is the menu of urgencies recommended for use with inpatient consult ordering.
GMRCRM MEDICINE REQUEST TYPES protocol menu THIS MENU SHOULD NOT BE ALTERED. This menu is not actually used during processing, but serves to show which Procedure Types from the Medicine Package interface with the Consult/Request Tracking package.
GMRCACTM MEDICINE PKG MENU protocol menu This is the menu of actions provided for Medicine Package users which allows adding, discontinuing, completing, and associating Medicine results with an order.
GMRCACT FORWARD action Forward order to another service D FR^GMRCAFRD("") S:$D(GMRCSS) GMRCDG=GMRCSS D:$D(GMRCDG) SERV1^GMRCASV D ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("HL") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCR RHEUMATOLOGY protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate results with a consult sent to the Rheumatology Service.
GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES protocol menu THIS PROTOCOL NAME SHOULD NOT BE ALTERED. The menu items are the only site modifiable information for this protocol menu. This is the list of procedures, treatments or other service requests which do not require a consult. This menu represents the items which are selectable when the "Procedures..." entry is selected on the Add Orders menu in OE/RR. Procedures should be added to this menu as clinicians identify things they order from a service which they don't require a consult for.
GMRCR UGI protocol This is the procedure request for an upper GI which does not require a Consult in order for the procedure to be done. If a site does not wish to use this entry as a direct procedure request it should be removed from the GMRCRM REQUEST TYPES protocol menu. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR THORACENTESIS protocol DO NOT ALTER THIS PROTOCOL NAME. This is the name of a procedure used by the Medicine Package to associate results with a consult sent to the PULMONARY SERVICE.
GMRCACT DISCONTINUE action Discontinue an order. (Updates OE/RR status to "dc") S GMRCA=6 D DC^GMRCA1("",GMRCA),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCT TPN protocol This is the Consult Type which represents TPN (Hyperalimentation) orders for the Pharmacy Service. S GMRCEN="C" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCACT PHARMACY PKG MENU protocol menu This is the menu of actions provided for Pharmacy package users which allows adding, discontinuing and completing of a Pharmacy consult order.
GMRCACT CANCEL REQUEST action The service may cancel a consult request, with an explanation. (Updates OE/RR status to "x"). Requestors of cancelled consults may edit and resubmit the request. S GMRCA=19 D DC^GMRCA1("",GMRCA),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCACT COMPLETE action Complete/Update the results for a consult. D ENTER^GMRCTIU(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("LH") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCT SAMPLE CONSULT TYPE protocol This is a Consult Type protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "CONSULT..." header. S GMRCEN="C" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCR SAMPLE PROCEDURE protocol This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRCACTM SERVICE ACTION MENU protocol menu This is the menu of actions which may be used for a service to keep track service activities for consults and requests. There are paging, print and tracking actions included. The tracking actions perform an activity tracking audit trail.
GMRCACT RECEIVED REQUEST action Acknowledge the receipt of a consult (updates CPRS status to active). D RC^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRC TRK MAIN PROTOCOL menu Consult Tracking List Manager Protocol. Top level protocol to list protocols for review by patient and service. K GMRCOER D ^GMRCMENU
GMRCACT TRK SELECT SERVICE action List Manager Protocol: Used to select a new service to view consults/ requests. D SS^GMRCSLM S:$D(GMRCQUT) VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D AD^GMRCSLM1,INIT^GMRCSLM,HDR^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR")
GMRCACT TRK DATE CHANGE action Select a new date range for displaying consults. D ^GMRCSPD,SELEXIT^GMRCSLMA D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRC QC OUTSTANDING CONSULTS menu List Manager Protocol to print outstanding consults by service for QC purposes. In this option, ALL SERVICES is not allowed to be entered at the SERVICE: prompt.
GMRC OUTSTD CONSLTS SELECT SERVICE action List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) D FULL^VALM1,EN^GMRCSTLM Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="CP" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),INIT^GMRCPC,HDR^GMRCPC S VALMBG=1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC QC CONSULTS/REQUESTS PENDING RESOLUTION menu List Manager Protocol: Gather QC data on number of consults still pending resolution. Gives statistics by status and service. D KILL^VALM10()
GMRC QC SELECT SERVICE action List Manager Protocol: Select a new service to view QC results on how many consults/requests are pending resolution. D FULL^VALM1,EN^GMRCQCST Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCQC,HDR^GMRCQC S VALMCNT=$S(GMRCCT>30:GMRCCT,1:30),VALMBCK="R" S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC PRINT CONSULTS PROTOCOLS action List Manager Protocol: Used to collect protocol information from file 101 and print it out in a List Manager screen format. Part of the utilities provided with the Consults/Requests package. D EXIT^GMRCPP
GMRC PRINT ABBREVIATED CONSULT PROTOCOLS action List Manager Protocol: Prints abbreviated information about protocols found in File 101. Gives Protocol Name and Item Text only.
GMRC TRK PHARMACY TPN CONSULTS menu List Manager Protocol: Main Pharmacy protocol for listing consults/requests in list manager.
GMRCACT TRK PHARMACY SELECT PATIENT action List Manager Protocol: GMRC Consult/Request Tracking Protocol to select a new patient to list in the Pharmacy TPN Consults protocol. D EN^GMRCPX S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCPX,HDR^GMRCPX S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR")
GMRCACT TRK SELECT PATIENT action List Manager Protocol: Select a New Patient to view consult requests in List Manager. D SP^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D CLEAN^VALM10,AD^GMRCSLM1,HDR^GMRCSLM,INIT^GMRCSLM Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR")
GMRCACT PRINT PHARMACY CONSULT FORM action List Manager Protocol: Prints Form 513 to a Printer. D PS^GMRCA1("") S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC TRK MEDICINE CONSULTS menu List Manager Protocol used by Consults/Request tracking to list and display all uncompleted protocols for Medicine Service. Q:$D(GMRCQUT)
GMRCACT TRK MEDICINE SELECT PATIENT action List Manager Protocol used by Consults/Request Tracking to select a new patient when viewing Medicine Patient consults. D SPEN^GMRCMCP S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D INIT^GMRCMP,HDR^GMRCMP S VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR")
GMRCACT TRK MEDICINE SELECT PROCEDURE action List Manager Protocol for the Medicine Display for consults/request tracking. This protocol allows the user to select a new procedure when using the Medicine Option. No patient data is asked. Dates are asked D ENP^GMRCMCP,HDR^GMRCSLM,INIT^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR")
GMRCACTM ALERT SERVICE ACTIONS menu This protocol is used with the GMRC ALERT ACTIONS List manager template and is called when an alert is received by a service user who wishes to process the protocol from the alert menu. The consult displayed in the alert is shown, along with all of the actions necessary to process the protocol. D INIT^GMRCALRT S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
GMRCACT VIEW BY STATUS action Allows a user to specify the status of the Consults to be displayed. D EN^GMRCSTAT,ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("HL") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRC RECEIVE action D EN^GMRCHL7A(.XQORMSG)
GMRCACT ADD PHARMACY CONSULT REQUEST action D SLCT1^ORQPT,EN^ORCMENU,AD^GMRCSLM1,INIT^GMRCSLM S VALMBCK="R" D:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) RESET^GMRCSLMV(GMRC("NMBR")) K:$D(GMRC("NMBR")) GMRC("NMBR")
GMRCPLACE - EKG LAB protocol This is one of the protocols for tracking where a consult is to be conducted. It is used in the 'Place of Consultation: ' prompt when a consult is ordered.
GMRC COMPLETE STATISTICS menu List Manager Protocol. Uses List Template 'GMRC COMPLETE STATS' List Manager template. This protocol is used to display Statistics pertaining to how long a service takes to complete a consult/request, from the time that the consult/request is accepted by the service to the time it is completed. Also gives Mean and Standard Deviation statistics. I broken out by Total Consults completed, Inpatient Consults Completed, and Outpatient Consults Completed. Q:$D(GMRCQUT)
GMRC QC STATISTICS PRINT action List Manager protocol. Used to allow printing of the Completion Statistics to a printer. Is an item of the GMRC COMPLETE STATISICS protocol. D PRNT^GMRCSTU
GMRCACT EDIT CONSULT/REQUEST menu When a consult has been entered and submitted to a service, and that service has denied the request (for whatever reason), then this option allows the clinician to edit the consult to correct/add information needed by the requested service to evaluate and accept the consult. When the consult is edited, it may then be resubmitted to the consult service.
GMRCACT EDIT FIELD action This protocol calls the routine that will allow specific fields of a consult to be edited. The call will ask for the field to be edited, and then allow editing of that field. When editing is complete, the display is updated to show the edited fields and the user is returned to the main menu. D FULL^VALM1,EDITFLD^GMRCEDT4(GMRCDA) S VALMBCK="R"
GMRCACT RESUBMIT DENIED CONSULT action This protocol will allow a consult/request to be resubmitted as a pending consult/request after it has been denied by the service. D EN^GMRCEDT2(GMRCDA) S VALMBCK="Q" S:'$D(GMRCDA) GMRCDA=GMRCDAP
GMRC SELECT ITEM action This protocol is used when a user of the consults package or interface selects a consult record. When the record is entered (by number), it is highlighted in inverse video. The user can then choose an action for the item (i.e., DC a consult, Receive a consult, etc.). D SET^GMRCSLMV(+$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2)) S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU") Q
GMRCR ATRIAL LEAD IMPLANT protocol This is a Procedure Request protocol. This type of protocol may be added to OE/RR add order menus under the "PROCEDURE..." header. S GMRCEN="R" D EN^GMRCP
GMRC MGR ACTIONS menu This protocol contains specialized actions that an ADPAC or manager of the consult/request package can take to remedy various situations that arise in day-to-day usage of the consults package. The menu for these actions should only be given to the consults ADPAC or similar manager since these actions can cause trouble for the consults package if anyone is allowed to use them. D EXIT^GMRCMGR
GMRCACT MAKE ADDENDUM action Make an addendum to the Result of the Consult in TIU. D ADDEND^GMRCTIU(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("LH") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCACTM ALERT BASIC ACTIONS menu This protocol is used with the GMRC ALERT ACTIONS List Manager template and is called as the default protocol menu, unless the user has service update capabilities. Then this protocol menu will be replaced (hijacked) by the GMRCACTM ALERT SERVICE ACTIONS protocol menu.
GMRCACTM CHANGE VIEW menu This is the menu of selection criteria for consults (date range, service, or status). D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCB BLANK LINE action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
GMRCB BLANK LINE 1 action Displays a blank line. (3 spaces in Item Text) Used for white space.
GMRCACT NEXT SCREEN extended action S XQORM("A")="Select Action: "
GMRCACT PREVIOUS SCREEN extended action
GMRCACT QUIT action S VALMBCK="Q",GMRCQUT=1
GMRCACT REDISPLAY extended action
GMRCACT SIGNIFICANT FINDINGS action Update the significant findings flag for a consult. D SF^GMRCASF(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("LH") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCACT RESET MENU action S:$D(^TMP("GMRC",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
GMRCACTM HIDDEN ACTIONS menu
GMRCACT FIRST SCREEN extended action
GMRCACT LAST SCREEN extended action
GMRCACTM DISPLAY ACTIONS menu Menu of display actions which users can use to process through the display.
GMRCB BLANK LINE1 action Displays a blank line. (Item Text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
GMRCB BLANK LINE2 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
GMRCACT GOTO PAGE extended action
GMRCACT UP ONE LINE extended action
GMRCACT DOWN A LINE extended action
GMRCACT SEARCH LIST extended action
GMRCACT PRINT SCREEN extended action
GMRCACT CWAD DISPLAY extended action D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCACT PRINT LIST extended action
GMRCB BLANK LINE3 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
GMRCB BLANK LINE4 action Displays a blank line. (Item text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
GMRCB BLANK LINE5 action Displays a blank line. (Item Text is 3 spaces.) Use to get whitespace.
ORC NEW LOCATION action D CHANGE^ORCMENU1 D EX^ORCMENU2
ORCB DELETE ALERT action D DELETE^ORCB
PSO CANCEL action D OERR^PSOCAN3
ORC VERIFY CHART REVIEW action D VERIFY^ORCACT1("R") D EX^ORCACT
ORC VERIFY MENU menu W ! S VALMBCK=""
ORCHANGE PROBLEM COMMENTS action N CTXT,X S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),X=$P(CTXT,";",4),$P(CTXT,";",4)='X,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U
ORC SIGNIFICANT FINDINGS action D EN1^ORCONSLT("SIGF")
ORCM DISABLE action D FULL^VALM1,DISABLE^ORCMEDT5 S VALMBCK="R"
ORU REVIEW DELAYED ORDERS action This option may be used to review delayed orders at the time a patient is being admitted, discharged, or transferred. D:$G(DFN) EN1^ORCACT3(DFN)
ORCHANGE NOTES SUBJECT action N CTXT,X S CTXT=$P($G(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0)),U,3),X=$P(CTXT,";",6),$P(CTXT,";",6)='X,$P(^TMP("OR",$J,ORTAB,0),U,3,4)=CTXT_U
ORC SIGN ALL ORDERS extended action
ORC SELECT ALL action D ALL^ORCB ;sets ORNMBR
ORC VERIFY ALL ORDERS extended action
GMRCACTM NOTIF RECIP menu
GMRCU SELECT NOTIF SERV action D SELSS^GMRCNOTF,HDR^GMRCNOTF,INIT^GMRCNOTF S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC COMP STAT SELECT SERVICE action List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying consults Statistics pertaining to how long a service takes to complete a consult/request, from the time that the consult/request is accepted by the service to the time it is completed. D FULL^VALM1,EN^GMRCSTU,ODT^GMRCSTU,INIT^GMRCST,HDR^GMRCST S VALMBG=1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC OUTSTD CONSLTS SELECT STATUS action List Manager Protocol: Select a list of statuses for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) D NEWSTS^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="CP" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),INIT^GMRCPC,HDR^GMRCPC S VALMBG=1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC OUTSTD CONSLTS SELECT NUMBERED action List Manager Protocol: Togles on and off the display of the consult number in the report. D NUMBER^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="CP" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),INIT^GMRCPC,HDR^GMRCPC S VALMBG=1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC COLUMN WIDTH PRINT LIST extended action
GMRC COLUMN WIDTH MESSAGE action D PWIDTH^GMRCPC($G(GMRCCTRL))
GMRC COLUMN WIDTH HIDDEN MENU menu
GMRCACTM DEFAULT REASON menu
GMRCU SELECT DEF REASON SERV action This protocol allows the selection of a consult service for which to test the default reason for request. D SELSS^GMRCDRFR,HDR^GMRCDRFR,INIT^GMRCDRFR S VALMBCK="R"
GMRCU SELECT DEF REAS PATIENT action This protocol allows patient selection for testing the default reason for request. D SELPT^GMRCDRFR,HDR^GMRCDRFR,INIT^GMRCDRFR S VALMBCK="R"
GMRCACT SCHEDULED REQUEST action This action allows the request to be marked as scheduled. A comment may also be added to the request. There is NO linkage to the Scheduling software via this action. D RC^GMRCA1("",1),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
ORS PROBLEM LIST action This protocol allows printing a chartable copy of the current patient's current Problem List. D VAF^GMPLUTL2(+ORVP)
ORC SCHEDULE CONSULT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("SCHED")
ORC REM MED RESULTS action D EN1^ORCONSLT("REMRSLT")
ORQPT REMOVE PREFERENCE action D REMOVE^ORQPT1
ORQPT COMBINATION LIST action D COMBO^ORQPT1
GMRCACT EDIT/RESUBMIT CONSULT action This protocol will allow the provider or update user to edit and resubmit a canceled consult. D EDTSUB^GMRCA1(""),ENTRY^GMRCSLMA("L") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
OR PATIENT ALERTS menu Display a patient's CPRS alerts and allow detailed display of alert recipients.
OR SELECT ALERTS action D SELECT^ORB3U1
SR SURGERY REQUEST protocol This protocol allows the entry and editing of operation requests through OE/RR. D EN^SROERR K SRSITE,^TMP($J,"SRCUSS")
SR Notification of Appointment Booking event driver This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit new appointment bookings. This is a S12 trigger event code which includes all new requested, scheduled or emergent surgery cases entered through the proper Surgery package options.
SR Notification of Appointment Rescheduling event driver This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment reschedulings. This is a S13 trigger event code which includes changes in existing case's requested or scheduled through the proper Surgery package options.
SR Notification of Appointment Modification event driver This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment modifications. This is an S14 trigger event code which includes modifications to an existing case entered through the proper Surgery package options.
SR Notification of Appointment Cancellation event driver This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment cancellations. This is an S15 trigger event code which includes modifications to an existing case entered through the proper Surgery package options.
SR Notification of Appointment Deletion event driver This protocol is used within the Surgery HL7 interface to transmit appointment deletions. This is an S17 trigger event code which includes modifications to an existing case entered through the proper Surgery package options.
SR Unsolicited transmission of VistA Requested Observation event driver This protocol is used from within the Surgery Interface to transmit unsolicited observations. This is an R01 trigger event code which includes all cases with the Surgical package status of either not complete or complete.
SR Receiver of Observation Unsolicited subscriber This is the protocol built for the client application to receive unsolicited ORU messages.
SR Receiver of New Appointment Booking subscriber This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the Surgery New Appointment bookings, event type S12.
SR Receiver of Appointment Rescheduling subscriber This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment rescheduling messages, event type S13.
SR Receiver of Appointment Modification subscriber This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment modification messages, event type S14.
SR Receiver of Appointment Cancellation subscriber This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment cancellation messages, event type S15.
SR Receiver of Appointment Deletion subscriber This protocol is setup for the client application to receive the surgery appointment deletion messages, event type S17.
SR Unsolicited transmission of AAIS Requested Observation event driver This protocol is setup for the placer application to send unsolicited observation, ORU, messages to the filler surgery application to process.
SR Receiver of Unsolicited Requested Observation subscriber This protocol is setup for the filler surgery application to receive usolicited observation, ORU, messages from the placer application for processing.
SR Query for Scheduling Information event driver This protocol is setup to identify the S25, Query for Scheduling information, event code.
SR Receiver of Scheduling Query subscriber This protocol is setup to identify the S25, Query for Scheduling information, event code. This protocol identifies the processing routine for the incoming query message.
SR Staff Master File Notification event driver This protocol is used to initialize surgery staff information on the placers system. This message only sends staff that is current entered into the surgery case file.
SR Other Master File Notification event driver This protocol is used to update all of the master file, except the staff master file, used by the Surgery Interface. Some of these master files include; CPT-4, ICD9, Medication, Replacement Fluid, Monitor as well as some of the set of codes.
SR Receiver of Staff Master File Notification subscriber This protocol is used to initialize the staff for the placer, Automated Anesthesia Information System.
SR Receiver of Master File Notification subscriber This protocol is used to deliver master file notifications to the Automated Anesthesia Information System.
MCAR Device Server event driver This protocol is used by the HL7 package to send results to Vista from various clinical instrumentation.
MCAR Device Client subscriber Subscriber protocol for sending data to Vista from clinical instruments.
GMRCACTM MED RESULTING menu
GMRCACT SELECT MED RESULT action D SET^GMRCMED(+$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2)) S XQORM("HIJACK")=$O(^ORD(101,"B","GMRCACTM MED RESULTING",0))_"ORD(101,"
GMRCACT DISPLAY MED RESULT action D DISPRES^GMRCMED("") S VALMBCK="R"
GMRCACT DISASSOC MED RSLT action This protocol will allow a MEDICINE package result to be disassociated from the consult procedure request to which it is linked. D FULL^VALM1,EN1^GMRCDIS("") I $G(GMRCO) D REFRESH^GMRCDIS(GMRCO)
GMRCACTM DISASSOC MED RSLT menu This menu contains actions that me taken when disassociating a MEDICINE package result from a consult procedure request to which it is linked.
GMRCACT REMOVE MED RESULT action This protocol will allow display and selection of those Medicine package results associated with a consult procedure request and allow one or more results to be unlinked from the consult. D DIS^GMRCDIS("") D EXIT^GMRCSLMA("R")
GMRCU SELECT DEF REAS PROC action This protocol allows the selection of a procedure for which to test the default reason for request. D SELPROC^GMRCDRFR,HDR^GMRCDRFR,INIT^GMRCDRFR S VALMBCK="R"
ORC CONSULT EDIT/RESUBMIT action D EN1^ORCONSLT("EDITRES")
GMRC IFC ORM EVENT event driver
GMRC IFC SUBSC subscriber
GMRC IF QC CONSULTS menu List Manager Protocol to print inter-facility consults by service for QC purposes.
GMRC IF CONSLTS SELECT SERVICE action List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying inter-facility consults. D EN^GMRCSTLM Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="IFC" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),HDR^GMRCIR S VALMBG=1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IF CONSLTS SELECT STATUS action List Manager Protocol: Select a list of statuses for displaying inter-facility consults. D NEWSTS^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="IFC" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),HDR^GMRCIR S VALMBG=1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IF CONSLTS SELECT NUMBERED action List Manager Protocol: Toggles on and off the display of the consult number in the inter-facility consults report. D NUMBER^GMRCPC1 Q:$D(GMRCQUT) S GMRCARRN="IFC" D ENORLM^GMRCSTLM(GMRCARRN),HDR^GMRCIR S VALMBG=1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IF COLUMN WIDTH MESSAGE action D PWIDTH^GMRCIR(130)
GMRC IF COLUMN WIDTH PRINT LIST extended action
GMRC IF SELECT NEW CONSULT action This protocol allows the user to select a new consult number for which to display incomplete IFC transactions. D NEWCSLT^GMRCINC S VALMBCK="R"
GMRCIFM INCOMPLETE TRANS MENU menu This protocol contains the menu of actions that one can take from the List incomplete IFC transactions option.
GMRC IF RETRANSMIT ACTIVITY action This protocol is used to re-transmit an unsuccessful activity on an inter-facility consult. D RETRAN^GMRCINC S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IFC ORM TEST event driver This item is the event protocol used to test the IFC implementation of services or procedures.
GMRCIFM TRANS MENU menu This protocol contains the menu of actions that one can take from the IFC Transaction Report option.
GMRC IF MRK TRANSACTION COMP action This protocol is used to mark an inter-facility consult transaction complete. D MKCOMP^GMRCINC S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IF CONSLTS DESCRIPTION action List Manager Protocol: Display the Description from the Option file for option Inter-Facility Consult Requests [GMRC IFC RPT CONSULTS]. D DESC^GMRCIR S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IF DETAILED DISPLAY action This protocol allows the user to select a consult number for which to display details from the IFC MESSAGE LOG (#123.6) file. D SELECT^GMRCITR S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IF CHANGE VIEW action This protocol allows the user to change the view (sort) of entries from the IFC MESSAGE LOG (#123.6) file. D VIEW^GMRCITR Q:$D(GMRCQUT) D DATA^GMRCITR(GMRCS),HDR^GMRCITR,LM^GMRCITR,INIT^GMRCINC S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC IF ED BKG STRT action This protocol allows the start parameter for the IFC background job to be edited to some time in the future. This will delay the next running of the background job until the date/time defined in this parameter. D EDSTRT^GMRCIBKM
GMRC IF REFRESH BKG PAR action This protocol allows the listing of the IFC background parameters to be refreshed and redisplayed. D REFRESH^GMRCIBKM
GMRCIFM BKG PARAM MENU menu This protocol contains actions that may be taken during the display of the IFC background job parameters.
PSO DRUG RESTR/GUIDE INFO action D FULL^VALM1,DDTX^PSONFI S VALMBCK="R"
PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #1 menu This hidden menu will contain standard Listman actions.
PSO HIDDEN ACTIONS #4 menu This hidden action will be attached to PSO LM Renew Menu list Template.
PSJ LM DIN action Created for NFI chg #4 5/2/00; to display a hidden action DIN for drug text indication. D DINHIDE^PSJDIN(DFN,$G(PSJORD)) S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ PC IV LABELS ACTION menu D EN^PSIVLB(DFN,ON,PSIVLBTP,PSJMORE) Q
PSJ PC IV NEW LABELS action This action will allow the user to print new IV labels. D LBLBEG^PSIVLBL1 S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ PC IV REPRINT LABELS action This action will allow the user to reprint one or all labels that have not been reprinted, recycled, cancelled or destroyed and have not marked as Given or Completed in BCMA. D EN^PSIVLBRP(.PSJIDLST) K PSJLB S VALMBCK="Q"
PSJ PC RETURN IV LABELS ACTION menu D EN^PSIVLB(DFN,ON,PSIVLBTP,PSJMORE) Q
PSJ PC IV RECYCLED action This action will allow the user to recycle selected labels. S PSIVC=2 D WARD^PSIVRD S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ PC IV DESTROYED action This action will allow the user to enter destroyed IV labels. S PSIVC=3 D WARD^PSIVRD S VALMBCK="R"
PSJ PC IV CANCELLED action This action will allow the user to cancel selected labels. S PSIVC=4 D WARD^PSIVRD S VALMBCK="R"
PSJI LM VERIFY action This action allows the user to verify an IV order. D VF^PSJLIACT
PSS HUI DRUG UPDATE event driver This protocol will be used to send event notification and data when new drugs are added to the Drug file (#50) and when certain fields are updated in same file.
PSJ LM FLAG action This option allows the user to flag/unflag an Inpatient Medications order. D FLAG^PSJOE(DFN,PSJORD)
PSJ LM CWAD action Displaying the CWAD information for the selected patient. D CWAD^PSJALG(DFN) S VALMBCK="R"
OREV ENTER/EDIT AUTO DC MENU menu D LIST^OREV,CHKSEL^OREV
OREV ENTER/EDIT ENTRIES action D EEE^OREV D DESELECT^OREV K ^TMP("OREDO",$J)
OREV MAIN DETAILED DISPLAY action D EN^VALM("OREV DETAILED DISPLAY") D DESELECT^OREV
OREV SWITCH action D ACT^OREV1 D DESELECT^OREV
OREV EDIT WRITE ORDERS PARAM action D FULL^VALM1 D EDITPAR^XPAREDIT("ORWDX WRITE ORDERS EVENT LIST") S VALMBCK="R" D DESELECT^OREV
OREV DETAILED MENU menu
OREV SWITCH IN DETAIL action D ACT^OREV1 D DET^OREV2
OREV ENTER/EDIT ENTRIES IN DETAIL action D EEE^OREV D DET^OREV2
OREV ENTER/EDIT EVENTS MENU menu D LIST^OREV,CHKSEL^OREV
OREV EDIT EVENT DELAY PARAMS action D PARAM^OREV3 D DESELECT^OREV
ORC DELAYED ORDERS action D EN^OREVNT S:$D(^TMP("OR",$J,"CURRENT","MENU")) XQORM("HIJACK")=^("MENU")
ORC DELAY EVENT action D ED^OREVNT D EX^ORCACT
ORC DELAYED ORDER ACTIONS menu Q:$$DONE^OREVNT1 S XQORM(0)="1AD\",(XQORM("?"),XQORM("??"))="D ITEMHELP^ORCHART",VALMBCK="",ORNMBR=$P(XQORNOD(0),"=",2) D SELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR) I '$G(OREBUILD),$G(ORNMBR) D DESELECT^ORCHART(ORNMBR)
ORCHANGE EVENT action D EVT^ORCHANG3
ORC RELEASE ORDERS action D EN^OREVNT1 D EX^ORCACT
OREV INCLUDE HISTORIES action D INCHIST^OREV2 S VALMBG=1 D DET^OREV2
OREV CHANGE DISPLAY action D CD^OREV2 D HDR^OREV
OREV ADD CHILD action D ACE^OREV3 D DESELECT^OREV K ^TMP("OREDO",$J)
PSO RECEIVE ORDER subscriber This protocol is used to receive Outpatient Pharmacy orders from an external source.
PSB BCBU RECEIVE action This Protocol processes the HL7 Messages that are sent by Pharmacy to CPRS for order updates D IPH^ALPBCBU(.XQORMSG)
PSB BCBU PATIENT MOVEMENT action This Protocol is used to track the patient admissions, discharges and other Movements for BCBU Contingency. Every time a patient movement activity happens a message is sent to the BCBU Contingency Workstation to keep it current with the patient location. D PMOV^ALPBCBU
PSB BCBU ORM RECV subscriber This is an HL7 subscriber protocol for routing messages to BCMA BACKUP workstations. It is configured as a "router" so there will not be a logical link defined. The Routing Logic field is simply a Mumps 'Quit' since the HLL("LINKS") array is set up by the sending application before the call to HL7. Messages are routed to logical links based on their association with Medical Center Divisions (40.8) in the Parameter File.
PSB BCBU ORM SEND event driver This is the event driver for all BCMA backup events.
PSB SELECT ORDER action Lists a BCBU patient's orders and allows selection of one or several orders which are then displayed. This protocol is used on the workstation only. D SELORD^ALPBSP1 S VALMBCK="R"
PSB ORDERS MENU menu Protocol menu containing protocol PSB SELECT ORDER.
PSB SELECT PATIENT action List all BCBU patients by name. Allows selection of a patient and then branches to PSB SELECT ORDER. This protocol is used on the workstation only. D SELPAT^ALPBSPAT S VALMBCK="R"
PSB PATIENT MENU menu Protocol menu containing protocol PSB SELECT PATIENT.
PSB ERR LOG DEL ONE action Deletes a selected entry or range of entries from the BCBU Error Log in file 53.71. D DELONE^ALPBELOG S VALMBCK="R"
PSB ERROR LOG MENU menu Protocol menu containing protocols PSB ERR LOG DEL ALL and PSB ERR LOG DEL ONE.
PSB ERR LOG DEL ALL action Delete all entries from the BCBU Error Log in file 53.71. D DELALL^ALPBELOG S VALMBCK="R"
PSB BCBU PMU_B01 EVENT event driver PMU_B01 events are HL7 messages for adding personnel. This message is sent to the BCMA Contingency workstations
PSB BCBU PMU_B01 RECV subscriber This is an HL7 subscriber to the PMU_B01 event as implemented for the BCMA contingency backup software. Personnel create and update events are sent to the backup workstations to keep BCMA users in sync with Vista.
PSB BCBU PMU_B02 EVENT event driver PMU_B02 events are HL7 messages for updating personnel records. This message is sent to the BCMA Contingency workstations
PSB BCBU PMU_B02 RECV subscriber This is an HL7 subscriber to the PMU_B02 event as implemented for the BCMA contingency backup software. Personnel create and update events are sent to the backup workstations to keep BCMA users in sync with Vista.
PSB SELECT PATIENT WARD action Allows the user to list patients on selected wards. D SELWARD^ALPBSPAT S VALMBCK="R"
PSB SELECT PATIENT ALL action List all BCBU patients by name. Allows user to select by patient's name, patient's SSN, or first letter lastname+last 4 of SSN. D SELALL^ALPBSPAT S VALMBCK="R"
PSB SELECT ORDER ACTIVE action List all active orders for a selected patient. Also allows for the selection of a order to be viewied. D SELACT^ALPBSP1 S VALMBCK="R"
PSB SELECT ORDER ALL action List all orders for a selected patient regardless of the order status. Also allows for the selection of a order to be viewied. D SELALL^ALPBSP1 S VALMBCK="R"
PSD PAT ADT action D ^PSDADT1
PSD A01 SERVER event driver Triggered by the DGPM MOVEMENT DRIVER, this protocol serves admissions.
PSD A01 CLIENT subscriber Delivers admit (A01) messages to narcotic dispensing equipment systems.
PSD A02 SERVER event driver Triggered by the DGPM MOVEMENT DRIVER, it serves admissions.
PSD A02 CLIENT subscriber Delivers transfers (A02) to narcotic dispensing equipment systems.
PSD A03 SERVER event driver Triggered by the DGPM MOVEMENT DRIVER, it serves discharges.
PSD A03 CLIENT subscriber Delivers discharges to narcotic dispensing equipment systems
PSD DFT SERVER event driver These messages record dispensing activity as it occurs at narcotic dispensing equipment systems.
PSD DFT CLIENT subscriber Records dispensing activity when it occurs at narcotic dispensing equipment systems.
PSO TPB EV event driver
PSO TPB SUB subscriber
PSB BCMA RASO17 SRV event driver This is a test event driver protocol for PSB (BCMA). This protocol is to serve the RAS/O17 event. The trigger event in general is a MEDPASS or administration of a ORDER/Medication.
PSB BCMA RASO17 SUB subscriber
CIAV USER TERMINATE action This action protocol cleans up any user-specific settings within VueCentric. It should be registered under the XU USER TERMINATE extended action protocol. D USRTRM^CIAVUTIL(XUIFN)
IHS PS HOOK action D EN^APSPPCC(.XQORMSG)
BSDAM ROUTING SLIP action D WISD^BSDROUT(+$G(DFN),DT,"RS","",1) S VALMBCK="R"
BSDAM HIDDEN ACTIONS menu
BUD UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUDUPVL
BUD VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUDUPVL
BUD ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUDUPVL
BUD 04 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 04 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 04 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD4UPVL
BUD 04 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD4UPVL
BUD 04 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD4UPVL
BUD 04 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 04 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD4UTXS
BUD 04 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 04 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD4UTXL
BUD 04 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD4UTXL
APCLP5 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCLP5 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLP5TS
APCLP5 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLP5TL
APCLP5 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLP5 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLP5TL
APCLP5 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLP5TS
APCLD5 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCLD5 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLD5TS
APCLD5 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLD5TL
APCLD5 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLD5 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLD5TL
APCLD5 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLD5TS
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC SELECT TYPE action D SEL^APCLTAXG
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC SETUP menu
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC LIST menu
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC LIST SEL action D SEL^APCLTAXT
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC EDIT menu
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC ADD ITEM action D ADD^APCLTAXE
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC REMOVE ITEM action D REM^APCLTAXE
APCL TAXONOMY GENERIC ADD TAXONOMY action D ADDNEW^APCLTAXT
AMH GROUP ENTRY MENU menu
AMH GROUP ENTRY DISP action D DISP^AMHEGR
AMH GROUP ENTRY DELETE action D DEL^AMHEGR
AMH GROUP ENTRY DUP action D DUP^AMHEGR
AMH GROUP PTS menu
AMH GROUP PTS DISPLAY action D DISP^AMHEGS
AMH GROUP PTS DELETE action D DEL^AMHEGS
AMH GROUP ADD GROUP action D ADDGRP^AMHEGR
AMH GROUP ENTRY REVIEW action D REV^AMHEGR
AMH GROUP PTS ADD/EDIT action D EDITREC^AMHEGS
AMH GROUP PRINT FORMS action D PRTEF^AMHEGR
AMH GROUP ADD NO SHOW VISIT action D NOSHOW^AMHEGR
ABMDTMS HL7 SUPPLY MENU menu
ABMDTMS HL7 SUPPLY SELECT action D SELECT^ABMDTMS
ABMDTMS HL7 SUPPLY EDIT action D EDIN^ABMDTMS
APCDCAF VISIT AUDIT MENU menu
APCDCAF VISIT DISPLAY action D DISP^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF NOTE DISPLAY action D NOTEDISP^APCDCAF
APCDCAF MODIFY VISIT action D MODIFY^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF APPEND TO VISIT action D APPEND^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF RESORT LIST action D RESORT^APCDCAF
APCDCAF CHART AUDIT HX action D CASHX^APCDCAF
APCDCAF UPDATE CHART AUDIT STATUS action D UPDATE^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^APCDCAF
APCD SUICIDE VIEW/UPDATE menu
APCD SUICIDE ADD FORM action D ADDSF^APCDLESF(APCDPAT)
APCD SUICIDE EDIT FORM action D EDIT^APCDLESF
APCD SUICIDE DELETE FORM action D DEL^APCDLESF
APCD SUICIDE HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^APCDLESF
APCD SUICIDE DISPLAY FORM action D DISP^APCDLESF
APCD SUICIDE BY DATE EDIT action D EDIT^APCDSFR
APCD SUICIDE BY DATE MENU menu
APCD SUICIDE BY DATE DISP action D DISP^APCDSFR
APCD SUICIDE BY DATE DELETE action D DEL^APCDSFR
APCD SUICIDE BY DATE ADD action D ADD^APCDSFR
APCDCAF LIST ONE DATE/PATIENT action D ONEDATE^APCDCAF
APCDCAF OP VISIT AUDIT MENU menu
APCDCAF OP VISIT DISPLAY action D DISP^APCDCAF3
APCDCAF OP NOTE DISPLAY action D NOTEDISP^APCDCAF2
APCDCAF OP MODIFY VISIT action D MODIFY^APCDCAF3
APCDCAF OP APPEND TO VISIT action D APPEND^APCDCAF3
APCDCAF OP CHART AUDIT HX action D CASHX^APCDCAF2
APCDCAF OP UPDATE CHART AUDIT STATUS action D UPDATE^APCDCAF3
APCDCAF OP HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^APCDCAF2
APCDCAF MERGE 2 VISITS action D MERGE^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF OP MERGE 2 VISITS action D MERGE^APCDCAF3
APCDCAF VISIT DELETE action D DEL^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF OP VISIT DELETE action D DEL^APCDCAF3
APCH CHECK-IN PRINT PAT HS action D SDEP^APCHPRE
APCLLT LETTER ADD action D ADD^APCLLT D LINIT^APCLLT
APCLLT LETTER EDIT action D EDIT^APCLLT D LINIT^APCLLT
APCLLT LETTER DELETE action D DELETE^APCLLT D LINIT^APCLLT
APCLLT LETTER MENU menu D LINIT^APCLLT
APCLLT LETTER ITEMS action D INSERT^APCLLT D LINIT^APCLLT
APCLD6 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCLD6 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLD6TS
APCLD6 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLD6TL
APCLD6 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLD6 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLD6TL
APCLD6 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLD6TS
APCLP6 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCLP6 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLP6TS
APCLP6 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLP6TL
APCLP6 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLP6 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLP6TL
APCLP6 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLP6TS
BUD 05 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 05 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 05 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD5UPVL
BUD 05 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD5UPVL
BUD 05 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD5UPVL
BUD 05 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 05 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD5UTXS
BUD 05 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 05 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD5UTXL
BUD 05 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD5UTXL
BTIUFD DESCRIPTION TEXT action Allows users the ability to edit the description field of a TIU document definition D EDDES^BTIUFD
BSDX CANCEL APPOINTMENT action IHS protocol called by the PIMS v5.3 Scheduling Event Driver (BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS). This protocol will cancel an appointment in the IHS Windows Scheduling package when the corresponding appointment in RPMS Scheduling is cancelled. I $G(SDAMEVT)=2,$D(^BSDXAPPL) D CANEVT^BSDX08($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL))
BSDX ADD APPOINTMENT action IHS protocol called by the PIMS v5.3 Scheduling Event Driver (BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS). This protocol will add an appointment in the IHS Windows Scheduling package when the corresponding appointment in RPMS Scheduling is added. I $G(SDAMEVT)=1,$D(^BSDXAPPL) D ADDEVT^BSDX07($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL),$G(SDDA))
BSDX NOSHOW APPOINTMENT action IHS protocol called by the PIMS v5.3 Scheduling Event Driver (BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS). This protocol will no-show an appointment in the IHS Windows Scheduling package when the corresponding appointment in RPMS Scheduling is no-showed. I $G(SDAMEVT)=3,$D(^BSDXAPPL) D NOSEVT^BSDX31($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL))
BSDX CHECKIN APPOINTMENT action IHS protocol called by the PIMS v5.3 Scheduling Event Driver (BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS). This protocol will check in an appointment in the IHS Windows Scheduling package when the corresponding appointment in RPMS Scheduling is checked in. I $G(SDAMEVT)=4,$D(^BSDXAPPL) D CHKEVT^BSDX25($G(DFN),$G(SDT),$G(SDCL))
BSDAM MENU WAIT LIST menu IHS/OIT/LJF 7/21/2005 PATCH 1004: protocol menu added along with all protocol items. Rewrite of waiting list data entry process.
BSDWL ADD action IHS/OIT/LJF 7/21/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol and placed on new protocol menu BSDAM MENU WAIT LIST. This action allows users to add new patients to a waiting list. D ADD^BSDWLE
BSDWL EDIT action IHS/OIT/LJF 7/21/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol and placed on new protocol menu BSDAM MENU WAIT LIST. This action allows users to edit existing patients on a waiting list by updating priority or recall date. D EDIT^BSDWLE
BSDWL REMOVE action IHS/OIT/LJF 7/22/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol and placed on new protocol menu BSDAM MENU WAIT LIST. This action allows users to remove a patient from a active state on a waiting list. D REMOVE^BSDWLE
BSDWL VIEW action IHS/OIT/LJF 7/22/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol and placed on new protocol menu BSDAM MENU WAIT LIST. This action allows users to view all the details for an entry on a waiting list. D VIEW^BSDWLE
BSDAM MENU WAIT LIST CLOSED menu IHS/OIT/LJF 7/22/2005 PATCH 1004: protocol menu added along with all protocol items. This is menu for list of closed cases. Can only be called from within the listing of active cases.
BSDWL CLOSED action IHS/OIT/LJF 7/22/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as choice under waiting list data enry. This protocol calls another list template to dislay closed cases. D ^BSDWLE1 D RETURN^BSDWLE(1)
BSDAM WAIT LIST REMOVE action IHS/OIT/LJF 7/28/2005 PATCH 1004: Created this new protocol to be called by the Scheduling event driver. It is run only after the make appointment event. If a patient is active on at least one waiting list, the user will be asked to remove the patient from a waiting list. D ^BSDWLE2
BSDWL EDIT ALL action IHS/OIT/LJF 8/31/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol and placed on new protocol menu BSDAM MENU WAIT LIST CLOSED. This action allows users to edit patients who have been removed from a waiting list. D EDITALL^BSDWLE
BDG MENU IC SETUP menu IHS/OIT/LJF 09/08/2005 PATCH 1004: Added new IC Setup function. This protocol is menu for supervisor actions for setting up which dates appear under ICE.
BDG IC SETUP EDIT action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/08/2005 PATCH 1004: New protocol for new ICE setup function. Used to change parameters. D EDIT^BDGICSET
BDG MENU IC EDIT menu IHS/OIT/LJF 09/08/2005 PATCH 1004: Added new IC Setup function. This protocol is the menu for the New ICE option.
BDG ICE DATES action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. D TDATES^BDGICE2
BDG ICE FIX VISIT action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. D VDATE^BDGICE2
BDG ICE COMMENTS action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. D COMMENT^BDGICE2
BDG ICE ADD DEF action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. D ADDDEF^BDGICE2
BDG ICE VIEW PENDING action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. K BDGDFALL D REBUILD^BDGICE2
BDG ICE VIEW ALL DEF action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. S BDGDFALL=1 D REBUILD^BDGICE2
BDG ICE COMPLETE action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. D COMPLETE^BDGICE2
BDG ICE DELETE action IHS/OIT/LJF 09/16/2005 PATCH 1004: Added protocol as part of new list manager based ICE data entry option. D DELETE^BDGICE2
BSDAM OTHER REPORTS action IHS/OIT/LJF 01/19/2006 PATCH 1005: Added new protocol to handle all requests for various forms and reports users want to print from AM screen. D OTHER^BSDAM D ^%ZISC S VALMBCK="R"
BSDAM RS AT CHECKIN action IHS/OIT/LJF 02/16/2006 PATCH 1005 added protocol for sites with so many no-shows that they do not pull charts until patients check in. Event must be a check-in and parameter turned on. Will use RS default printer if set. This protocol will be added to event driver. I '$G(SDMODE) D RSCI^BSDROUT(SDAMEVT,DFN,SDT) S VALMBCK="R"
BDG IC MED STAFF action IHS/OIT/LJF 04/20/2006 PATCH 1005: Add this new protocol so sites can enter medical staff who need to show up on IC reports restricted to medical staff. D STAFF^BDGICSET
BYIM ADD STATE IMMUNIZATIONS action D ADD^BYIMIMM1 D FMINIT^BYIMIMM1
BYIM MENU menu D FMINIT^BYIMIMM1
BOP SDAM action D SDAM^BOPOBS
BOP DG ADT action D ADT^BOPCAP
BDM TAXONOMY MENU menu D TAXINIT^BDMTAX0
BDM TAXONOMY ADD action D TAXADD^BDMTAX0
BDM TAXONOMY SELECT action D TAXEDIT^BDMTAX0
BDM LAB TEST ADD action D LABADD^BDMTAX0
BDM LAB TEST EDIT action D LABEDIT^BDMTAX0
BDM LAB TAXONOMY MENU menu D LABINIT^BDMTAX4
BDM LAB TEST DELETE action D DLAB^BDMTAX0
BDM LAB TAXONOMY EDIT action D EDIT^BDMTAX0
BDM TAXONOMY ITEMS MENU menu D TIINIT^BDMTAX0
BDM TAXONOMY ITEMS ADD action D TIADD^BDMTAX0
BDM TAXONOMY ITEMS REMOVE action D TIREMOVE^BDMTAX0
BDM TAXONOMY EDIT action D EDIT^BDMTAX0
BDMF FLOW SHEET SELECT ITEM
BDMV OB SUMMARY action D OB^BDMVRL1 S VALMBCK="R"
BDMV OB RISKS action D RF^BDMVRL1 S VALMBCK="R"
BDMV NOTES action D NOTES^BDMVRL1 D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV WM HEALTH PROFILE action D WHP^BDMVRL1,RESET2^BDMVRL Q S VALMBCK="R"
BDMV VISIT SELECT action D VST^BDMVRL D VINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV VISIT MENU menu
BDMV DIAGNOSIS MENU menu
BDMV DIAGNOSIS ADD action D CADD^BDMVRL8 D CINIT^BDMVRL8
BDMV DIAGNOSIS EDIT action D CEDIT^BDMVRL8 D CINIT^BDMVRL8
BDMV DIAGNOSIS LIST ADD action D CLADD^BDMVRL8 D CLINIT^BDMVRL8
BDMV DIAGNOSIS LIST DEL action D CLDELETE^BDMVRL8 D CLINIT^BDMVRL8
BDMV DIAGNOSIS LIST EDIT action D CLEDIT^BDMVRL8 D CLINIT^BDMVRL8
BDMV DIAGNOSIS LIST MENU menu D CLINIT^BDMVRL8
BDMV DIAGNOSIS START action BDMZEDIT D CDISP^BDMVRL8 D RDINIT^BDMVRL
BDMV DIAGNOSIS DELETE action D CDELETE^BDMVRL8 D CINIT^BDMVRL8
BLR REFLAB ACCESSION A TEST extended action
BLR REFLAB VERIFY RESULT action This event will happen when the user selects the V from the list of action items on the BLR VERIFY DISPLAY protocol D UPD^BLRRLV(BLRVDA)
BLR REFLAB VERIFY RESULT DISP menu This will be the main list manager screen
BLR REFLAB NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BLR REFLAB PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BLR REFLAB QUIT action S BLRVQ=1 Q
BLR REFLAB NO VERIFY RESULT action Q
BLR REFLAB RAW MSG VIEW menu This will be the main list manager screen
BLR REFLAB REFILE RAW MSG action D REF^BLRRLMV(BLRUIF)
BLR REFLAB REMOVE ENTRY action D RMV^BLRRLV(BLRVDA)
BGP NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BGP PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BGP 06 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP6DSL
BGP 06 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP6DSL
BGP 06 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP6DSL
BGP 06 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 06 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP6DSI
BGP 06 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP6DSI
BGP 06 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 06 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP6DHSL
BGP 06 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP6DHSL
BGP 06 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP6DHSL
BGP 06 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 06 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 06 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP6XTS
BGP 06 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP6XTL
BGP 06 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 06 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP6XTL
BGP 06 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 06 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP6XTS
BGP 06 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP6DESL
BGP 06 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP6DESL
BGP 06 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP6DESL
BGP 06 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 06 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP6CSI
BGP 06 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP6CSI
BGP 06 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP6CSI
BGP 06 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 06 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP6CTS
BGP 06 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP6CTL
BGP 06 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 06 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP6CTL
BGP 06 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP6CTS
BGP 06 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 06 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP6DESI
BGP 06 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP6DESI
BGP 06 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 06 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP6ASL
BGP 06 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP6ASL
BGP 06 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP6ASL
BGP 06 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 06 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP6ETS
BGP 06 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP6ETS
BGP 06 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 06 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP6ETL
BGP 06 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP6ETL
BGP 06 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP6XTV
BGP 06 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 06 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BOP GMRA UPDATE action This protocol should be attached to the GMRA VERIFY DATA and will update the ADS with verified allergy information. D ALLERGY^BOPCP2
APCDCAF MERGE 2 DATES action D MERGEDD^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF OP MERGE 2 DATES action D MERGEDD^APCDCAF3
APCDCAF MOVE V DATA action D MOVEVD^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF OP MOVE V FILE action D MOVEVD^APCDCAF3
APCD FAMILY HISTORY ADD action D ADD^APCDFH
APCD FAMILY HISTORY menu
APCD FAMILY HISTORY EDIT action D EDIT^APCDFH
APCD FAMILY HISTORY QUIT action Q
APCD FAMILY HISTORY DELETE action D DELETE^APCDFH
APCDCAF CHANGE VISIT DATE/TIME action D CVD^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF MOVE VFILE DIFF DT action D MOVEVDD^APCDCAF1
APCLD7 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCLD7 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLD7TS
APCLD7 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLD7TL
APCLD7 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLD7 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLD7TL
APCLD7 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLD7TS
APCLP7 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCLP7 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLP7TS
APCLP7 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLP7TL
APCLP7 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLP7 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLP7TL
APCLP7 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLP7TS
AMH GAF SCORE VISITS menu
AMH GAF SCORE RPT action D EP^AMHGOM(DFN)
BUD 06 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 06 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 06 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD6UPVL
BUD 06 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD6UPVL
BUD 06 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD6UPVL
BUD 06 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 06 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD6UTXS
BUD 06 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 06 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD6UTXL
BUD 06 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD6UTXL
XUMFX SERVER event driver This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS.
XUMF MFP MFQ event driver This protocol is Master File Parameters Query event driver for MFS.
XUMF MFP MFR subscriber This protocol handles Master File Parameters query response messages for the MFS.
XUMF MFS subscriber This protocol handles Master File Notification messages for the Master File Server mechanism.
XUMFX MFQ event driver This protocol is Master File Query event driver for the MFS.
XUMFX MFR subscriber This protocol handles Master File Query messages for the Institution file.
DS Pub Man~~L event driver This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS.
DTS Term Srv~~L event driver This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS.
BNI UPDATE ACTIVITY RECORDS menu
BNI QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BNI ADD RECORD action D ADD^BNIE
BNI EDIT RECORD action D EDITR^BNIE
BNI RECORD DISPLAY menu
BNI NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BNI PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BNI DISPLAY RECORD action D DISPR^BNIE
BNI DELETE RECORD action D DELETER^BNIE
BNI COMMUNITY TAXONOMY LIST menu
BNI COMMUNITY TAX GENERIC LIST SEL action D SEL^BNITAXT
BNI TAXONOMY MENU menu D TAXINIT^BNITAX0
BNI TAXONOMY ADD action D TAXADD^BNITAX0
BNI TAXONOMY SELECT action D TAXEDIT^BNITAX0
BNI TAXONOMY ITEMS MENU menu D TIINIT^BNITAX0
BNI TAXONOMY ITEMS ADD action D TIADD^BNITAX0
BNI TAXONOMY ITEMS REMOVE action D TIREMOVE^BNITAX0
BNI TAXONOMY EDIT action D EDIT^BNITAX0
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC SELECT TYPE action D SEL^BNITAXG
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC SETUP menu
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC LIST menu
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC LIST SEL action D SEL^BNITAXT
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC EDIT menu
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC ADD ITEM action D ADD^BNITAXE
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BNITAXE
BNI TAXONOMY GENERIC ADD TAXONOMY action D ADDNEW^BNITAXT
BNIG GENRET SELECTION ITEMS menu
BNIG GENRET QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^BNIGVL4
BNIG GENRET NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BNIG GENRET PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BNIG GENRET ADD ITEM action D ADD^BNIGVL4
BNIG GENRET DESELECT ITEM action D REM^BNIGVL4
BNIG GENRET EXIT REPORT action D EXITR^BNIGVL4
BGP 07 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP7DSL
BGP 07 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP7DSL
BGP 07 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP7DSL
BGP 07 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 07 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP7DSI
BGP 07 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP7DSI
BGP 07 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 07 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP7DHSL
BGP 07 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP7DHSL
BGP 07 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP7DHSL
BGP 07 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 07 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 07 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP7XTS
BGP 07 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP7XTL
BGP 07 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 07 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP7XTL
BGP 07 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 07 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP7XTS
BGP 07 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP7DESL
BGP 07 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP7DESL
BGP 07 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP7DESL
BGP 07 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 07 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP7CSI
BGP 07 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP7CSI
BGP 07 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP7CSI
BGP 07 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 07 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP7CTS
BGP 07 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP7CTL
BGP 07 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 07 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP7CTL
BGP 07 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP7CTS
BGP 07 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 07 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP7DESI
BGP 07 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP7DESI
BGP 07 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 07 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP7ASL
BGP 07 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP7ASL
BGP 07 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP7ASL
BGP 07 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 07 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP7ETS
BGP 07 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP7ETS
BGP 07 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 07 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP7ETL
BGP 07 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP7ETL
BGP 07 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP7XTV
BGP 07 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 07 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 07 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 07 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP7PESI
BGP 07 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP7PESI
BGP 07 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 07 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP7PESL
BGP 07 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP7PESL
BGP 07 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP7PESL
PSO TPB SD SUB action D EN^PSOTPINA
PSO LM NON-VA MEDS RPT action D FULL^VALM1 D HID^PSONVARP S VALMBCK="R"
APSP AUTO RX action D:$$GET^XPAR("ALL","APSP AUTO RX") CREATE^APSPFNC2($G(ORIFN))
BSDAM CHECKIN REFRESH MENU menu
BSDAM CHECKIN AUTO REFRESH OFF action D TOFF^BSDCHKIN
BSDAM CHECKIN AUTO REFRESH ON action D TON^BSDCHKIN
BSDAM CHECKIN REFRESH action D RF^BSDCHKIN
APCD FAMILY HISTORY DETAIL action D DD^APCDFH
APCH TAXONOMY GENERIC ADD ITEM action D ADD^APCHTAXE
APCH TAXONOMY GENERIC REMOVE ITEM action D REM^APCHTAXE
APCH TAXONOMY GENERIC EDIT menu
BDP DESG PROV DISP - 1 PAT menu
BDP DESG PROV UPD - 1 PAT menu
BDP DESG PROV UPD 1 PAT - HS action D HS^BDPLMUPD
BDP DESG PROV UPD - 1 PAT - ADD action D ADD^BDPLMUPD
BDP DESG PROV - 1 PAT - CHG action D CHANGE^BDPLMUPD
BDP DESG PROV - 1 PAT - DEL action D DELETE^BDPLMUPD
PSS EXT MFU SERVER event driver This protocol will be used to send even notification and data when new drugs are added to the DRUG file (#50) and when certain fields are updated in the same file. This information will be sent to the automated dispensing machines through HL7 V.2.4 formatted messages.
PSS EXT MFU CLIENT subscriber This protocol will be used as the ACK from the external interface for a MFN_M01 message.
BUD 07 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 07 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 07 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD7UPVL
BUD 07 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD7UPVL
BUD 07 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD7UPVL
BUD 07 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 07 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD7UTXS
BUD 07 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 07 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD7UTXL
BUD 07 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD7UTXL
APCLD8 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCLD8 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLD8TS
APCLD8 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLD8TL
APCLD8 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLD8 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLD8TL
APCLD8 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLD8TS
APCLP8 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^APCLP8TL
APCLP8 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCLP8TL
APCLP8 TAX UPDATE menu
APCLP8 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCLP8TS
APCLP8 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCLP8TS
APCLP8 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
AMHP EHR EDIT action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,7)
AMHP TIU NOTE DISPLAY action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,8)
AMH TIU NOTE DISPLAY action D TIUN^AMHLEE
AMH EDIT EHR RECORD action D EDITEHRR^AMHLEE
BRN RGEN SELECT ITEMS menu IHS/OIT/LJF 11/01/2007 PATCH 1: Added for reporting utility.
BRN RGEN QUIT action IHS/OIT/LJF 11/01/2007 PATCH 1: Added for new Reporting Utility. This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^BRNRU2
BRN RGEN NEXT SCREEN action IHS/OIT/LJF 11/01/2007 PATCH 1: Added for new Reporting Utility. This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BRN RGEN PREV SCREEN action IHS/OIT/LJF 11/01/2007 PATCH 1: Added for new Reporting Utility. This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BRN RGEN ADD ITEM action IHS/OIT/LJF 11/01/2007 PATCH 1: Added for new Reporting Utility. D ADD^BRNRU2
BRN RGEN DESELECT ITEM action IHS/OIT/LJF 11/01/2007 PATCH 1: Added for new Reporting Utility. D REM^BRNRU2
BRN RGEN EXIT REPORT action IHS/OIT/LJF 11/01/2007 PATCH 1: Added for new Reporting Utility. D EXITR^BRNRU2
BGP 08 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8DSL
BGP 08 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP8DSL
BGP 08 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP8DSL
BGP 08 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 08 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8DSI
BGP 08 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP8DSI
BGP 08 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 08 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8DHSL
BGP 08 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP8DHSL
BGP 08 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP8DHSL
BGP 08 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 08 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 08 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP8XTS
BGP 08 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP8XTL
BGP 08 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 08 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP8XTL
BGP 08 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 08 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP8XTS
BGP 08 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8DESL
BGP 08 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP8DESL
BGP 08 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP8DESL
BGP 08 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 08 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP8CSI
BGP 08 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8CSI
BGP 08 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP8CSI
BGP 08 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 08 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP8CTS
BGP 08 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP8CTL
BGP 08 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 08 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP8CTL
BGP 08 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP8CTS
BGP 08 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 08 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP8DESI
BGP 08 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP8DESI
BGP 08 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 08 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP8ASL
BGP 08 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP8ASL
BGP 08 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP8ASL
BGP 08 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 08 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP8ETS
BGP 08 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP8ETS
BGP 08 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 08 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP8ETL
BGP 08 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP8ETL
BGP 08 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP8XTV
BGP 08 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 08 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 08 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 08 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP8PESI
BGP 08 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8PESI
BGP 08 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 08 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8PESL
BGP 08 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP8PESL
BGP 08 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP8PESL
BGP 08 CMS PT LIST SELECT action D ADD^BGP8CSII
BGP 08 CMS PT LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 08 CMS PT LIST DESELECT action D REM^BGP8CSII
APCDCAF ADD VISIT action D ADDVISIT^APCDCAF1
APCDCAF OP ADD A VISIT action D ADDVISIT^APCDCAF2
APCH MOD TP action D TP^APCHMT3
APCH EDIT TP menu
APCH TP EDIT ADD IND action D ADD^APCHMT3
APCH TP EDIT ADD GRP action D ADDG^APCHMT3
APCH TP EDIT REM GRP action D REMG^APCHMT3
APCH TP EDIT REM IND action D REM^APCHMT3
APCH TP DISPLAY menu
APCH TP SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^APCHTP1
APCH TP SELECT ONE action D ADD^APCHTP1
APCH MODIFY TP menu
APCH TP MODIFY CRITERIA action D MOD^APCHTPU
BYIM DEL STATE IMMUNIZATIONS action D DEL^BYIMIMM1 D FMINIT^BYIMIMM1
BAR ERA AUTOREVIEW action I $G(TRNAME)["5010" D AUTOREV^BAR50P05 I $G(TRNAME)["4010" D AUTOREV^BAREDP05 S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R")
BGP 08 EO SELECTION menu
BGP 08 EO SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^BGP8EOSI
BGP 08 EO LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP8EOSL
BGP 08 EO LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP8EOSL
BGP 08 EO LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP8EOSL
BGP 08 EO LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 08 EO IND SEL menu
BGP 08 EO SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP8EOSI
BGP 08 EO IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP8EOSI
BGP 08 EO TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 08 EO TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP8EOTS
BGP 08 EO TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP8EOTS
BGP 08 EO TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 08 EO ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP8EOTL
BGP 08 EO TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP8ETL
BGP 08 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP 08 DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
BGP 08 DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^BGP8DEMO
BGP 08 DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^BGP8DEMO
PSN NEW CLASS extended action D ^PSNEWCLS K ^TMP("PSN",$J) S ZTREQ="@"
HLEM EVENTS MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for acting on lists of HL7 Monitor Events.
HLEM SELECT PROFILE action This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the HL7 Monitor Events Profile to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. D SELECT^HLEMSL1
HLEM SINGLE EVENT MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for acting on a single HL7 Monitor Event.
HLEM DISPLAY EVENT action This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the a single HL7 Monitor Event for display and editing. D SELECTE^HLEMSL1
HLEM EDIT EVENT action Allows an event to be updated with notes and review status. D EDIT^HLEMSE1($G(EVENT("IEN")))
HLEM EVENT HELP action Provides detailed information and instructions for an event based on the even type. D HELP^HLEMSE1($G(EVENT("TYPE")))
HLEM DISPLAY APPLICATION DATA action Displays application-specfic data that is associated with the event. D APPDATA^HLEMSE1($G(EVENT("IEN")))
HLEM GOTO SITE action Allows a user to select a site and jumps the screen to that site. D GOSITE^HLEMSL1
HLEM EVENT STATISTICS MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for viewing HL7 Event Log Statistics.
HLEM SELECT PROFILE (STATS) action This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the HL7 Monitor Events Profile to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. Called from within the Statistics screen. D SELECT^HLEMST
HLEM STATISTICS action This action will display the statistics menu. D EN^HLEMST
HLEM NEW PROFILE action This ListManager protocol allows the user to create a new HL7 Monitor Events Profile to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. D NEW^HLEMSL1
HLEM EDIT PROFILE action This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the HL7 Monitor Events Profile to edit. D EDIT^HLEMSL1
HLEM CHANGE DATE RANGE action This ListManager protocol allows the user to select the starting date to use while working with HL7 Monitor Events Log. Called from withinthe Statistics screen. D CHNGDATE^HLEMST
HLO SYSTEM MONITOR MENU menu This is the menu for the HL7 (Optimized) System Monitor.
HLO DISPLAY PROCESSES action Displays a list of the HL7 processes. D PROCS^HLOUSR S (HLSCREEN,VALMSG)="Running Processes"
HLO DOWN LINKS action This action lists the links that have been down for more than 5 minutes. D DOWNLINK^HLOUSRA
HLO DISPLAY OUT-GOING QUEUES action Displays all the client links and their queues with pending messages. D OUTQUEUE^HLOUSR
HLO INCOMING QUEUES action Displays each incoming queue and a count of the messages on it. D INQUEUE^HLOUSR
HLO BRIEF SYSTEM STATUS action Provides an overview of the system operational status. D BRIEF^HLOUSR S (HLSCREEN,VALMSG)="Brief System Status"
HLO VIEW A LINK action Used to monitor in real-time the count of messages on a single link. D VIEWLINK^HLOUSR
HLO STOP SYSTEM action Shuts down the HL7 (Optimized) message system. D STOP^HLOUSR
HLO START MENU action This action is used to start the HL7 (Optimized) message engine. D STARTHL7^HLOPROC1 H 4 D:HLSCREEN="Brief System Status" BRIEF^HLOUSR D:HLSCREEN="Running Processes" PROCS^HLOUSR S VALMBCK="R",VALMSG="HL7 (OPTIMIZED) has been started..."
HLO TEST LINK action This action allows the user to select a link. The user is then informed as to whether or not connectivity can be established with the link. Applies only to TCP links D TESTLINK^HLOUSR S VALMSG=HLSCREEN,VALMBCK="R"
HLO MESSAGE VIEWER MENU menu This is the action menu for the List Template 'HLO MESSAGE VIEWER'.
HLO DISPLAY SINGLE MESSAGE action This action allows the user to select a message. It is then displayed. D EN^HLOUSR1
HLO DISPLAY SYSTEM ERRORED MESSAGES action This ListManager action displays a list of messages from the Redesigned Optimized HL7 packagethat were determined to be in error by the receiving system. D SHOWLIST^HLOUSR2("SE")
HLO APPLICATION ERRORED MESSAGES action This ListManager action displays a list of messages from the HLRO HL7 package that were determined by the receiving application to be in error. D SHOWLIST^HLOUSR2("AE")
HLO TRANSMISSION FAILURES action This ListManager action displays a list of messages from the Redesigned Optimized HL7 package that failed to be transmitted. D SHOWLIST^HLOUSR2("TF")
HLO MONITOR MODE action This ListManager action allows the user to specify that the screen should operate in a dynamic mode where it is updated automatically every several seconds. D UPDMODE^HLOUSR
HLO SCROLL MODE action This ListManager action is to switch the display to automatic scrolling mode. D SCRLMODE^HLOUSR1
HLO START/STOP ONE QUEUE action This ListManager action is used to start or stop a queue. D STRTSTPQ^HLOUSR2
HLO MESSAGE SEARCH action This action allows the user to enter search criteria, then up to 200 messages that meet the criteria are displayed. D EN^HLOUSR3
HLO MESSAGE SEARCH MENU menu This is the protocol menu for the HLO Message Search Utility.
HLO DOWN LINKS MENU menu This is the action menu for the List Template 'HLO DOWN LINKS'.
HLO SHUTDOWN LINK action This action is used to stop HLO messages from being transmitted to a particular the domain identified by an HL LOGICAL LINK file entry. D STOPLINK^HLOUSRA
HLO RESTART LINK action This action protocol allows the user to select an entry from the HL Logical Link file and will restart HLO messages going to the IP identfied by the link D RESTART^HLOUSRA
BUD 08 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 08 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 08 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD8UPVL
BUD 08 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD8UPVL
BUD 08 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD8UPVL
BUD 08 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 08 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD8UTXS
BUD 08 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 08 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD8UTXL
BUD 08 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD8UTXL
AMHP SIGN VISIT action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,9)
AMH SIGN VISIT action D ESIG^AMHLEE
BDM FLOW SHEET DELETE action D DELETE^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET ADD action D FSADD^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET SELECT action D SELECT^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET MENU menu D FSINIT^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET COMPONENT ADD action D ACOMP^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET COMPONENT DELETE action D FSCDEL^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET COMPONENT SELECT action D MEMBERS^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET COMPONENT MENU menu D FSCINIT^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET COMPONENT EDIT action D FSCEDIT^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET MEMBER ADD action D MEMADD^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET MEMBER DELETE action D MEMDEL^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET MEMBER MENU menu D MEMINIT^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET CLINIC ADD action D CSADD^BDMFS
BDM FLOW SHEET CLINIC DELETE action D CSDEL^BDMFS
BDM LAB TAXONOMY LIST MENU menu D LABLINIT^BDMTAX4
BDM LAB TAXONOMY LIST SELECT action D SLAB^BDMTAX1
BDM LAB TAXONOMY ADD action D LABTADD^BDMTAX1
BDM DM LOGIC DISPLAY menu
BDM QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BDM NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
BDM PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BDM DM SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BDMDMTX
BDM DM SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BDMDMTX
BDMD5 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD5 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD5TS
BDMD5 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD5TL
BDMD5 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD5 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD5TL
BDMD5 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD5TS
BDMD6 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD6 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD6TS
BDMD6 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD6TL
BDMD6 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD6 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD6TL
BDMD6 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD6TS
BDMD7 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD7 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD7TS
BDMD7 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD7TL
BDMD7 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD7 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD7TL
BDMD7 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD7TS
BDMD8 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD8 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD8TS
BDMD8 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD8TL
BDMD8 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD8 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD8TL
BDMD8 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD8TS
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC SELECT TYPE action D SEL^BDMTAXG
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC SETUP menu
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC LIST menu
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC LIST SEL action D SEL^BDMTAXT
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC EDIT menu
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC ADD ITEM action D ADD^BDMTAXE
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BDMTAXE
BDM TAXONOMY GENERIC ADD TAXONOMY action D ADDNEW^BDMTAXT
BDMD9 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD9 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD9TS
BDMD9 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD9TL
BDMD9 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD9 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD9TL
BDMD9 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD9TS
BDMP5 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMP5 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMP5TS
BDMP5 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMP5TL
BDMP5 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMP5 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMP5TL
BDMP5 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMP5TS
BDMP6 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMP6 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMP6TS
BDMP6 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMP6TL
BDMP6 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMP6 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMP6TL
BDMP6 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMP6TS
BDMP7 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMP7 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMP7TS
BDMP7 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMP7TL
BDMP7 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMP7 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMP7TL
BDMP7 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMP7TS
BDMP8 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMP8TL
BDMP8 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMP8TL
BDMP8 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMP8 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMP8TS
BDMP8 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMP8TS
BDMP8 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMP9 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMP9TL
BDMP9 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMP9TL
BDMP9 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMP9 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMP9TS
BDMP9 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMP9TS
BDMP9 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDG MENU RESTRICTED RECORD menu IHS/OIT/LJF 08/22/2007: Added with PIMS patch 1008; requirement for CCHIT certification. Allows sies to restrict access by specific users to designated patient records.
BDG RESTRICTED ADD action IHS/OIT/LJF 08/24/2007: ADDED with Patch 1008 for new SPT function to restricted access by patient for specific users. D ADD^BDGSPT2
BDG RESTRICTED LIFT action IHS/OIT/LJF 08/24/2007: ADDED in Patch 1008 for new SPT function to restricted access by patient for specific users. D LIFT^BDGSPT2
BDG RESTRICTED RESUME action IHS/OIT/LJF 08/24/2007: ADDED in Patch 1008 for new SPT function to restricted access by patient for specific users. D RESUME^BDGSPT2
BDG RESTRICTED VIEW action IHS/OIT/LJF 08/24/2007: ADDED in Patch 1008 for new SPT function to restricted access by patient for specific users. D VIEW^BDGSPT2
BDG ICE EDIT PROVIDER action Allows the user to appear to just change the provider for a deficiency but actually closes out the incorrect one and copies the information to the changed provider to keep an audit trail. D EDITPRV^BDGICE3
APCD FAMILY HISTORY HS action D HS^APCDFH
APCL DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
APCL DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^APCLDEMO
APCL DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^APCLDEMO
APCH PWH MODIFY TYPE menu
APCH PWH MODIFY STRUCTURE action D MS^APCHPWHT
APCH PWH ALLERGY SOURCE action D AS^APCHPWHT
APCH PWH CCI MEASURES action D CCIP^APCHPWHT
APCH PWH TQM action D TQMP^APCHPWHT
APCH PWH DH action D DH^APCHPWHT
APCH PWH PH action D PH^APCHPWHT
APCH PWH REPORT TALLY menu
APCH PRINT LIST action This action allws the user to print the entire list of entries currently being displayed. D PRTL^VALM1
APCL GEN SELECTION GROUP menu
APCL GEN SELECT GROUP action D ADD^APCLVL5
APCL VGENG SELECTION ITEMS menu
APCL VGENG QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^APCLVL6
APCL VGENG NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
APCL VGENG PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
APCL VGENG ADD ITEM action D ADD^APCLVL6
APCL VGENG DESELECT ITEM action D REM^APCLVL6
APCL VGENG EXIT REPORT action D EXITR^APCLVL6
APCL GEN SELECT GROUP QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. D Q^APCLVL5
VEN PRINT PCC+ ENCOUNTER FORM action IHS protocol called by the PIMS v5.3 Scheduling Event Driver (BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS). This protocol will print PCC+ Encounter Forms at check-in if the proper parameters are set for the clinic involved, and PCC+ is installed, and the user has the 'VENZPRINT'security key. I $G(SDAMEVT)=4,'$G(BEDDADM),$D(^XUSEC("VENZPRINT",DUZ)) D SC53^VENPCCX($G(BSDVSTN),$G(BSDVCN),$G(SDT))
ACR DISPLAY menu
ACR QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
ACR NEXT SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the next screen of entries, if any exist. D NEXT^VALM4
ACR PREVIOUS SCREEN action This action will allow the user to view the previous screen of entries, if any exist. D PREV^VALM4
BGP 09 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9DSL
BGP 09 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP9DSL
BGP 09 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP9DSL
BGP 09 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 09 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9DSI
BGP 09 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP9DSI
BGP 09 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 09 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9DHSL
BGP 09 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP9DHSL
BGP 09 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP9DHSL
BGP 09 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 09 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 09 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP9XTS
BGP 09 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP9XTL
BGP 09 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 09 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP9XTL
BGP 09 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 09 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP9XTS
BGP 09 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9DESL
BGP 09 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP9DESL
BGP 09 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP9DESL
BGP 09 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 09 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP9CSI
BGP 09 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9CSI
BGP 09 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP9CSI
BGP 09 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 09 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP9CTS
BGP 09 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP9CTL
BGP 09 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 09 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP9CTL
BGP 09 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP9CTS
BGP 09 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 09 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP9DESI
BGP 09 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP9DESI
BGP 09 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 09 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP9ASL
BGP 09 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP9ASL
BGP 09 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP9ASL
BGP 09 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 09 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP9ETS
BGP 09 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP9ETS
BGP 09 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 09 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP9ETL
BGP 09 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP9ETL
BGP 09 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP9XTV
BGP 09 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 09 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 09 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 09 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP9PESI
BGP 09 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9PESI
BGP 09 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 09 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9PESL
BGP 09 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP9PESL
BGP 09 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP9PESL
BGP 09 CMS PT LIST SELECT action D ADD^BGP9CSII
BGP 09 CMS PT LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 09 CMS PT LIST DESELECT action D REM^BGP9CSII
BGP 09 EO SELECTION menu
BGP 09 EO SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^BGP9EOSI
BGP 09 EO LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP9EOSL
BGP 09 EO LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP9EOSL
BGP 09 EO LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP9EOSL
BGP 09 EO LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 09 EO IND SEL menu
BGP 09 EO SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP9EOSI
BGP 09 EO IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP9EOSI
BGP 09 EO TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 09 EO TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP9EOTS
BGP 09 EO TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP9EOTS
BGP 09 EO TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 09 EO ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP9EOTL
BGP 09 EO TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP9ETL
BGP 09 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP 09 DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
BGP 09 DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^BGP9DEMO
BGP 09 DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^BGP9DEMO
BI MENU PATIENT VIEW menu
BI IMMUNIZATION VISIT EDIT action D EDITIMM^BIPATVW2 S VALMBCK="R"
BI PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS VIEW action D ^AZAVAGL S VALMBCK="R"
BI HEALTH SUMMARY action D ^BIHS S VALMBCK="R"
BI IMMUNIZATION VISIT DELETE action D DELETIMM^BIPATVW2 S VALMBCK="R"
BI IMMUNIZATION VISIT ADD action D ADDIMM^BIPATVW2 S VALMBCK="R"
BI SKIN TEST VISIT ADD action D ADDSK^BIPATVW2 S VALMBCK="R"
BI PATIENT CASE DATA EDIT action D SCREEN^BIPATE($G(BIDFN)) D RESET^BIPATVW
BI MENU CONTRAINDICATIONS menu
BI CONTRAINDICATIONS action D EN^BIPATCO($G(BIDFN)) D RESET^BIPATVW
BI CONTRAINDICATION DELETE action D DELETCON^BIPATCO2
BI CONTRAINDICATION ADD action D ADDCON^BIPATCO2
BI GEN SELECT ADD action D ADDITEM^BISELEC2
BI GEN SELECT DELETE action D DELITEM^BISELEC2
BI MENU GEN SELECT menu
BI GEN SELECT ENTIRE action D ENTIRE^BISELEC2
BI GEN SELECT CLEAR ALL action D CLEARALL^BISELEC2
BI MENU LETTER FORM menu
BI LETTER EDIT TOP action D EDITSEC^BILETVW2(1)
BI LETTER EDIT MIDDLE action D EDITSEC^BILETVW2(2)
BI LETTER EDIT BOTTOM action D EDITSEC^BILETVW2(3)
BI LETTER HISTORY action D HISTORY^BILETVW2
BI LETTER FORECAST action D FORECAST^BILETVW2
BI LETTER EDIT CLOSING action D EDITSEC^BILETVW2(4)
BI LETTER DATE/LOCATION action D DATELOC^BILETVW2
BI LETTER PRINT SAMPLE action D PRINTSAM^BILETVW2
BI LETTER DELETE action D DELETLET^BILETVW2
BI LETTER PRINT INDIVIDUAL action D INDIVLET^BILETPR2($G(BIDFN),$G(BIRTN))
BI OUTPUT AGE RANGE action D AGE^BIOUTPT(.BIAG,$G(BIRTN))
BI OUTPUT FORECAST DATE action D FDATE^BIOUTPT(.BIFDT,$G(BIRTN))
BI OUTPUT COMMUNITY action D CC^BIOUTPT(.BICC,$G(BIRTN))
BI OUTPUT CASE MANAGER action D CMGR^BIOUTPT(.BICM,$G(BIRTN))
BI OUTPUT ORDER action D ORDER^BIOUTPT1(.BIORD)
BI OUTPUT LOT NUMBER action D LOTNUM^BIOUTPT3(.BILOT,$G(BIRTN))
BI DUE LETTERS PRINT action D PRINTDUE^BIDUPLT
BI MENU ERROR CODE TABLE menu
BI ERROR CODE ADD/ED/DEL action D ADDEDEL^BIETAB
BI DUE LIST OF PATIENTS action D VIEWDUE^BIDUVLS
BI OUTPUT ADDITIONAL INFO action D ADDINFO^BIOUTPT1(.BINFO)
BI BLANK
BI QUIT action Q
BI MENU DUE LISTS & LETTERS menu
BI OUTPUT PATIENT GROUP action D PGROUP1^BIOUTPT4(.BIPG,$G(BIRTN))
BI MENU DUE LISTS HIDDEN menu
BI MENU BLANK menu
BI MENU REPORT QTR menu
BI REPORT QTR PRINT action D START^BIREPQ1("PRINT")
BI REPORT QTR VIEW action D START^BIREPQ1("VIEW")
BI MENU REPORT QTR HIDDEN menu
BI OUTPUT QUARTER DATE action D QDATE^BIOUTPT(.BIQDT,$G(BIRTN))
BI REPORT TWO-YR PRINT action D START^BIREPT1("PRINT")
BI REPORT TWO-YR VIEW action D START^BIREPT1("VIEW")
BI MENU REPORT TWO-YR menu
BI MENU SITE PARAMETERS menu
BI SITE CASE MANAGER action D CMGR^BISITE2
BI SITE OTHER LOCATION action D OTHER^BISITE2
BI SITE DUE LETTER action D DUELET^BISITE2
BI SITE REPORT HEADER action D REPHDR^BISITE2
BI SITE HFS PATH action D HFSPATH^BISITE2
BI SITE MIN DAYS LAST LET action D MINDAYS^BISITE2
BI MENU SITE PARAMS HIDDEN menu
BI MENU REPORT ACCOUNT menu
BI REPORT ACCOUNT PRINT action D START^BIREPA1("PRINT")
BI REPORT ACCOUNT VIEW action D START^BIREPA1("VIEW")
BI MENU REPORT ACCT HIDDEN menu
BI OUTPUT DATE RANGE action D DTRANGE^BIOUTPT(.BIBEGDT,.BIENDDT,.BIPOP,BIRTN,$G(BIBEGDF),$G(BIENDDF))
BI OUTPUT FACILITY action D HCF^BIOUTPT(.BIHCF,$G(BIRTN))
BI MENU PATIENT VIEW ONLY menu
BI SITE FORC MIN VS RECOMM action D MINAGE^BISITE2
BI SITE FORC RULES action D RULES^BISITE2
BI PATIENT VIEW/EDIT action D HAVEPAT^BIPATVW(BIDFN,BIFDT) S VALMBCK="R"
BI PATIENT VIEW/EDIT EXT CALL action D HAVEPAT^BIPATVW($G(DFN),$G(X),$G(Y),.BIPOP) S VALMBCK="R"
BI MENU VACCINE EDIT menu
BI VACCINE EDIT action D EDIT^BIVACED1
BI SITE LOT# REQ'D action D LOTREQ^BISITE3
BI SITE PNEUMO AGE action D PNEUMO^BISITE3
BI IMMUNIZATION ADDED extended action Immunization Added Trigger Event call to Protocol File. The follwing local variables are available when this protocol is called immediately after the addition of a new Immunization: BIADFN - IEN of V IMMUNIZATION just created. BICAT - Category: A (Ambul), I (Inpat), E (Event/Hist) BIDATE - Date of Visit (Fileman format). BIDFN - DFN of patient. BIDOSE - Dose# number for this Immunization. BILOC - Location of encounter (IEN). BILOT - Lot number for this Immunization (text). BIOLOC - Other Location of encounter (text). BIPTR - Vaccine (IEN in IMMUNIZATION File). BIREC - Vaccine Reaction (text). BITYPE - Type of Visit (PCC Master Control File I,C,6). BIVHL7 - Vaccine HL7 Code. BIVNAM - Vaccine Name, short form. BIVSIT - IEN of Visit just created.
BI IMMUNIZATION DELETED extended action Immunization Deleted Trigger Event call to Protocol File. The follwing local variables are available when this protocol is called immediately after the deletion of an Immunization: BICAT - Category: A (Ambul), I (Inpat), E (Event/Hist) BIDATE - Date of Visit (Fileman format). BIDFN - DFN of patient. BIDOSE - Dose# number for this Immunization. BILOC - Location of encounter (IEN). BILOT - Lot number for this Immunization (text). BIOLOC - Other Location of encounter (text). BIPTR - Vaccine (IEN in IMMUNIZATION File). BIREC - Vaccine Reaction (text). BITYPE - Type of Visit (PCC Master Control File I,C,6). BIVHL7 - Vaccine HL7 Code. BIVNAM - Vaccine Name, short form.
BI OUTPUT IMMUNIZATION DUE action D IMMDUE^BIOUTPT3(.BIMMD,$G(BIRTN))
BI SITE FORECAST ENABLE action D FORECAS^BISITE3
BI MENU EXPORT INDIVIDUALS menu
BI MENU EXPORT INDIVIDUALS HIDDEN menu
BI EXPORT SURVEY DATE action D SVDATE^BIOUTPT2(.BISVDT,$G(BIPG),$G(BIRTN))
BI EXPORT PATIENTS INDIVIDUAL action D PATIENT^BIOUTPT2(.BIPAT,BIRTN)
BI OUTPUT DATA ELEMENTS action D DATAEL^BIOUTPT2(.BIDE,$G(BIRTN))
BI EXPORT FORMAT action D FORMAT^BIOUTPT2(.BIFMT,$G(BIRTN))
BI EXPORT OUTPUT DEVICE action D OUTPUT^BIOUTPT2(.BIOUT,.BIFLNM,.BIPATH,$G(BIRTN))
BI EXPORT EXPORT DATA action D START^BIEXP3($G(BIRTN))
BI MENU EXPORT GROUP menu
BI MENU EXPORT GROUP HIDDEN menu
BI EXPORT PATIENT GROUP action D PGROUP2^BIOUTPT3(.BIPGRP,$G(BIRTN)) S BIPG=BIPGRP
BI PATIENT PROFILE VIEW action D HAVEPAT^BIPATPF(BIDFN,$G(BIFDT),$G(BIDUZ2)) S VALMBCK="R"
BI MENU VACCINE TRANSLATION VIEW menu
BI SITE CHART# DASHES action D DASHES^BISITE3
BI PATIENT VIEW PRINT action D HAVEPAT^BIPATVW($G(BIDFN),$G(BIFDT),1)
BI VACCINE TABLE PRINT action D PRINT^BIVACED
BI OUTPUT IMMUNIZATION RECEIVED action D IMMRCV^BIOUTPT3(.BIMMR,.BIRDT,.BIMMRF,$G(BIRTN))
BI SITE OFFICIAL PT RECORD action D OFFREC^BISITE3
BI OFFICIAL IMM REC PRINT action D OFFICIAL^BILETPR2($G(BIDFN),$G(BIRTN))
BI DUE LIST VIEW PRINT action D PRINTVW^BIDUVLS1
BI MENU DUE LIST VIEW menu
BI MENU PACKAGE INFO VIEW menu
BI MENU KEY HOLDERS menu
BI KEYS HELP VIEW action D ^BIKEY2
BI KEYS ALLOCATE/DEALLOC action D ^BIKEY1
BI MENU PATIENT ERRORS menu
BI PATIENT ERRORS PRINT action D PRINT^BIPATER
BI PATIENT ERROR EDIT action D EDITDEL^BIPATER1(0)
BI PATIENT ERROR DELETE action D EDITDEL^BIPATER1(1)
BI PATIENT ERRORS DELETE ALL action D DELALL^BIPATER1
BI OUTPUT BENEFICIARY TYPE action D BEN^BIOUTPT(.BIBEN,$G(BIRTN))
BI SITE DEFAULT PROVIDER action D DEFPRV^BISITE3
BI SITE IMMSERVE DIRECTORY action D IMMSVDIR^BISITE3
BI OUTPUT VISIT HISTORICAL INCL action D HISTORC^BIOUTPT3(.BIHIST,$G(BIRTN))
BI VACCINE CHANGE ORDER action D CHGORDR^BIVACED1
BI OUTPUT INCLUDE HPV action D INCLHPV^BIOUTPT(.BIHPV,$G(BIRTN))
BI MENU REPORT ADULT menu
BI MENU REPORT ADULT HIDDEN menu
BI REPORT ADULT PRINT action D START^BIREPL1("PRINT")
BI REPORT ADULT VIEW action D START^BIREPL1("VIEW")
BI OUTPUT VISIT TYPE action D VTYPE^BIOUTPT(.BIVT,$G(BIRTN))
BI MENU GENERIC HELP VIEW menu
BI REPORT ACCOUNT HELP action D HELP1^BIREPA
BI REPORT QTR HELP action D HELP1^BIREPQ
BI REPORT TWO-YR HELP action D HELP1^BIREPT
BI DUE LIST HELP action D HELP1^BIDU1
BI VACCINE HELP action D HELP1^BIVACED
BI REPORT ADULT HELP action D HELP1^BIREPL
BI MENU REPORT GEN PATIENTS VIEW menu
BI OUTPUT INCLUDE CPT action D INCLCPT^BIOUTPT(.BICPTI,$G(BIRTN))
BI REPORT GEN PATIENTS ALL action D MAIN^BIREPVP(0,$G(BIRTN),$G(BITITL),$G(BIRPDT))
BI REPORT GEN PATIENTS CURRENT action D MAIN^BIREPVP(2,$G(BIRTN),$G(BITITL),$G(BIRPDT))
BI REPORT GEN PATIENTS NOT CURRENT action D MAIN^BIREPVP(1,$G(BIRTN),$G(BITITL),$G(BIRPDT))
BI PRINT LIST action D PRTL^VALM1
BI CONTRAINDICATION HELP action D HELP1^BIPATCO
BI SITE GPRA COMS action D GPRA^BISITE4
BI MENU VACCINE GROUP EDIT menu
BI VACCINE GROUP HELP action D EXPL^BIVGRP
BI VACCINE GROUP EDIT action D EDIT^BIVGRP1
BI VACCINE FORECASTING EDIT action D ^BIVGRP
BI PATIENT EDIT FROM REPORT action D EDITPAT^BIDUVLS
BI OUTPUT INCLUDE DECEASED action D INCLDEC^BIOUTPT1(.BIDED,$G(BIRTN))
BI UP ONE LINE action Move up a line D UP^VALM40
BI DOWN A LINE action Move down a line. D DOWN^VALM40
BI MENU REPORT TWO-YR HIDDEN menu
BI OUTPUT TWO-YR-OLD REPORT AGE RANGE action D TAR^BIOUTPT(.BITAR,$G(BIRTN))
BI SITE INPATIENT CHECK ENABLE action D INPTCHK^BISITE4
BI SITE RISK CHECK ENABLE action D RISKP^BISITE4
BI SITE CPT VISITS IMPORT action D IMPCPT^BISITE4
BI NEXT SCREEN action D NEXT^VALM4
BI PREVIOUS SCREEN action D PREV^VALM4
BI LAST SCREEN action D LAST^VALM4
BI FIRST SCREEN action D FIRST^VALM4
BI MENU LOT NUMBER EDIT menu
BI LOT NUMBER PRINT action D PRINT^BILOT
BI LOT NUMBER CHANGE ORDER action D CHGORDR^BILOT1
BI LOT NUMBER EDIT action D EDITLOT^BILOT1()
BI LOT NUMBER HELP action D HELP1^BILOT
BI LOT NUMBER ADD action D EDITLOT^BILOT1(1)
BI MENU REPORT ADOLESCENT menu
BI MENU REPORT ADOLESCENT HIDDEN menu
BI REPORT ADOLESCENT PRINT action D START^BIREPD1("PRINT")
BI REPORT ADOLESCENT VIEW action D START^BIREPD1("VIEW")
BI REPORT ADOLESCENT HELP action D HELP1^BIREPD
BI LOT NUMBERS INACTIVATE OLD action D INACTA^BILOT1
BI MENU REPORT FLU menu
BI MENU REPORT FLU HIDDEN menu
BI OUTPUT REPORT YEAR action D RYEAR^BIOUTPT5(.BIYEAR,$G(BIRTN))
BI REPORT FLU PRINT action D START^BIREPF1("PRINT")
BI REPORT FLU HELP action D HELP1^BIREPF
BI REPORT FLU VIEW action D START^BIREPF1("VIEW")
BI MENU REPORT H1N1 menu
BI REPORT H1N1 HELP action D HELP1^BIREPH
BI REPORT H1N1 PRINT action D START^BIREPH1("PRINT")
BI REPORT H1N1 VIEW action D START^BIREPH1("VIEW")
BI MENU REPORT H1N1 HIDDEN menu
AVA PROVIDER UPDATE MFN_M02 extended action
BDGDS MOVEMENT EVENTS extended action This protocol will allow other applications to attach items that need to be completed when a day surgery event happens. This protocol was introduced with PIMS V5.3 Patch 1010. It currently has no variables required to access. Just attach the item to the ITEM subfield.
APSP REFILL REQUEST MENU menu
APSP REFILL REQUEST MAP action D MAP^APSPESLM
APSP REFILL REQUEST PROCESS action D CREATE^APSPESLP
APSP REFILL REQUEST REPORT action D EN^APSPESLR
APSP REFILL REQUEST REPORT MENU menu
APSP REFILL REQUEST REPORT VIEW action D VIEW^APSPESLR
BSDAM PWH AT CHECKIN action cmi/flag/maw 10/15/2009 PATCH 1011, allows the printing of Patient Wellness Handout after checkin I '$G(SDMODE) D PWH^BSDROUT(SDAMEVT,DFN,$G(SDT)) S VALMBCK="R"
BUD 09 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 09 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 09 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD9UPVL
BUD 09 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD9UPVL
BUD 09 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD9UPVL
BUD 09 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 09 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD9UTXS
BUD 09 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 09 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD9UTXL
BUD 09 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD9UTXL
BADE PATIENT A28 action D A28^BADEEVNT(DFN)
BADE PATIENT A31 action D A31^BADEEVNT(DFN)
BADE PROVIDER UPDATE MFN-M02 action N MFNTYP D MFN^BADEVNT1(INDA)
BDMD0 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD0 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD0TS
BDMD0 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD0TL
BDMD0 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD0 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD0TL
BDMD0 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD0TS
BDMP0 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMP0TL
BDMP0 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMP0TL
BDMP0 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMP0 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMP0TS
BDMP0 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMP0TS
BDMP0 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDM LETTER INSERT MENU menu
BDM LETTER INSERT HELP action D EN^BDMLEH
BDM LETTER INSERT HELP MENU menu
BDM LETTER INSERT IND ITEM action D INDITEM^BDMLEH
ABSP P1 CLOSE CLAIM action ABSPZ MANAGER D CLOSECLM^ABSPOS6D
ABSP PROTOCOL 1A protocol menu ABSPZ USER
ABSP P1 RE-OPEN CLAIM action ABSPZ MANAGER D OPENCLM^ABSPOS6D
APCDCAF RESEQUENCE POVS action D RESEQ^APCDCAF1
APCD UPDATE PATIENT TREATMENT PLAN menu
APCD ADD A TX PLAN action D ADD^APCDETP1
APCD EDIT A TX PLAN action D EDITR^APCDETP1
APCD DEL A TX PLAN action D DELETE^APCDETP1
APCD DISP TP HS action D HS^APCDETP1
APCD TP REVIEW action D REV^APCDETP1
APCD DISPLAY TP action D DISP^APCDETP1
APCD TP P/G/M DEL PROB action D DELP^APCDETP3(APCDTP,DFN)
APCD TP DISCONTINUE action D DISC^APCDETP1
APCL ICARE LIST menu
APCL ICARE LIST SELECT action D SEL^APCLACGI
BI SITE PNEUMO/FLU PARAMETERS action D PNUFLU^BISITE3
BI CONTRAINDICATIONS EDIT action D EDITCON^BIPATCO2
BI OUTPUT REPORT TYPE FLU/H1N1 action D FLH1N1^BIOUTPT1(.BIFH,$G(BIRTN))
BI SEARCH LIST action D FIND^VALM40
BI OUTPUT DESIGNATED PROVIDER action D DPRV^BIOUTPT(.BIDPRV,$G(BIRTN))
BI SITE VISIT SELECTION MENU action D VISMNU^BISITE4
BI OUTPUT USER POPULATION action D USERPOP^BIOUTPT1(.BIUP,$G(BIRTN))
BGP 10 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0DSL
BGP 10 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP0DSL
BGP 10 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP0DSL
BGP 10 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 10 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0DSI
BGP 10 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP0DSI
BGP 10 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 10 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0DHSL
BGP 10 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP0DHSL
BGP 10 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP0DHSL
BGP 10 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 10 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 10 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP0XTS
BGP 10 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP0XTL
BGP 10 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 10 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP0XTL
BGP 10 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 10 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP0XTS
BGP 10 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0DESL
BGP 10 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP0DESL
BGP 10 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP0DESL
BGP 10 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 10 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP0CSI
BGP 10 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0CSI
BGP 10 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP0CSI
BGP 10 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 10 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP0CTS
BGP 10 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP0CTL
BGP 10 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 10 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP0CTL
BGP 10 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP0CTS
BGP 10 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 10 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP0DESI
BGP 10 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP0DESI
BGP 10 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 10 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP0ASL
BGP 10 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP0ASL
BGP 10 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP0ASL
BGP 10 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 10 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP0ETS
BGP 10 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP0ETS
BGP 10 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 10 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP0ETL
BGP 10 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP0ETL
BGP 10 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP0XTV
BGP 10 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 10 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 10 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 10 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP0PESI
BGP 10 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0PESI
BGP 10 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 10 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0PESL
BGP 10 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP0PESL
BGP 10 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP0PESL
BGP 10 CMS PT LIST SELECT action D ADD^BGP0CSII
BGP 10 CMS PT LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 10 CMS PT LIST DESELECT action D REM^BGP0CSII
BGP 10 EO SELECTION menu
BGP 10 EO SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^BGP0EOSI
BGP 10 EO LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP0EOSL
BGP 10 EO LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP0EOSL
BGP 10 EO LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP0EOSL
BGP 10 EO LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 10 EO IND SEL menu
BGP 10 EO SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP0EOSI
BGP 10 EO IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP0EOSI
BGP 10 EO TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 10 EO TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP0EOTS
BGP 10 EO TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP0EOTS
BGP 10 EO TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 10 EO ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP0EOTL
BGP 10 EO TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP0ETL
BGP 10 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP 10 DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
BGP 10 DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^BGP0DEMO
BGP 10 DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^BGP0DEMO
AMHP SIGN NOTE action D CONTACT^AMHLEP1(DFN,9)
AMH SIGN NOTE action D ESIG^AMHLEE
AMH VISIT INTAKE DISPLAY action D PRINT^AMHLEIV
AMH VISIT INTAKE MENU menu
AMH VISIT INTAKE EDIT action D EDIT^AMHLEIV
AMH VISIT INTAKE ADD action D ADD^AMHLEIV
AMH VISIT INTAKE DELETE action D DEL^AMHLEIV
AMH VISIT INTAKE PDE menu
AMH VISIT INTAKE DISP PDE action D PRINT^AMHLEIVP
AMH VISIT INTAKE PDE ACTION action D EP^AMHLEIVP(DFN)
AMH INTAKE SDE extended action D ID^AMHLEE
AMH GROUP EDIT GROUP DEF action D EDITDEF^AMHEGR
AMH GROUP SIGN action D ESIGGRP^AMHEGR1
AMH VISIT INTAKE UPDATE action D UPD^AMHLEIV
CIAV LOGOUT EVENT extended action This extended action protocol is fired when the VueCentric Framework ends a user session.
CIAV LOCK EVENT extended action This extended action protocol is fired when the VueCentric Framework locks a user session.
CIAV LOGIN EVENT extended action This extended action protocol is fired when the VueCentric Framework creates a user session.
CIAV SUBSCRIBE EVENT extended action This extended action protocol is fired when a VueCentric component subscribes to an event.
CIAV UNSUBSCRIBE EVENT extended action This extended action protocol is fired when a VueCentric component unsubscribes to an event.
BEH COMMUNITY ALERT action D COMALRT^BEHOCMAL
BSDAM FOLLOW UP APPT action This action permits the user to create a follow up appointment. D FU^BSDAM
APSP ERX MFN UPDATE action This protocol should be added to the extended action protocol that is fired when provider information is updated. D:$L($$SPI^APSPES1(INDA)) ADDPTL^APSPES9(INDA)
BGP 11 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1DSL
BGP 11 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP1DSL
BGP 11 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP1DSL
BGP 11 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 11 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1DSI
BGP 11 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP1DSI
BGP 11 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 11 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1DHSL
BGP 11 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP1DHSL
BGP 11 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP1DHSL
BGP 11 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 11 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 11 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP1XTS
BGP 11 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP1XTL
BGP 11 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 11 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP1XTL
BGP 11 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 11 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP1XTS
BGP 11 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1DESL
BGP 11 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP1DESL
BGP 11 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP1DESL
BGP 11 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 11 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP1CSI
BGP 11 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1CSI
BGP 11 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP1CSI
BGP 11 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 11 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP1CTS
BGP 11 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP1CTL
BGP 11 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 11 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP1CTL
BGP 11 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP1CTS
BGP 11 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 11 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP1DESI
BGP 11 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP1DESI
BGP 11 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 11 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP1ASL
BGP 11 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP1ASL
BGP 11 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP1ASL
BGP 11 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 11 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP1ETS
BGP 11 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP1ETS
BGP 11 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 11 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP1ETL
BGP 11 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP1ETL
BGP 11 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP1XTV
BGP 11 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 11 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 11 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 11 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP1PESI
BGP 11 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1PESI
BGP 11 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 11 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1PESL
BGP 11 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP1PESL
BGP 11 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP1PESL
BGP 11 CMS PT LIST SELECT action D ADD^BGP1CSII
BGP 11 CMS PT LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 11 CMS PT LIST DESELECT action D REM^BGP1CSII
BGP 11 EO SELECTION menu
BGP 11 EO SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^BGP1EOSI
BGP 11 EO LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP1EOSL
BGP 11 EO LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP1EOSL
BGP 11 EO LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP1EOSL
BGP 11 EO LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 11 EO IND SEL menu
BGP 11 EO SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP1EOSI
BGP 11 EO IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP1EOSI
BGP 11 EO TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 11 EO TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP1EOTS
BGP 11 EO TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP1EOTS
BGP 11 EO TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 11 EO ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP1EOTL
BGP 11 EO TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP1ETL
BGP 11 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP 11 DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
BGP 11 DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^BGP1DEMO
BGP 11 DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^BGP1DEMO
BUD 10 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 10 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 10 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD0UPVL
BUD 10 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD0UPVL
BUD 10 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD0UPVL
BUD 10 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 10 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD0UTXS
BUD 10 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 10 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD0UTXL
BUD 10 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD0UTXL
BDMD1 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD1 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD1TS
BDMD1 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD1TL
BDMD1 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD1 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD1TL
BDMD1 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD1TS
BDMV EDIT LOCAL OPTION action D LOPT^BDMVRL D RDINIT^BDMVRL
XUMF QUERY EVENT event driver This protocol is the VETS data query event driver for the NTRT.
XUMF QUERY HANDLER subscriber This protocol handles Master File Query messages from the VETS service.
XUMF MD5 EVENT event driver This protocol is the VETS MD5 query event driver for the NTRT.
XUMF MD5 HANDLER subscriber This protocol handles Master File Query messages from the VETS service. It returns the MD5 value for the standard file specified in the query definition.
XUMF VETS UPDATE event driver This protocol is the Master File Notification event driver for the MFS.
XUMF UPDATE subscriber This protocol handles Master File Notification messages for the Master File Server mechanism.
XUS NPI EXTRACT INPUT event driver The XUS NPI EXTRACT REPORT event driver.
XUS NPI EXTRACT RESPONSE subscriber RESPONSE PROTOCOL FOR XUS NPI EXTRACT INPUT.
GMRV ORU R01 VITALS HR subscriber
GMRV ORU R01 VITALS VS event driver VistA VDEF Vitals HL7 message
BGPMU 11 LIST SELECTION menu
BGPMU 11 LIST SELECT ITEM action S BGPMUYF=90595.11 D ADD^BGPMUDSL
BGPMU 11 LIST SELECT ALL action S BGPMUYF=90595.11 D ADDALL^BGPMUDSL
BGPMU 11 LIST REMOVE ITEM action S BGPMUYF=90595.11 D REM^BGPMUDSL
BGPMU 11 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action Q
BGPMU 11 MEASURE SEL ITEM action S BGPYF=90595.11 D ADD^BGPMUDSI
BGPMU 11 MEASURE SEL REMOVE ITEM action S BGPMUYF=90595.11 D REM^BGPMUDSI
BGPMU 11 MEASURE SELECTION menu
APCD PL NAP action D NAP^APCDPL1
APCD PL PLR action D PLR^APCDPL1
APCD PL RESOLVE PROBLEM action D RESOLVE^APCDPL1
APCM S1 SELECTION menu
APCM S1 SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^APCM11SI
APCM S1 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^APCM11SL
APCM S1 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^APCM11SL
APCM S1 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^APCM11SL
APCM S1 LIST SELECTION menu
APCM S1 IND SEL menu
APCM S1 SEL ITEM action D ADD^APCM11SI
APCM S1 IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^APCM11SI
APCM S1 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
APCM S1 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^APCM11TS
APCM S1 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^APCM11TS
APCM S1 TAX UPDATE menu
APCM S1 TAX REM LAB action D REM^APCM11ETL
APCM SELECT CORE action D CM^APCM11SI
APCM SELECT MENU SET action D MS^APCM11SI
GMRA FIX FREE TEXT LIST menu D:'$D(^XTMP("GMRAFX",LTYPE,"IDX")) LIST^GMRAFX D CHKSEL^GMRAFX
GMRA FIX ADD/EDIT ALLERGY FILE action D AEA^GMRAFX D DESELECT^GMRAFX
GMRA FIX ENTERED IN ERROR action D PROCESS^GMRAFX("E") D DESELECT^GMRAFX
GMRA FIX DETAIL LIST action D EN^VALM("GMRA FIX DETAIL") D DESELECT^GMRAFX
GMRA FIX DETAIL MENU menu D DET^GMRAFX1,CHKSEL^GMRAFX1
GMRA FIX ENTERED IN ERROR IN DETAIL action D PROCESS^GMRAFX1("E") D DESELECT^GMRAFX1
GMRA FIX UPDATE REACTANT action D PROCESS^GMRAFX("U") D DESELECT^GMRAFX
GMRA FIX UPDATE REACTANT IN DETAIL action D PROCESS^GMRAFX1("U") D DESELECT^GMRAFX1
GMRA FIX ADD/EDIT ALLERGY FILE IN DETAIL action D AEA^GMRAFX D DESELECT^GMRAFX1
GMRA FIX PATIENT A/AR EDIT IN DETAIL action D AR^GMRAFX3 D DESELECT^GMRAFX1
GMRA FIX DETAIL IN DETAIL action D DSPREACT^GMRAFX3 D DESELECT^GMRAFX1
GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV REACT HR subscriber
GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV REACT VS event driver VistA VDEF Adverse Reaction Report HL7 message
GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ALLERGY HR subscriber
GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ALLERGY VS event driver VistA VDEF Allergy Update/Insert HL7 message
GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV ASSESS HR subscriber
GMRA VDEF ORU R01 ADV ASSESS VS event driver VistA VDEF Adverse Reaction Assessment HL7 message
GMRA ALLERGY UPDATE extended action This protocol will be activated whenever a reaction added/edited Listed below are the variables that will be defined for that reaction.
BAR ERA VIEW COMMENT action D VIEW^BAREDP05 S VALMBCK=$S($D(VALMQUIT):"Q",1:"R")
LA7V Process Results from TDA subscriber
LA7V Order to TDA event driver
LA7V Send Order to TDA subscriber
LA7V Receive Results from TDA event driver
XUMF MFS EVENTS extended action This protocol allows applications to subscribe to MFS update (push and unsolicited updates) events. I $T(MFSEXIT^HDISVAP)'="" D MFSEXIT^HDISVAP
BSDWL PRINT action D PRINT^BSDWLE
BADE MERGE PATIENT ADT-A40 action The protocol process will call the BADE entry action above and the ADT-A40 will be created D MSG^BADEMRG(DFNFROM,DFNTO)
BPM MERGE PATIENT ADT-A40 extended action This protocol belongs to IHS Patient Merge (BPM), and is called when two patients have been merged by the BPM application. At call time, variables DFNFROM and DFNTO are defined.
BI REPORT PCV HELP action D HELP1^BIREPP
BI REPORT PCV PRINT action D START^BIREPP1("PRINT")
BI REPORT PCV VIEW action D START^BIREPP1("VIEW")
BI MENU REPORT PCV HIDDEN menu
BI MENU REPORT PCV menu
BI MENU REPORT EXP PATIENTS menu
BI REPORT EXPORT PATIENTS action D EXPORT^BIREPP2
BI REPORT VIEW ALL PATIENTS action D MAIN^BIREPVP(0,$G(BIRTN),$G(BITITL),$G(BIRPDT),"All (Denominator)")
BI OUTPUT DISPLAY BY LOT NUMBER action D DISBLOT^BIOUTPT3(.BIDLOT,$G(BIRTN))
RA SCIMAGE ORM subscriber
RA SCIMAGE ORU subscriber
RA SCIMAGE TCP SERVER RPT event driver
RA SCIMAGE TCP REPORT subscriber
BGP 12 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2DSL
BGP 12 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP2DSL
BGP 12 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP2DSL
BGP 12 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 12 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2DSI
BGP 12 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP2DSI
BGP 12 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 12 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2DHSL
BGP 12 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP2DHSL
BGP 12 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP2DHSL
BGP 12 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 12 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 12 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP2XTS
BGP 12 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP2XTL
BGP 12 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 12 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP2XTL
BGP 12 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 12 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP2XTS
BGP 12 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2DESL
BGP 12 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP2DESL
BGP 12 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP2DESL
BGP 12 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 12 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP2CSI
BGP 12 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2CSI
BGP 12 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP2CSI
BGP 12 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 12 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP2CTS
BGP 12 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP2CTL
BGP 12 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 12 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP2CTL
BGP 12 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP2CTS
BGP 12 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 12 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP2DESI
BGP 12 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP2DESI
BGP 12 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 12 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP2ASL
BGP 12 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP2ASL
BGP 12 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP2ASL
BGP 12 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 12 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP2ETS
BGP 12 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP2ETS
BGP 12 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 12 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP2ETL
BGP 12 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP2ETL
BGP 12 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP2XTV
BGP 12 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 12 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 12 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 12 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP2PESI
BGP 12 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2PESI
BGP 12 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 12 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2PESL
BGP 12 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP2PESL
BGP 12 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP2PESL
BGP 12 CMS PT LIST SELECT action D ADD^BGP2CSII
BGP 12 CMS PT LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 12 CMS PT LIST DESELECT action D REM^BGP2CSII
BGP 12 EO SELECTION menu
BGP 12 EO SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^BGP2EOSI
BGP 12 EO LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP2EOSL
BGP 12 EO LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP2EOSL
BGP 12 EO LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP2EOSL
BGP 12 EO LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 12 EO IND SEL menu
BGP 12 EO SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP2EOSI
BGP 12 EO IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP2EOSI
BGP 12 EO TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 12 EO TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP2EOTS
BGP 12 EO TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP2EOTS
BGP 12 EO TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 12 EO ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP2EOTL
BGP 12 EO TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP2ETL
BGP 12 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP 12 DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
BGP 12 DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^BGP2DEMO
BGP 12 DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^BGP2DEMO
APCD PG ADD GOAL action D ADD^APCDPG1
APCD PG EDIT GOAL action D EDIT^APCDPG1
APCD PG DELETE GOAL action D DEL^APCDPG1
APCD PG GOAL LIST menu
APCD PG HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^APCDPG1
APCD PG FACE SHEET action D FS^APCDPG1
APCD PG DISPLAY DETAIL action D DD^APCDPG1
APCD PG ADD STEP action D AN^APCDPG1
APCD PG ACTIVATE GOAL action D ACT^APCDPG1
APCD PG INACTIVATE GOAL action D INACT^APCDPG1
APCD PG DELETE STEP action D RNO^APCDPG1
APCD PG MODIFY STEP action D MN^APCDPG1
APCD PG NAP action D NAP^APCDPG1
APCD PG PLR action D PLR^APCDPG1
APCD PG RESOLVE GOAL action D RESOLVE^APCDPG1
APCD PG GOAL FU/REVIEW action D REVE^APCDPG1
APCD PG INACTIVE GOALS action D IG^APCDPG1
APCDCAF VIEW BH NOTE action D BH^APCDCAF
APCDCAF OP BH NOTE DISPLAY action D BH^APCDCAF2
APCDCAF VIEW ANY VISIT action D DISP^APCDCAF4
APCDCAF DISALLOW action I $D(APCDPEHR) S ORQUIT=1
APCDCAF OP CHANGE PATIENT action D CP^APCDCAF2
APCDCAF OP VIEW ANY VISIT action D DISPO^APCDCAF4
APCM QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 11 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 11 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 11 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD1UPVL
BUD 11 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD1UPVL
BUD 11 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD1UPVL
BUD 11 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 11 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD1UTXS
BUD 11 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 11 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD1UTXL
BUD 11 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD1UTXL
BDMD4 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMD4 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMD4TS
BDMD4 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMD4TL
BDMD4 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMD4 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMD4TL
BDMD4 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMD4TS
BDMP4 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMP4TL
BDMP4 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMP4TL
BDMP4 TAX UPDATE menu
BDMP4 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMP4TS
BDMP4 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMP4TS
BDMP4 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
AMH BHPL ADD PROB action D ADD^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL EDIT PROBLEM action D EDIT^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL DELETE PROBLEM action D DEL^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL PROBLEM LIST menu
AMH BHPL HEALTH SUMMARY action D HS^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL FACE SHEET action D FS^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL DISPLAY DETAIL action D DD^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL ADD NOTE action D AN^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL ACTIVATE PROBLEM action D ACT^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL INACTIVATE PROBLEM action D INACT^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL DELETE NOTE action D RNO^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL MODIFY NOTE action D MN^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL NAP action D NAP^AMHBPL3
AMH BHPL PLR action D PLR^AMHBPL3
AMH BHPL RESOLVE PROBLEM action D RESOLVE^AMHBPL1
AMH BHPL PCC PROBLEM LIST action D PCC^AMHBPL2
AMH SDE PROBLEM LIST action D PL^AMHLEER
AMH BHPL ADD BH TO PCC action D BHP^AMHBPL2
AMH PCC PL PLR action D PLR^AMHPL1
AMH PCC PL NAP action D NAP^AMHPL1
TIU ACTION DICTATE DOCUMENTS action Allows users to mark documents as "Dictated/Not Transcribed." NOTE: This step is only applicable when an UNDICTATED document is created in anticipation of Dictation/Transcription and Upload. D DICTATED^TIURA2
TIU BROWSE ACTION DOCUMENT DICTATED action Allows MIS clerks to mark current document as "signed on chart." D DICTATE1^TIURA2(TIUDA)
TIU ACTION MENU DICTATION menu Menu of actions supporting dictation. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
TIU BROWSE MENU DICTATION menu Menu of actions supporting dictatation. S VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions" S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ACTION MENU TRANSCRIPTION menu Menu of actions which may be executed by transcriptionists. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT)
TIU BROWSE MENU TRANSCRIPTION menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$D(DIROUT) TIUQUIT=1
TIU ACTION BROWSE FOR TRANSCRIPTION action Allows users to browse through Documents from the Review Screen. In addition to scrolling sequentially through the selected documents and their addenda, the user may Search for a particular word or phrase, or Print draft copies to a selected device. D BROWSE^TIURA2("TIU BROWSE FOR TRANSCRIPTION")
TIU UNK ADDENDA MENU menu D EXIT^TIUADCL
TIU UNK ADDENDA BROWSE action D SELECT^TIUADCL("BROWSE") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU UNK ADDENDA SELECT action D SELECT^TIUADCL("ACTIONS")
TIU UNK ADDENDA DETAILED DISPLAY action D SELECT^TIUADCL("DETDISP") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU UNK ADDENDA CHANGE VIEW action D CHNGVIEW^TIUADCL S VALMBCK="R"
TIU UNK ADDENDA FIND PARENT action D SELECT^TIUADCL("FNDPRNT")
TIU UNK ADDENDA ATTACH MENU menu D EXIT^TIUADCL1
TIU UNK ADDENDA ATTACH PARENT action D SELECT^TIUADCL("ATTACH^TIUADCL1")
APSP SPEED UNHOLD action D SPEED^APSPHLD
APSP COMPLETE ORDERS MENU menu S:VALMCNT<1 XQORM("B")="RF"
APSPCO PROCESS action D PROCESS^APSPCO
APSPCO LOC RESTRICT action S LOCFLG='LOCFLG D LOCLST^APSPCO
APSPCO SORT action D SORTLST^APSPCO
APSPCO CHECK LOCK action D LOCCHK^APSPCO
APSPCO TOGGLE ORDERS/PTS action S APSPORPT='APSPORPT D TOGORPT^APSPCO
APSPCO ADD/EDIT COMMENT action D CHGCOM^APSPCO
APSPCO LOC RESTRICT SEL action D SELLLST^APSPCO
APSPCO LOC RESTRICT EDIT action Add/Edit location restriction lists. D EDTLLST^APSPCO
APSPCO PROCESS SELECT action D SELORD^APSPCO
APSPCO REFRESH LIST action D UPDLST^APSPCO
BI LOT NUMBER DISP INACTIVE action D DISPLYI^BILOT2
BI MENU REPORT ELIG menu
BI MENU REPORT ELIG HIDDEN menu
BI REPORT ELIG VIEW action D START^BIREPE1("VIEW")
BI REPORT ELIG PRINT action D START^BIREPE1("PRINT")
BI REPORT ELIG HELP action D HELP1^BIREPE
BI OUTPUT INCLUDE ADULTS action D U19^BIOUTPT3(.BIU19,$G(BIRTN))
BI OUTPUT DELIMITER action D DELIM^BIOUTPT3(.BIDELIM,$G(BIRTN))
RA REG 2.4 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is registered. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, PV1, ORC, OBR, OBX and ZDS segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, CPT modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages.
RA EXAMINED 2.4 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam has been edited by the user. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, PV1, ORC, OBR, OBX and ZDS segments. This message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of registration, procedure modifiers, CPT modifiers, patient allergies, and clinical history. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages.
RA CANCEL 2.4 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine exam is cancelled. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORM message consisting of PID, PV1, ORC, OBR, OBX and ZDS segments. The message contains all relevant information about the exam, including procedure, time of cancellation, procedure modifiers, CPT modifiers, patient allergies and clinical history. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages.
RA RPT 2.4 event driver This protocol is triggered whenever a Radiology/Nuclear Medicine report enters into a status of Verified or Released/Not Verified. It executes code that creates an HL7 ORU message consisting of PID, OBR and OBX segments. The message contains relevant information about the report, including procedure, procedure modifiers, diagnostic code, interpreting physician, impression text and report text. This protocol is used to trigger v2.4 compliant HL7 messages.
DGRO ROM ORF/R04 SUBSC subscriber This protocol is the subscriber protocol for the Register Once Messaging query message (QRY~R02). The protocol will return a patient FDA array message (ORF~R04).
DGRO ROM QRY/R02 EVENT event driver This protocol is the event protocol for the Register Once Messaging query message (QRY~R02).
VAFC MPIPD FIELD TRIGGER action MPI/PD FIELD MONITORING D MPIPD^VAFCTR
DGQE VIC ORM/O01 EVENT event driver
DGQE VIC ORR/O02 SUBSC subscriber
DGFFP CHANGE PATIENT action D PAT^DGFFPLM
DGFFP LM MENU menu Main menu protocol for the Fugitive Felon patient inguiry List Manager screen
DGENUP PRINT 1010EZ-EZR action Allows the user to print a 1010EZ or 1010EZR. D PEZ^DGEN1
DGPF TRANSMISSION ERRORS MENU menu This protocol menu contains all the activities for viewing and retransmitting PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error messages.
DGPF TRANSMIT REJECT MESSAGE action This protocol provides the action for selecting one or more of the PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error messages from the displayed list. The selection will trigger the retransmission of the patient's PRF Assignment and History information to the site that the rejection occurred at. D RM^DGPFLMT2 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPF TRANSMIT SORT LIST action This action protocol provides for switching the display list of PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error messages from the default sort by patient name to the date/time error message received. D SL^DGPFLMT2 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPF TRANSMIT VIEW MESSAGE action This action protocol allows the user to select a single PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error message from the displayed list and view the details. D VM^DGPFLMT2 S VALMBCK="R"
DGPF TRANSMIT VIEW MSG MENU menu This protocol menu provides for the selection of the action protocol to retransmit a single PRF Rejected Status ("RJ") HL7 error message while viewing the details of the error message.
DGPF RECORD FLAG QUERY MENU menu This menu protocol is used to associate the action protocols used in the Record Flag Manual Query [DGPF MANUAL QUERY] option.
DGPF DISPLAY QUERY RESULTS action This action protocol permits the user to view the details of a selected patient record flag assignment from query results within the Record Flag Manual Query [DGPF MANUAL QUERY] option. D DR^DGPFLMQ1 S VALMBCK="R"
SD-PAIT-EVENT event driver
SD-PAIT-SUBS subscriber
SD ENC PERF MON ORU-R01 SERVER event driver HL7 event driver (server) protocol for transmission of Enounter Performance Monitor summary data to Austin Automation Center.
SD ENC PERF MON ORU-R01 CLIENT subscriber HL7 subscriber (client) protocol for transmission of Encounter Performance Monitor summary data to Austin Automation Center.
SDWL XFER REQ NEW action D EN^SDWLIFT3
SDWL XFER REQ MNU MAIN menu
SDWL XFER REQ VIEW action D EN^SDWLIFT2 D EXIT^SDWLIFT2
SDWL XFER REQ REMV action D EN^SDWLIFT4 D EXIT^SDWLIFT2
SDWL XFER REQ REMV CONF action D REMOVE^SDWLIFT4
SDWL XFER REQ MNU REMV menu
SDWL XFER ACC VIEW action D EN^SDWLIFT6 D EXIT^SDWLIFT6
SDWL XFER ACC MNU MAIN menu
SDWL XFER REQ MNU VIEW menu
SDWL XFER ACC MNU VIEW menu
SDWL XFER ACC PRINT C/S action D ^SDWLIFT7
SDWL XFER ACC REJECT action D REJECT^SDWLIFT6
SDWL XFER ACC ACCEPT action D ACCEPT^SDWLIFT6
SDWL XFER REQ INAC action D ENI^SDWLIFT1
SDWL XFER REQ MNU INAC menu
SDAM APPT TYPE VALIDATION action D EN^SDAMVSC
SDAM PFSS EVENT action This protocol is called as an extended action on the SDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS protocol. It's calls the IBB GETACCT^IBBAPI to send or update appointment data to the PFSS external system. On new appointments, the IBB API will return the account number reference for the appointment. D EVENT^SDPFSS
SDWL XFER ACC EWL action D FULL^VALM1,EN2^SDWLE6(SDWLIFTN,SDWLDFN,SDWLTY)
SDWL XFER ACC PCMM action D FULL^VALM1,PCMM^SDWLIFT6(SDWLIFTN,SDWLDFN)
SDSC ACCEPT action D ACC^SDSCLST
SDSC CHANGE action D EDT^SDSCLST
SDSC DETAIL action D SEL^SDSCLST
SDSC MENU menu
SDSC SEND action D REV^SDSCLST
SDSC RECORD MENU menu
BI MENU ELIGIBILITY CODE EDIT menu
BI ELIGIBILITY CODE EDIT action D EDIT^BIELIG1
BI ELIGIBILITY HELP action D HELP1^BIELIG
BGP 13 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3DSL
BGP 13 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP3DSL
BGP 13 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP3DSL
BGP 13 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 13 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3DSI
BGP 13 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP3DSI
BGP 13 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 13 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3DHSL
BGP 13 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP3DHSL
BGP 13 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP3DHSL
BGP 13 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 13 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 13 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP3XTS
BGP 13 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP3XTL
BGP 13 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 13 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP3XTL
BGP 13 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 13 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP3XTS
BGP 13 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3DESL
BGP 13 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP3DESL
BGP 13 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP3DESL
BGP 13 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 13 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP3CSI
BGP 13 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3CSI
BGP 13 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP3CSI
BGP 13 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 13 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP3CTS
BGP 13 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP3CTL
BGP 13 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 13 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP3CTL
BGP 13 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP3CTS
BGP 13 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 13 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP3DESI
BGP 13 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP3DESI
BGP 13 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 13 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP3ASL
BGP 13 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP3ASL
BGP 13 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP3ASL
BGP 13 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 13 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP3ETS
BGP 13 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP3ETS
BGP 13 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 13 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP3ETL
BGP 13 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP3ETL
BGP 13 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP3XTV
BGP 13 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 13 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 13 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 13 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP3PESI
BGP 13 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3PESI
BGP 13 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 13 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3PESL
BGP 13 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP3PESL
BGP 13 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP3PESL
BGP 13 CMS PT LIST SELECT action D ADD^BGP3CSII
BGP 13 CMS PT LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 13 CMS PT LIST DESELECT action D REM^BGP3CSII
BGP 13 EO SELECTION menu
BGP 13 EO SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^BGP3EOSI
BGP 13 EO LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP3EOSL
BGP 13 EO LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP3EOSL
BGP 13 EO LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP3EOSL
BGP 13 EO LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 13 EO IND SEL menu
BGP 13 EO SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP3EOSI
BGP 13 EO IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP3EOSI
BGP 13 EO TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 13 EO TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP3EOTS
BGP 13 EO TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP3EOTS
BGP 13 EO TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 13 EO ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP3EOTL
BGP 13 EO TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP3ETL
BGP 13 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP 13 DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
BGP 13 DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^BGP3DEMO
BGP 13 DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^BGP3DEMO
BUD 12 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 12 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 12 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUD2UPVL
BUD 12 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUD2UPVL
BUD 12 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUD2UPVL
BUD 12 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 12 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUD2UTXS
BUD 12 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 12 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUD2UTXL
BUD 12 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUD2UTXL
BUD 12 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BUD2DSI
BUD 12 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BUD2DSI
BUD 12 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BYIM AG QUERY TRIGGER extended action S BYIMY=$$VXQX^BYIMRT(DFN)
TIU ACTION MENU CLINICIAN 2 menu Menu of actions which may be executed by clinicians. S XQORM("SH")=0 S:$G(VALMSG)'["*" VALMSG="+ Next Screen - Prev Screen ?? More Actions",VALM("MAX")=+$G(VALMCNT) S:$G(TIUGLINK) VALMSG=$$LINKMSG^TIUGR2(TIUGLINK)
TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED DETAIL DISPLAY action D SELECT^TIUSUPN("DISP^TIUSUPN1") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED UPDATE action D SELECT^TIUSUPN("UPDTDOC^TIUSUPN1") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED BROWSE action D SELECT^TIUSUPN("BROWSE^TIUSUPN1") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED MENU menu D EXIT^TIUSUPN
TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED SELECT action D SELECT^TIUSUPN("ACTIONS") S VALMBCK="R"
TIU SIGNED/UNSIGNED QUIT action Q
TIU ACTION EDIT COSIGNER action This List Manager action allows authorized users to modify the Expected Cosigner (Attending Physician for Discharge Summaries) of documents without having access to the text of the document. It is intended for Clinical Coordinators when they need to change the Expected Cosigner of a document whose text cannot be edited because it is already signed. It permits edit of unsigned or uncosigned documents of type Progress Notes, Consults, or Discharge Summaries. See USR ACTION EDIT COSIGNER. Q:$G(TIUGLINK) D EDITCOS^TIURA3
TIU BROWSE ACTION EDIT COSIGNER action This List Manager action allows authorized users to modify the Expected Cosigner (Attending Physician for Discharge Summaries) of a single document without having access to the text of the document. It is intended for Clinical Coordinators when they need to change the Expected Cosigner of a document whose text cannot be edited because it is already signed. It permits edit of unsigned or uncosigned documents of type Progress Notes, Consults, or Discharge Summaries. See USR ACTION EDIT COSIGNER. Q:$G(TIUGLINK) D EDITCOS1^TIURA3
DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A04 CLIENT subscriber HL7 subscriber (client) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server.
DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A04 SERVER event driver HL7 subscriber (server) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server.
DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A03 SERVER event driver HL7 subscriber (server) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server.
DG HOME TELEHEALTH ADT-A03 CLIENT subscriber HL7 subscriber (client) protocol for transmission to AAC's VIE server.
SDRR EVENT action This protocol will hang off SDAM menu - it is used for the RECALL REMINDER project. This protocol will allow for user to enter or edit information that has been stored in the RECALL REMINDERS file. D SDAM^SDRR1 I $G(SDDIK)>0 N DIK,DA S DIK="^SD(403.5,",DA=SDDIK D ^DIK K SDDIK,DA,DIK W !!?10,"No Recall Record created." H 2
APCM 13 S1 SELECTION menu
APCM 13 S1 SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^APCM13SI
APCM 13 S1 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^APCM13SL
APCM 13 S1 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^APCM13SL
APCM 13 S1 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^APCM13SL
APCM 13 S1 LIST SELECTION menu
APCM 13 S1 IND SEL menu
APCM 13 S1 SEL ITEM action D ADD^APCM13SI
APCM 13 S1 IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^APCM13SI
APCM 13 SELECT CORE action D CM^APCM13SI
APCM 13 SELECT MENU SET action D MS^APCM13SI
BCH CHANGE PROVIDER action D CP^BCHUEDT
BCH CHANGE DATE action D CD^BCHUEDT
BCH CHANGE FORM action D CF^BCHUEDT
BCH GROUP ENTRY MENU menu
BCH GROUP ENTRY DISP action D DISP^BCHEGR
BCH GROUP ENTRY DUP action D DUP^BCHEGR
BCH GROUP ADD GROUP action D ADDGRP^BCHEGR
BCH GROUP PRINT FORMS action D PRTEF^BCHEGR
LA7POC ADT RTR subscriber
LA7POC1 ADT SUBS subscriber
LA7POC2 ADT SUBS subscriber
LA7POC3 ADT SUBS subscriber
LA7POC4 ADT SUBS subscriber
LA7POC5 ADT SUBS subscriber
LA7POC1 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 event driver
LA7POC ORU-R01 SUBS 2.4 subscriber
LA7POC2 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 event driver
LA7POC3 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 event driver
LA7POC4 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 event driver
LA7POC5 ORU-R01 EVENT 2.4 event driver
BDMDA TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMDA TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMDATS
BDMDA ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMDATL
BDMDA TAX UPDATE menu
BDMDA TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMDATL
BDMDA TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMDATS
BDMPA ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMPATL
BDMPA TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMPATL
BDMPA TAX UPDATE menu
BDMPA TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMPATS
BDMPA TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMPATS
BDMPA TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
LEXICAL SERVICES UPDATE extended action This protocol is used to notify other applications and processes when the Lexicon Utility, ICD-9 files, or the CPT/HCPCS files are updated. When a file is updated, the file number will be added to the LEXSCHG local array: Entry Exit Package files were Updated Package Update Protocols Invoked ---------------- --------------------------------------------- LEXSCHG("LEX")=0 LEXSCHG("LEX")=NOW LEXICON UPDATE LEXSCHG("ICD")=0 LEXSCHG("ICD")=NOW ICD CODE UPDATE EVENT LEXSCHG("CPT")=0 LEXSCHG("CPT")=NOW ICPT CODE UPDATE EVENT NOTE: Calling application must NEW or KILL LEXSCHG. S:'$D(LEXSCHG) XQORQUIT=1 H 2 S:+($G(XQORQUIT))'>0 LEXSCHG("LEX")=$$NOW^XLFDT
ICD CODE UPDATE EVENT extended action Protocol Event for Notifying Applications that an update to File #80 or File #80.1 has occurred. K XQORQUIT S:'$D(LEXSCHG("ICD")) XQORQUIT=1 H 2 S:+($G(XQORQUIT))'>0 LEXSCHG("ICD")=$$NOW^XLFDT K XQORQUIT
ICPT CODE UPDATE EVENT extended action Protocol Event for Notifying Applications that an update to File #81 has occurred. K XQORQUIT S:'$D(LEXSCHG("CPT")) XQORQUIT=1 H 2 S:+($G(XQORQUIT))'>0 LEXSCHG("CPT")=$$NOW^XLFDT K XQORQUIT
GMPL SELECTION LIST CSV EVENT action This protocol is invoked when a new ICD9 Code Set Version is installed. The protocol will generate a mail message related to Problem Selection Lists. The mail message will contain a list of any Problem Selection Lists that contain problems with inactive ICD9 codes attached. It will also determine if any attached ICD9 codes are due to be inactivated in the future and a report of those findings is also included. D CSVPEP^GMPLBLCK
ORCM GMRC CSV EVENT action This protocol will be invoked by the ICD event protocol upon installation of a new code set version. The protocol will be responsible for generating a mail message to a mail group containing any consult or procedure quick orders that have provisional diagnoses with inactive IDC9 codes or codes that will be inactivated in the future. D CSVPEP^ORCMGMCK
PXRM CODE SET UPDATE CPT action Search for inactive CPT codes in the Dialog file #801.41 D CPTPE^PXRMCSPE
PXRM CODE SET UPDATE ICD action Searches for all Inactive code in the Dialog file #801.41 D ICDPE^PXRMCSPE
PSO EXT SERVER event driver This protocol is necessary for transmission of prescription fills to the automatic dispensing machine using HL7 V.2.4 formatted messages.
PSO EXT CLIENT subscriber This protocol is used as the ACK from the external interface for an RDS_O13 message.
PSO DISP SERVER event driver This protocol is used when a dispensing system external interface sends back a dispensing message to VistA.
PSO DISP CLIENT subscriber
SR RECEIVE action D EN^SRCHL7A(.XQORMSG)
GMRCADM SELECT NEW CSLT action This protocol is used to select a new consult on which to make administrative corrections. D NEWCSLT^GMRCAD31 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRCADM EDIT ACTION action The protocol is used to select the activity on which to make an administrative correction. D SELACT^GMRCAD31 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRCAD31 ADM CORR MENU menu This menu contains the actions that may be taken for administrative corrections.
GMRC SD CONSLTS SELECT STATUS action List Manager Protocol: Select a list of statuses for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) S VALMBG=1,GMRCSTAT="" D NEWSTS^GMRCONS3 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC SD CONSLTS SELECT SERVICE action List Manager Protocol: Select a new service for displaying consults still pending resolution (all consults not discontinued or complete.) K GMRNOSRV D SERV^GMRCONS1 S:$D(GMRNOSRV) VALMBCK="R" Q:$D(GMRNOSRV) K ^TMP("GMRCR",$J) S VALMBG=1 D START^GMRCONS1 S VALMBCK="R"
GMRC SD OUTSTANDING CONSULTS MENU menu List Manager Protocol to print outstanding consults by service for QC purposes. In this option, ALL SERVICES is not allowed to be entered at the SERVICE: prompt.
XOBV LISTENER START action This action protocol will start a single VistALink Listener. DO START^XOBUM
XOBV LISTENER STOP action This action protocol will stop a single VistALink Listener. DO STOP^XOBUM
XOBV LISTENER CONFIG action This action protocol will add/edit an entry in the VISTALINK LISTENER CONFIGURATION file (#18.03) by invoking the XOBV LISTENER CONFIG EDIT input template. DO CFG^XOBUM
XOBU SITE PARAMETERS action This action protocol will add/edit an entry in the VISTALINK SITE PARAMETERS file (#18.01) by invoking the XOBU SITE PARAMETERS input template. DO PARMS^XOBUM
XOBU FOUNDATIONS MAIN MENU menu This menu contains all the action protocols for the Foundations Management menu [XOBV SITE SETUP MENU] which is used to configure and manage VistALink Listeners.
XOBV LISTENER LOG CLEAR action This action protocol will delete non-active VistALink Listener log entries in the VISTALINK LISTENER STARTUP LOG file (#18.04). DO CLEAR^XOBUM
XOBU FOUNDATIONS MAIN REFRESH action This action protocol will refresh and redisplay the current Foundations Management screen. This is useful when checking the current status of a VistALink Listener. DO REFRESH^XOBUM
XOBU FOUNDATIONS SYSTEM STATUS action This action protocol will display the M operating system status. DO SS^XOBUM
XOBV LISTENER BOX-VOL action This action protocol will start all VistALink Listeners contained in the default configuration for the BOX-VOLUME pair whose STARTUP field is set to YES. DO BOX^XOBUM
XOBV LISTENER CONNECTOR PROXY action This action protocol will allow the enter/edit of a connector proxy users. If more detailed editing of a connector proxy user becomes necessary, utilize the usual user editing options, such as the Edit an Existing User [XUSEREDIT] option located on the User Management [XUSER] menu. DO CP^XOBUM
PSO LM MULTI-RX PRINT action D QUEUE^PSOLLL7 Q
PSO REJECTS MENU menu
PSO REJECTS PATIENT SORT action D PAT^PSOREJP0
PSO REJECTS DRUG SORT action D DRG^PSOREJP0
PSO REJECTS REASON SORT action D REA^PSOREJP0
PSO REJECTS REFRESH action D REF^PSOREJP0
PSO REJECTS SELECT action D SEL^PSOREJP0
PSO REJECTS RX SORT action D RX^PSOREJP0
PSO REJECT DISPLAY OVERRIDE action D OVR^PSOREJP1
PSO REJECT DISPLAY RESUBMIT action D RES^PSOREJP1
PSO REJECT DISPLAY RX EDIT action D EDT^PSOREJP1
PSO REJECT DISPLAY MENU menu
PSO REJECT DISPLAY RX VIEW action D VIEW^PSOREJP1
PSO REJECT DISPLAY OUTSIDE CALL action S PSOREJRX=$P(PSOLST($P(PSLST,",",ORD)),"^",2) D OUT^PSOREJP1(PSOREJRX)
PSO REJECT DISPLAY IGNORE action D CLO^PSOREJP2
PSO REJECT DISPLAY SUSPENSE DATE action D CHG^PSOREJP2
PSO REJECT DISPLAY MENU - RESOLVED menu
PSO REJECT DISPLAY REOPEN action D OPN^PSOREJP2
PSO SPEED SIG LOG REPRINT action D ST^PSOLLLHN
PSO PMP MENU menu
PSO PMP SELECT action D SEL^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP RX SORT action D RX^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP ISSUE DATE SORT action D ID^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP LAST FILL SORT action D LF^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP DRUG SORT action D DR^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP STATUS GROUP action D GS^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP SIG DISPLAY action D SIG^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP PATIENT INFORMATION action D PI^PSOPMP0
PSO PMP CHANGE VIEW action D CV^PSOPMP0
PSO REJECT DISPLAY MED PROFILE action D MP^PSOREJP1
PSO REJECTS GROUP BY INSURANCE action D GI^PSOREJP0
PSO REJECT DISPLAY ADD COMMENT action D ADDCOM^PSOREJP3
PSO REJECT DISPLAY CLARIFICATION CODE action D CLA^PSOREJP1
PSO REJECT DISPLAY HIDDEN MENU menu This is the hidden menu option for the Reject Information(UNRESOLVED) [PSO REJECT DISPLAY] ListMan screen.
PSO REJECT DISPLAY PRIOR AUTHORIZATION action D PA^PSOREJP1
PSO LM QUEUE TO CMOP action D CM^PSORESUS
PSO PMP HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU menu
PSO PMP HIDDEN ACTIONS MENU #2 menu
PSO VIEW RX REJECT action D OUT^PSOREJP1(RXN)
PSU PATIENT DEMOGRAPHIC CHANGE action As an item on the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol, this protocol will call CHNG^PSUHL to flag changed patient records to facilitate the PSU PBM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHIC data extract by storing the DFN to the changed record and the date the of the transaction to the PBM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS file (#59.9). D CHNG^PSUHL
PSU-SITE-DRIVER event driver
PSU-SITE-SUBSCRIBER subscriber
PSU EVENT LAB action This Protocol is triggered by the LR7O ALL EVSEND RESULTS protocol. It calls a Pharmacy routine that creates an HL7 message and sends it to the national PBM Lab data data base. Q
ORRDI SUBSCRIBER subscriber USED FOR RDI MESSAGING
ORRDI EVENT event driver USED FOR RDI MESSAGING
PSO LM FLAG action This option allows the user to flag/unflag an Outpatient Pharmacy prescription. D FLAG^PSOORFL
PSO REJECT TRICARE MENU menu
PSO REJECT FILL RX action D FILL^PSOREJP3
PSO REJECT DISCONTINUE action D DC^PSOREJP3
PSO REJECTS HIDDEN ACTIONS #1 menu
PSO REJECTS TRICARE ON/OFF action D TRICTOG^PSOREJP0
PSO FILL/RELEASE DATE DISPLAY action D RFDSP^PSOLMUTL
PSO RDI VISITS MENU menu Display for remote data interoperability medication data.
PSO RDI REMOTE action This option allows the user to display the pharmacy data from other facilities only. D REMOTE^PSORMRX
PSO RDI BOTH action This option allows the user to display pharmacy data for both local and other facilities. D BOTH^PSORMRX
FHW1 protocol This is the OE/RR protocol for ordering diets. D ^FHORDW
FHW2 protocol This is the OE/RR protocol to order Early & Late trays. D ^FHOREW
FHW3 protocol This is the OE/RR option to order Isolation/Precautions. D ^FHORDW2
FHW4 protocol This is the OE/RR option for NPO Orders. D ^FHORDW1
FHW6 protocol This is the OE/RR protocol for ordering Dietetic consultations. D ^FHORCW
FHW7 protocol This is the OE/RR protocol for entering additional orders other than those contained in other dietetic protocols. D ^FHOROW
FHW8 protocol This is the OE/RR protocol for ordering Tubefeedings. D ^FHORTW
FHWPRO1 action This option is added to the OE/RR OROPRO menu to display the dietetic patient profile. D OE^FHORD6
FHWMAS extended action This protocol is used to process MAS events (admissions, discharges, etc.) from the MAS package. D ^FHWMAS
FHWN1 protocol D NOW^%DTC S D1=% D Q1^FHORDW1
FHWN2 protocol D NOW^%DTC S D1=%\1_".2359" D Q1^FHORDW1
FHWMENU protocol menu S FHA1=0 D ^FHVER
PSS MED ROUTE RECEIVE action This protocol processes updates to the Standard Medication Routes (#51.23) File. D ^PSSMRTUP
APSP SPEED REISSUE action D REISSUE^APSPRIS
APSP REISSUE action D RI^APSPRIS
AGMP MPI CHECKIN CHECKOUT action This protoocl subscribes to 'BSDAM APPOINTMENT EVENTS' protocol and is triggered by an appoinment check-in or check-out. I '$G(SDMODE) D CREATE^AGMPHL01(SDAMEVT,DFN,SDT)
AGMP MPI ADMIT DISCHARGE action The call will be made to CREATE^AGMPHL03 to send either an A03 or A01 depending on whether the event is an admission or a discharge. This protocol subscribes to BDGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS I 0,$G(DGQUIET) D CREATE^AGMPHL03(DFN,DGPMT,DGPMDA,DGPMCA)
BGP 14 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4DSL
BGP 14 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP4DSL
BGP 14 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP4DSL
BGP 14 LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 14 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4DSI
BGP 14 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP4DSI
BGP 14 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 14 HEDIS LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4DHSL
BGP 14 HEDIS LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP4DHSL
BGP 14 HEDIS LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP4DHSL
BGP 14 HEDIS LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 14 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 14 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP4XTS
BGP 14 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP4XTL
BGP 14 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 14 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP4XTL
BGP 14 CMS INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BGP 14 TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP4XTS
BGP 14 ELDER LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4DESL
BGP 14 ELDER LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP4DESL
BGP 14 ELDER LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP4DESL
BGP 14 ELDER LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 14 CMS SELECT INDICATOR action D ADD^BGP4CSI
BGP 14 CMS IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4CSI
BGP 14 CMS ALL INDICATORS action D ADDALL^BGP4CSI
BGP 14 CMS TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 14 CMS TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP4CTS
BGP 14 CMS ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BGP4CTL
BGP 14 CMS TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 14 CMS TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP4CTL
BGP 14 CMS TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP4CTS
BGP 14 ELDER IND SEL menu
BGP 14 ELDER SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP4DESI
BGP 14 ELDER IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP4DESI
BGP 14 AREA SITE SELECTION menu
BGP 14 AREA SELECT ALL FAC action D ADDALL^BGP4ASL
BGP 14 AREA SELECT ONE FAC action D ADD^BGP4ASL
BGP 14 AREA REMOVE FAC action D REM^BGP4ASL
BGP 14 ELDER TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 14 ELDER TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP4ETS
BGP 14 ELDER TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP4ETS
BGP 14 ELDER TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 14 ELDER ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP4ETL
BGP 14 ELDER TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP4ETL
BGP 14 TAXONOMY VIEW DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP4XTV
BGP 14 TAXONOMY VIEW menu
BGP 14 TAXONOMY VIEW ONE menu
BGP 14 PATED IND SEL menu
BGP 14 PATED IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP4PESI
BGP 14 PATED IND REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4PESI
BGP 14 PATED LIST SEL menu
BGP 14 PATED LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4PESL
BGP 14 PATED LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP4PESL
BGP 14 PATED LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP4PESL
BGP 14 CMS PT LIST SELECT action D ADD^BGP4CSII
BGP 14 CMS PT LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 14 CMS PT LIST DESELECT action D REM^BGP4CSII
BGP 14 EO SELECTION menu
BGP 14 EO SELECT MEASURE action D ADD^BGP4EOSI
BGP 14 EO LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP4EOSL
BGP 14 EO LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP4EOSL
BGP 14 EO LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP4EOSL
BGP 14 EO LIST SELECTION menu
BGP 14 EO IND SEL menu
BGP 14 EO SEL ITEM action D ADD^BGP4EOSI
BGP 14 EO IND SEL REMOVE action D REM^BGP4EOSI
BGP 14 EO TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BGP 14 EO TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BGP4EOTS
BGP 14 EO TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BGP4EOTS
BGP 14 EO TAX UPDATE menu
BGP 14 EO ADD LAB action D ADD^BGP4EOTL
BGP 14 EO TAX REM LAB action D REM^BGP4ETL
BGP 14 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BGP 14 DEMO SEARCH TEMPLATE menu
BGP 14 DEMO ST ADD PAT action D ADD^BGP4DEMO
BGP 14 DEMO ST REMOVE action D REM^BGP4DEMO
BDMDB TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BDMDB TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMDBTS
BDMDB ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMDBTL
BDMDB TAX UPDATE menu
BDMDB TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMDBTL
BDMDB TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMDBTS
BDMPB ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BDMPBTL
BDMPB TAX REM LAB action D REM^BDMPBTL
BDMPB TAX UPDATE menu
BDMPB TAXONOMY DISPLAY action D DISP^BDMPBTS
BDMPB TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BDMPBTS
BDMPB TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 13 UPDATE VISIT LOCATIONS menu
BUD 13 QUIT action This protocol can be used as a generic 'quit' action. Q
BUD 13 ADD VISIT LOCATION action D ADD^BUDAUPVL
BUD 13 VISIT LOCATION DELETE action D EDIT^BUDAUPVL
BUD 13 ADD ALL SU LOCS action D ADDALL^BUDAUPVL
BUD 13 TAXONOMY UPDATE menu
BUD 13 TAXONOMY SELECT action D ADD^BUDAUTXS
BUD 13 LAB TAX UPDATE menu
BUD 13 ADD LAB TEST action D ADD^BUDAUTXL
BUD 13 TAX REM LAB action D REM^BUDAUTXL
BUD 13 IND SEL REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BUDADSI
BUD 13 IND SEL ITEM action D ADD^BUDADSI
BUD 13 INDICATOR SELECTION menu
BI SITE IP TCH FORECASTER action D IPTCH^BISITE3
BI MENU NDC EDIT menu
BI NDC CHANGE ORDER action D CHGORDR^BINDC1
BI NDC EDIT action D EDITNDC^BINDC1()
BI NDC ADD action D EDITNDC^BINDC1(1)
BI NDC DISP INACTIVE action D DISPLYI^BINDC2
BGP 15 LIST REMOVE ITEM action D REM^BGP5DSL
BGP 15 LIST SELECT ALL action D ADDALL^BGP5DSL
BGP 15 LIST SELECT ITEM action D ADD^BGP5DSL
BGP 15 LIST SELECTION menu